PANJAB UNIVERSITY, CHANDIGARH-160014 (INDIA)

(Estd. under the Panjab University Act VII of 1947—enacted by the Govt. of India)

SYLLABI

FOR

B.A. & B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR

(SEMESTER SYSTEM)
EXAMINATIONS, 2020-2021

(SEMESTER : THIRD AND FOURTH)

i.e

Third Semester : November/December, 2020

Fourth Semester : April/May, 2021

--:⋇:--

© The Registrar, Panjab University, Chandigarh.

All Rights Reserved.
 CONTENTS
Sr. No. Particulars Page No.

1. English (Compulsory) (for B.A. Candidates only) 1

2. English (Compulsory) (for B.Sc. Candidates only) 5
3. Panjabi (Compulsory) (for B.A. Candidates only) 9
4. History and Culture of Punjab (for B.A. Candidates only) 11
5. English (Elective) 15
6. Hindi (Elective) 19
7. Panjabi (Elective) (Pending) 28
8. Sanskrit (Elective)/ 30
9. Urdu (Elective) 34
10. Persian (Elective) 36
11. French (Elective) 38
12. German (Elective) 42
13. Russian (Elective) 44
14. Arabic (Elective) (KEPT IN ABEYANCE) 46
15. Bengali (Elective) (KEPT IN ABEYANCE) 46
16. Tamil (Elective) (KEPT IN ABEYANCE) 46
17. Kannada (Elective) (KEPT IN ABEYANCE) 46
18. Malayalam (Elective) (KEPT IN ABEYANCE) 46 46
19. Telugu (Elective) (KEPT IN ABEYANCE) 46
20. Physical Education 47
21. Education 57
22. Adult Education 61
23. Music (Vocal) 69
24. Music (Instrumental ) 75
25. Music (Tabla) 81
26. Music (Indian Classical Dance) 85
27. Fine Arts 89
28. History of Art 95
29. Ancient Indian History, Culture & Archaeology 99
30. Defence and Strategic Studies 103
31. History 108
32. Political Science 114
33. Economics 119
34. Sociology 123
35. Public Administration 127
36. Philosophy 131
37. Psychology 135
38. Geography 139
39. Gandhian Studies 149
40. Journalism & Mass Communication 155
41. Police Administration 159
42. Women’s Studies 163
43. Human Rights and Duties 169
44. Religious & Sikh Studies 173
45. Environment Conservation 177
46. Mathematics 181
47. Computer Science 187
48. Statistics 194
49. Applied Statistics 198
50. Physics 202
51. Chemistry 212
52. Botany 226
53. Zoology 236
54. Bio-Chemistry 245
55. Microbiology 251
56. Electronics (KEPT IN ABEYANCE) 257
57. Agriculture 258
58. Home Science 262
 1

PANJAB UNIVERSITY, CHANDIGARH

OUTLINES OF TESTS, SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING IN VARIOUS SUBJECTS FOR
B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM) i.e. THIRD SEMESTER
NOVEMBER/DECEMBER 2020 AND FOURTH SEMESTER APRIL/MAY 2021, EXAMINATIONS.

ENGLISH (Compulsory)
SEMESTER – III
(FOR B.A. CANDIDATES ONLY)

Max. Marks : 50
Theory : 45 marks
Internal Assessment : 05 marks
Time : 03 Hours
Objective:

To teach finer nuances of language through an integrated approach.

To acquire extensive knowledge of English as a language in its various textual forms and to become
thoughtful, imaginative and effective communicators in a diverse and changing society.
To write an effective business document (such as notice, advertisement etc.) which enable them to
think analytically.
To enhance their writing skill
To acquire knowledge about various literary aspects through the text which capacitates them to
enrich their literary and cultural values.
To empower an average student in such a way that English learning becomes a pleasurable
endeavour.
TEXT PRESCRIBED:
English for Empowerment, Eds., G Damodar, D Venkateshwarlu, M. Narendra, M. Sarat Babu, G. M.
Sunderavalli, Hyderabad: Orient Blackswan, 2009.

Poetry Section:

i. Ode to Autumn

ii. The Road Not Taken

iii. Money Madness

iv. I, Too

Prose Section:

i. Mr. Know All

ii. Film Making

iii. Not Just Oranges

iv. A Tale on Advertising

 2 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

TESTING SCHEME:
Section – A

Q.1. Reference to the context from Poetry. One out of two passages to be attempted. 5 marks

Q.2. Short answer type question from Poetry (in about 50-60 words). Five out of eight are to be attempted.
10 marks

Q.3. Long answer type questions from Prose (in about 100-120 words). Two out of Four are to be
attempted. 6 marks

Section-B

Q.4. Note making (one out of two is to be attempted) 4 marks

(The examiner will set two paragraphs based on the prescribed text for note making. The students be
asked to attempt any one of the two).

Q.5. Grammer:
i. Non finite verbs 5 marks
ii. Punctuation (A short paragraph) 5 marks
iii. Do as directed (based on transformation of sentences) 10 marks
(The examiner will set three different grammar excercises for every section of Q.5 based on the
prescribed text in such a way that most of the activities, students have done in the class are
adequately covered.)

---------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 3

ENGLISH (Compulsory)
SEMESTER – IV
(FOR B.A. CANDIDATES ONLY)

Max. Marks : 50
Theory : 45 marks
Internal Assessment : 05 marks
Time : 3 Hours
Objective:

To Teach Finer nuances of language through an integrated approach.

To acquire extensive knowledge of English as a language in its various textual forms and to become
thoughtful, imaginative and effective communicators in a diverse and changing society.
To write an effective business document (such as notice, advertisement etc.) which enable them to
think analytically.
To enhance their writing skill.
To acquire knowledge about various literary aspects through the text which capacitates them to
enrich their literary and cultural values.
To empower an average student in such a way that English learning becomes a pleasurable
endeavour.
TEXT PRESCRIBED:
English for Empowerment, Eds., G. Damodar, D. Venkateshwarlu, M. Narendra, M. Sarat Babu, G. M.
Sunderavalli, Hyderabad: Orient Blackswan, 2009.

Poetry Section:

i. Goodbye Party for Miss Pushpa T.S.

ii. I Will Embrace Only the Sun

iii. Refugee Mother and Child

iv. This is a Photograph of Me

Prose Section:

i. On Shaking Hands

ii. No Man is an Island

iii. Freedom of the Press

iv. An Except From Decolonizing the Mind

 4 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

TESTING SCHEME:
Section – A
Q.1. Reference to the context from Poetry. One out of two passages to be attempted. 5 marks

Q.2. Short answer type question from Poetry (in about 50-60 words). Five out of eight are to be attempted.
10 marks

Q.3. Long answer type questions from Prose (in about 100-120 words). Two out of Four are to be
attempted. 6 marks

Section – B
Q.4. Paragraph writing (based on post-reading activities suggested in the prescribed texts)
One out of three is to attempted. 5 marks
(The examiner will set three topics for paragraphs writing from the post reading activities suggested
in the prescribed texts. While selecting this question, special care must be taken to borrow ideas from
the text or suitably modify them so as to identify viable topics that the students of
B.A.(compulsory)can easily handle.)

Q.5. Report writing (with internal choice) 4 marks

(The examiner will give information about some social issue, an event/incident, some topic of current
affairs etc. and will ask the students to write a report in about 100 words on the given topic. The
information can also be given in form of a dialogue on some issue of general interest. The examiner
will set this question with an internal choice).

Q.6. Grammer:
i. Using nouns as verbs or vice-versa 5 marks
ii. Combining pairs of sentences using words given in the brackets 5 marks
iii. Text-based Idioms and Phrases 5 marks
(The examiner will set four different grammar excercises for every section of Q.5 based on the
prescribed text in such a way that most of the activities students have done in the class are adequately
covered.)

****************
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 5

ENGLISH (Compulsory)
(FOR B.Sc. CANDIDATES ONLY)
SEMESTER-III

Note:

(i) There will be one paper of 40 marks, 5 marks are reserved for the Internal Assessment and 5 for the
Practical Work. Total is 50.

(ii) The paper shall consist of Two Units. Unit I will be text specific and Unit II shall deal with different
aspects of Communication and Language skills.

(iii) For Unit I, the prescribed text is Varieties of Expression, Ed. A. H. Tak, Foundation Books. Only four
prose chapters and two dramas have been recommended for the study. The relevant sections, however,
are as follows:

Unit I

Prose : Chapters 1-4

Drama : Dramas 1-2

Unit II

Note (iv) No text book is recommended for Unit II, but a few books that may be used for this Unit are listed
towards the end. Unit II shall consist of the following:

Business Communication: It shall focus on different aspects of communication in general and business
communication in particular, communication within organizations, types of communication and
significance of positive attitude in improving communication.

Writing Skills: This section shall focus on letters of all kinds, tender notices, auction notices, public notices;
and memos.

Practical work:-

Teacher should assign some project or practical work to the students. This should be in the nature of guided
activity, which the students shall have to complete under the direct supervision of the teacher. The students
may be given projects on a variety of subjects relating to their discipline i.e. business, commerce, accounts etc.
Preferably, they should be given minor projects (to be completed within less than two weeks, and length not
exceeding 20 pages) in consultation with teachers of commerce. However, the evaluation of the projects
should be done only by the Language Teachers, who must keep all the basic criteria of good writing in mind
while doing so.

(Note: In case of private candidates and students of University School of Open Learning, the marks obtained
by them out of 40 will be proportionately increased out of 50).
 6 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

Testing Scheme:

The examination paper shall be divided into two sections, corresponding to two units already proposed in the
syllabus. The distribution of questions and marks in Unit I shall be as follows:

Section I (It is text-based and corresponds to Unit I in the syllabus)

Q.1. It shall consist of six short questions. Three from Prose and three from drama (not exceeding 50-60
words) out of which a student will be expected to attempt any two from Prose and two from Drama.
This question shall be based upon the prescribed text Varieties of Expression and cover a wide range
of issues, topics and problems.

10 marks

Q.2. It shall consist of four long questions – Two from Prose and two from Drama (not exceeding 100-150
words) out of which a student will be expected to attempt two- one from Prose and one from Drama.
5 marks
Note: The question 1 & 2 should be so designed as to cover all the chapters prescribed (Prose & Drama)

Q.3. It shall exclusively be a test of vocabulary, but designed strictly on the lines of various exercises given
at the end of each chapter in the prescribed text. The candidate shall be given five words in one column
and asked to match them with words/meanings in the next column. 5 marks

Unit II

Q.4. This question shall test a student’s ability to write letter of various kinds (not more than 200 words).
Again, there will be internal choice here. 5 marks

Q.5. Memos/Tender Notices/Auction Notices/Public Notices. 10 marks

Q.6. One short question to test the students’ understanding of various aspects of Business Communication.
5 marks

……………………..
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 7

ENGLISH (Compulsory)
(FOR B.Sc. CANDIDATES ONLY)
SEMESTER-IV

Note:

(i) There will be one paper of 40 marks, 5 marks are reserved for the Internal Assessment and 5 for the
Practical Work. Total is 50.

(ii) The paper shall consist of Two Units. Unit I will be text specific and Unit II shall deal with different
aspects of Communications and Language skills.

(iii) For Unit I, the prescribed text is Varieties of Expression, Ed. A. H. Tak, Foundation Books. Only four
prose chapters and two dramas have been recommended for the study. The relevant sections, however,
are as follows:

Unit I

Prose : Chapters 5-8

Drama : Dramas 3-4

Unit II

Note (iv) No text book is recommended for Unit II, but a few books that may be used for this Unit are listed
towards the end. Unit II shall consist of the following:

Writing Skills: This section shall focus on précis-writing, curriculum vitae, short, formal reports (not
exceeding 200 words) and advertisements relating to product promotion etc.

Modern Forms of Communication: Here special emphasis shall be given to teaching the format of E-mails,
Fax Messages, Audio-Visual Aids and Power-Point Presentations.Apart
from this, the students shall also be given basic lessons in Effective
Listening, Non-Verbal Communication. How to Prepare for an Interview &
Group Discussion etc.
Practical Work:

Teacher should assign some project or practical work to the students. This should be in the nature of guided
activity, which the students shall have to complete under the direct supervision of the teacher. The students
may be given projects on a variety of subjects relating to their discipline i.e. business, commerce, accounts etc.
Preferably, they should be given minor projects (to be completed within less than two weeks, and length not
exceeding 20 pages) in consultation with teachers of commerce. However, the evaluation of the projects
should be done only by the Language Teachers, who must keep all the basic criteria of good writing in mind
while doing so.

(Note: In case of private candidates and students of University School of Open Learning, the marks obtained
by them out of 40 will be proportionately increased out of 50).
 8 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

Testing Scheme:

The examination paper shall be divided into two sections, corresponding to two units already proposed in the
syllabus. The distribution of questions and marks in Section I shall be as follows:

Unit I (It is text-based and corresponds to Unit I in the syllabus)

Q.1. It shall consist of six short questions. Three from Prose and three from drama (not exceeding 50-60
words) out of which a student will be expected to attempt any four, Two from Prose and two from
Drama. This question shall be based upon the prescribed text Varieties of Expression and cover a
wide range of issues, topics and problems.
10 marks

Q.2. It shall consist of four long questions – Two from Prose and two from Drama (not exceeding 100-150
words) out of which a student will be expected to attempt two- one from Prose and one from Drama.
5 marks
Note: The question 1 & 2 should be so designed as to cover all the chapters prescribed (Prose & Drama)

Q.3. It shall exclusively be a test of vocabulary, but designed strictly on the lines of various exercises given
at the end of each chapter in the prescribed text. The candidate shall be given five words in one column
and asked to match them with words/meanings in the next column. 5 marks

Unit II

Q.4. Short Survey Report (150-200 words) with internal choice. 5 marks

Q.5. Precis of 200 words. 10 marks

Q.6. Definition/Format of modern forms of communication to be tested.

(e-mail, fax, videoconferencing) 5 marks

************
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 9

gzikph (bkzwh)
( isr& bI.ey. dy ividAwrQIAW leI )
;w?;No qIjw
e[Zb nzeL 50
fbyshL 45
fJzNoBb n;?;w?ANL 5
;wKL3 xzN/
pwTkRm
1H pMjwbI siBAwcwr bwry inbMDW dw AiDAYn 20 AMk
2H ic`TI p`qr 8 AMk
3H pMjwbI BwSw 7 AMk
4H ivAwkrn :isDWq qy ivhwr 10 AMk
kors
1. pMj-Awb, (sMpw.) pRo. BuipMdr isMG Kihrw, pblIkySn ibaUro, pMjwb XUnIvristI, cMfIgVH[
XUint Aqy QIm
1H (a) ‘pMj -Awb’ pusqk ivcoN iksy iek inbMD dw ivSw d`s ky swr ilKxw 4+6=10 AMk
(iqMnW ivcoN iek)
(A) inbMDW dI pusqk ivc Awey siBAwcwrk sMklpW (ieSt, AKwx, 5 AMk
lokgIq, ivrwsqI KyfW, lok ivSvws, myly, iqauhwr, ig`Dw, lok
icikqsw qy lokDwrw) bwry pRSn (iqMnW ivcoN iek krnw )
2H ‘pMj-Awb’ pusqk ivcoN sMKyp au`qrW vwly pRSn (T[Zso fszB ;soK qoN v`D nw hovy) 1 x 5= 5 AMk
(A`T ivcoN pMj pRSn krny)
3H ic`TI p`qr (d&qrI, vpwrk, smwjk qy siBAwcwrk msilAW bwry sMpwdk nUM 8 AMk
p`qr) (do ivcoN iek)
4H pMjwbI BwSw dw jnm , ivkws qy vrqmwn ( do pRSnW ivcoN iek krnw) 7 AMk
5H ivAwkrn :isDWq qy ivhwr 6 AMk
(i) Sbd qy Sbd rcnw:pirBwSw qy vrgIkrn, BwvMS: bMd qy Ku`lHy BwvMS,
DwqU qy vDyqr (do pRSnW ivcoN iek pRSn krnw )
(ii) ivhwrk pRSn 2+2= 4 AMk
not: ivhwrk pRSn auprokq sMklpW dy AwDwr qy hI sMKyp rUp ivc pu`Cy
jwx[ (cwr pRSnW ivcoN koeI do pRSn krny)
B'NL 1H N?e;N bJh jPs/ d/ S/ ghohnv.
2H ezg'ihSB bJh 25-30 ftfdnkoEhnK dk ro[Zg ns/ jPs/ d/ fszB j'o ghohnv.
3H jPs/ d/ 6O3 ═ 9×ghohnv.

-------------
 10 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

gzikph (bkzwh)
(isr& bI.ey. dy ividAwrQIAW leI)
;w?;No cOQw
e[Zb nzeL 50
fbyshL 45
fJzNoBb n;?;w?ANL 5
;wKL3 xzN/
pwTkRm
1. iekWgI qy nwtk 20 AMk
2. pYrHy dw Anuvwd ( AMgryzI qoN pMjwbI ) 8 AMk
3. pMjwbI dIAW aupBwSwvW 7 AMk
4. ivAwkrn :isDWq qy ivhwr 10 AMk
kors
1. Cy C`lW (sMpw.) fw.AwqmjIq isMG, pblIkySn ibaUro, pMjwb XUnIvristI, cMfIgVH[
2. k`lr, svrwjbIr, lokgIq pRkwSn, cMfIgVH[
XUint Aqy QIm
1. (a) ‘Cy C`lW’ iekWgI sMgRih qy ‘k`lr’ nwtk ivcoN iksy iek dw ivSw d`s ky 4+6 =10 AMk
swr ilKxw (iqMn ivcoN iek)
(A) ‘Cy C`lW’ qy ‘k`lr’ nwtk ivcoN pwqr icqrn krnw (iqMn ivcoN iek) 5 AMk
2. iekWgI sMgRih qy nwtk ivcoN sMKyp au`qrW vwly pRSn ( au`qr iqMn sqrW qoN v`D nw 1 x 5=5 AMk
hovy) (A`TW pRSnW ivcoN pMj krny)
3. AMgryzI qoN pMjwbI iv`c Anuvwd (lgBg 100 SbdW ivc) 8 AMk
4. pMjwbI dIAW aupBwSwvW 7 AMk
not: aupBwSwvW aupr svwl isrP pUrbI pMjwbI aupBwSwvW (mwJI, mlveI,
duAwbI qy puAwDI nUM AwDwr bxw ky hI p`uiCAw jwvy[ (do ivcoN iek)
5. ivAwkrn :isDWq qy ivhwr 6 AMk
( i ) Sbd SRyxIAW : koSgq qy ivAwkrnk Sbd, ivkwrI qy AivkwrI Sbd,
sDwrn,smwsI qy imSrq, Sbd joVW dy nym (do pRSnW ivcoN iek krnw)
(ii) ivhwrk pRSn 2+2= 4 AMk
not: ivhwrk pRSn auprokq sMklpW dy AwDwr qy hI sMKyp rUp ivc pu`Cy
jwx[(cwr pRSnW ivcoN koeI do pRSn krny)

;jkfJe g[;seKL
1H gzikph ;zuko :'rsk nfGnk;, gzikp ;N/N :{Bhtof;Nh N?e;N p[Ze p'ov, uzvhrVQ.
2H nrBhj'soh, t/d, gfoukfJe GkSk ftfrnkB, dhge gpfbSoz, ibzXo, 1981H
3H ;[yftzdo f;zx ;zxk ns/ j'o, gzikph GkSk ftfrnkB, Gkr-gfjbk, d{ik s/ shik, gzikph GkSk nekdwh, ibzXo,
1997H
4H joehos f;zx (vkH), Òekbi gzikph ftnkeoBÓ, gzikp ;N/N :{Bhtof;Nh N?e;N p[Ze p'ov, uzvhrVQ, 1999
5H Xkbhtkb, gq/w gqekS f;zx (vkH) Òf;XKse GkSk ftfrnkBÓ, wdkB gpfbe/SBz, gfNnkbk, 2002H
6H pokV, p{Nk f;zx (vkH), Ògzikph ftnkeoB, f;XKs ns/ ftjkoÓ, u/sBk gqekSB b[fXnkDk, 2008H
7H iZ;b etbihs, Ògzikph ftnkeoB d/ e[M gZyÓ, oth ;kfjs gqekSB, jkb pkzko, nzfwqs;o, 2012H
8H wBihs e"o, gzikph GkSkk L tos'A s/ pDso,
pDso b'erhs gqekSB, uzvhrVQ.
not: 1. tYkst leI h&qy dy Cy pIrIAf[
2. kMpojISn leI 25-30 ividAwrQIAW dw gr`up Aqy h&qy dy iqMn hor pIrIAf[
3. h&qy dy 6+3=9 pIrIAf[

*****************
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 11

HISTORY AND CULTURE OF PUNJAB

(For B.A. candidates only)
SEMESTER-III

Objectives: To introduce the students to the history of the history of the region during medieval times.
Pedagogy: Lectures, library work and discussions.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER –SETTER AND CANDIDATES: (FOR PAPER IN SEMESTER
III AND IV)

1. The syllabus has been divided into four Units.

There shall be 9 questions in all. The first question is compulsory and shall be short answer type
containing 10 short questions spread over the whole syllabus to be answered in about 25 to 30 words
each. The candidates are required to attempt any 5 short answer type questions carrying 5 marks i.e. 1
marks for each. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. Each Unit shall have two essay type questions
and the candidate shall be given internal choice of attempting one question from each Unit-IV in all.
Each question will carry 10 marks.

2. For private candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment, the marks secured
by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper in lieu of
internal assessment.
The paper-setter must put note (2) in the question paper.
3. One question from Unit-IV shall be set on the map.

Explanation:

1. Each essay type question would cover about one-third or one-half of a topic detailed in the syllabus.
2. The distribution of marks for the map question would be as under:
Map : 6 Marks
Explanatory Note : 4 Marks

In case a paper setter chooses to set a question of map on important historical places, the paper setter
will be required to ask the students to mark 06 places on map of 01 marks each and write explanatory
note on any 02 of 02 marks each.

3. The paper-setter would avoid repetition between different types of question within one question
paper.

Paper: HISTORY AND CULTURE OF PUNJAB 1200-C- 1700 A.D

Max. Marks : 50
Theory : 45
Internal Assessment : 05
Time : 3 Hours

Unit-I

Society and Culture in Punjab during the Turko-Afghan rule

The Punjab under the Great Mughals
Guru Nanak : His teachings, concept of Langar and Sangat.
12 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

Unit-II

Salient features of the Bhakti movement

Main Features of Sufism in Punjab.
Development of Sikhism (1539-1581): Contribution of Guru Angad Dev, Guru Amar Das and Guru
Ram Das for the development of Sikhism

Unit III

Transformation of Sikhism : Compilation of Adi-Granth; Martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev

Guru Hargobind’s New policy
Martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur
Unit IV

Foundation of the Khalsa

Post Khalsa activities of Guru Gobind Singh

MAP: Important Historical Places Delhi;Lahore;Sarhind; Multan;Kartarpur;Amritsar;Kiratpur;Tarn

Taran; Anandpur Sahib; Fatehgarh Sahib; Paonta Sahib;Machhiwara;Muktsar.
Specimen Map for Examination:

Suggested Readings:

1. Singh, Kirpal : History and Culture of the Punjab, Part II (Medieval Period),
Publication Bureau, Punjabi University, Patiala, 1990 (3rd edn.).

N.B. : The required detail and depth would conform to the treatment of the subject in the above
survey. (This book will also form the basis of the short answer questions).

2. Singh, Fauja (ed.) : History of the Punjab, Vol. III, Punjabi University, Patiala, 1972.
3. Grewal, J.S. : The Sikhs of the Punjab, The New Cambridge History of India,
Orient Longman, Hyderabad, 1990.
4. Singh, Khushwant : A History of the Sikhs, Vol. I : 1469-1839, Oxford University Press,
Delhi, 1991.
5. Chopra, P.N., Puri, B.N., : A Social, Cultural & Economic History of India, Vol. II, Macmillan,
and Das, M.N. Delhi, 1974.
6. Hussain, Yusuf : Glimpses of Medieval Indian Culture, Asia Publishing House,
Bombay, 1973 (rep.).

------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 13

HISTORY AND CULTURE OF PUNJAB

(For B.A. candidates only)
SEMESTER-IV

Objectives: To introduce the students to the history of the history of the region in the later medieval
period.
Pedagogy: Lectures, library work and discussions.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER –SETTER AND CANDIDATES: (FOR PAPER IN SEMESTER
III AND IV)

The syllabus has been divided into four Units.

There shall be 9 questions in all. The first question is compulsory and shall be short answer type
containing 10 short questions spread over the whole syllabus to be answered in about 25 to 30 words
each. The candidates are required to attempt any 5 short answer type questions carrying 5 marks i.e. 1
marks for each. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. Each Unit shall have two essay type questions
and the candidate shall be given internal choice of attempting one question from each Unit-IV in all.
Each question will carry 10 marks.

For private candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment, the marks secured
by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper in lieu of
internal assessment.
The paper-setter must put note (2) in the question paper.
One question from Unit-IV shall be set on the map.
Explanation:

Each essay type question would cover about one-third or one-half of a topic detailed in the syllabus.
The distribution of marks for the map question would be as under:
Map : 6 Marks
Explanatory Note : 4 Marks

In case a paper setter chooses to set a question of map on important historical places, the paper setter
will be required to ask the students to mark 06 places on map of 01 marks each and write explanatory
note on any 02 of 02 marks each.

The paper-setter would avoid repetition between different types of question within one question
paper.

Paper: HISTORY AND CULTURE OF PUNJAB 18TH AND EARLY 19TH CENTURIES
Max. Marks : 50
Theory : 45
Internal Assessment : 05
Time : 3 Hours

UNIT I

Banda Bahadur and his achievements

Sikh Struggle for Sovereignity from 1716-1765
Role of Dal Khalsa, Rakhi, Gurmata and Misls
UNIT- II
Ranjit Singh’s rise to Power
Civil and Military administration
Relations with the British
 14 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

UNIT-III
Political Developments 1839-1845
Anglo-Sikh Wars
Annexation of the Punjab

UNIT-IV
New Developments in literature,art and architecture in the Punjab region
Social life with special reference to the position of women, fairs, festivals, folk music, dance and games
in the Punjab.
MAP: Important Historical Places Lohgarh; Sarhind; Gujranwala; Lahore; Amritsar; Multan;
Peshawar;Sialkot; Ferozepore; Ambala; Gujrat; Mudki; Ludhiana
Specimen Map for Examination:

Suggested Readings :
Singh, Kirpal : History and Culture of the Punjab, Part II (Medieval Period),
Publication Bureau, Punjabi University, Patiala, 1990 (3rd edn.).

N.B. : The required detail and depth would conform to the treatment of the subject in the above survey.
(This book will also form the basis of the short answer questions).

Singh, Fauja (ed.) : History of the Punjab, Vol. III, Punjabi University, Patiala, 1972.

Grewal, J.S. : The Sikhs of the Punjab, The New Cambridge History of India,
Orient Longman, Hyderabad, 1990.
Singh, Khushwant : A History of the Sikhs, Vol. I : 1469-1839, Oxford University Press,
Delhi, 1991.
Chopra, P.N., Puri, : A Social, Cultural & Economic History of India, Vol. II, Macmillan,
B.N., and Das, M.N Delhi, 1974.
Hussain, Yusuf : Glimpses of Medieval Indian Culture, Asia Publishing House, Bombay,
1973 (rep.).

*****************
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 15

ENGLISH (Elective)
SEMESTER-III

Max. Marks : 100

Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10
Time Allowed : 3 hrs

Objectives:

To provide critically sensitive and analytical understanding of literary terms, concepts and genres to
the students to develop their ability to appreciate and analyze different lliterary texts.
To empower the students to read, analyze and write about a text in an independent manner.
To enhance students ability to use grammatical conventions appropriately.
To sharpen their writing skills to write clearly, coherently and cohesively.
To enable the students to explore, discuss and express their views on various topics.
To motivate the students to develop basic tools of analyzing a variety of literary texts.
To enable them to have a comprehensive knowledge of English language and literature.
To empower an average student in such a way that English learning becomes a pleasurable
endeavour.

TEXT PRESCRIBED:
William Shakespeare: The Merchant of Venice

LITERARY TERMS:
Drama, Myth of Dionysus, Liturgical Drama, Miracle Plays, Mystery Plays, Interlude, Mimesis, Catharsis,
Tragic Hero, Organic Unity, Revenge Tragedy, Poetic Drama, Verse Drama, Myth & Drama, Ritual & Drama,
Yaksgana, Theory, Indian Theory of Drama, Puppetry, Ardhnarishwra.

TESTING SCHEME:

Section-A
1. Five literary terms out of eight are to be attempted in about 50-60 words. 15 marks
2. Reference to the Context from the prescribed play. 15 marks
(The examiner will set three passages/stanzas from the prescribed play. The students will attempt any two
out of these three.)
3. Long answer type question in about 300-350 words form the prescribed text. One out of two is to be
attempted. 15 marks
 16 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

Section - B

4. Dialogue writing
(The examiner will set one descriptive passage of about 300-400 words and ask the students to
re-write the same in dialogue form. The examiner, however, must ensure that the passage can easily be
converted into dialogue form.) 10 marks

5. Identifying figures of speech in sentences (unseen):

Simile, Metaphor, Alliteration, Assonance. 10 marks
(The examiner will set ten different lines with an instruction to identify the figure(s) of speech in each
sentence. The sentences should be examples of different figures of speech as mentioned above. The
students are required to answer all. There will be no choice.)

6. Grammar:

i. Idioms and Phrases 5 marks

ii. Complete the incomplete sentences 5 marks
iii. One word substitution 5 marks

7. Comprehension (Unseen passage of about 1000 words) 10 marks

(The examiner will set an unseen passage of about 1000 word for comprehension. The passage will be
followed by 5 questions to be answered in not more than 20-30 words each.)

--------------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 17

ENGLISH (Elective)
SEMESTER IV

Max. Marks : 100

Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10
Time Allowed : 3 hrs

Objectives:

To provide critically sensitive and analytical understanding of literary terms, concepts and genres to
the students to develop their ability to appreciate and analyze different lliterary texts.
To empower the students to read, analyze and write about a text in an independent manner.
To enhance students ability to use grammatical conventions appropriately.
To sharpen their writing skills to write clearly, coherently and cohesively.
To enable the students to explore, discuss and express their views on various topics.
To motivate the students to develop basic tools of analyzing a variety of literary texts.
To enable them to have a comprehensive knowledge of English language and literature.
To empower average student in such a way that English learning becomes a pleasurable endeavour.

TEXT PRESCRIBED:
An Anthology of English Verse
Ed. Department of English, Deen Dayal Upadhayaya, Gorakhpur University. New Delhi: OUP, 2004
Prescribed poems:
i. John Donne: The Sun Rising
ii. Alexander Pope: From Essay on Man
iii. Thomas Gray: Elegy Written in the Country Churchyard
iv. William Blake: The Tiger
v. William Wordsworth: Tintern Abbey
vi. John Keats: Ode to a Nightingale
vii. Tennyson: Ulysses
viii. Browning: My Last Duchess
ix. Matthew Arnold: To Marguerite
x. Hopkins: Pied Beauty
xi. A. K. Ramanujan: History
xii. W.B. Yeats: A Prayer for my Daughter
xiii. T.S. Eliot: Journey of the Magi
xiv. Thomas Hardy: The Darkling Thrush
xv. Philip Larkin: The Trees

LITERARY TERMS:

Allegory, Allusion, Antithesis, Epic, Epithet, Hyperbole, Internal Rhyme, Rhyme Royal, Terza Rima
Metaphor, Metonymy, Medias Res, Oxymoron, Mood, Tone, Personification, Stanza, Spenserian Stanza,
Satire, Free paragraph
 18 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

TESTING SCHEME:

Section-A

1. Five literary terms out of eight are to be attempted in about 50-60 words. 15 marks
2. Short answer type question in about 50-60 words from the prescribed text. Five out of seven are to be
attempted. 15 marks

3. Long answer type of questions in about 100-120 words from the prescribed text. Three out of five are
to be attempted. 15 marks

Section – B

4. Precis Writing 10 marks

5. Identifying figures of speech in sentences (unseen)

Metonymy, Epithet, Oxymoron, Epigram, Metonymy 10 marks
(The examiner will set ten different lines with an instruction to identify the figure(s) of speech in each
sentence. The sentences should be examples of different figures of speech as mentioned above.
The students are required to answer all. There will be no choice.)

6. Grammar:

i. Choose the correct meaning of the word 5 marks

ii. Complete the incomplete sentences 5 marks
iii. One word substitution 5 marks

7. Comprehension (Unseen passage of about 1000 words) 10 marks

(The examiner will set an unseen passage of about 1000 word for comprehension. The passage will
be followed by 5 questions to be answered in not more than 20-30 words each.)

*****************
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 19

fgUnh (,sfPNd f}rh; o"kZ)

lsesLVj&3

iw.kkZad % 90+++10═100
le; % 3 ?k.Vs

1- dkO;rkjk] laiknd cæhukFk frokjh] jktdey çdk'ku] ubZ fnYyhA

fuEufyf[kr dfo ikB~;Øe eas fu/kAZfjr gS%&
lqfe=kuUnu iar] ek[kuyky prqosZnh] jke/kkjh flag ^fnudj*] t;'kadj izlkn
d) 5&5 vadksa dh nks lUnHkZ&lfgr O;k[;k,¡ djuh gksxhA dqy pkj vad&10
O;k[;k,¡ iwNh tk,saxhA

[k) dfo&ifjp;] lkj vkSj mn~ns'; laca/kh dqy nks iz'u iwNs tk;saxsA vad&08
8 vadksa dk ,d gh iz'u djuk gksxkA izR;sd mÙkj dh 'kCn
lhek 200 gksxhA

2- dfcjk [kM+k cktkj esa] Hkh"e lkguh] jktdey çdk'ku] ubZ fnYyhA
d) lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ds fy, nks iz'u iwNs tk,¡xs_ vad&05
mÙkj ,d dk gh nsuk gksxkA
[k) ik=ksa ds pfj=&fp=.k] rRoksa ds vk/kkj ij ukVd vad&08
dh leh{kk rFkk leL;k laca/kh nks iz'u iwNs tk;saxsaA
8 vadksa dk ,d gh iz'u djuk gksxkA ('kCn&lhek
200)
3- bl [k.M esa 3&3 vadksa ds rhu y?kqÙkjh iz'uksa ds mÙkj vad&09
nsus gksaxsA dqy 6 iz'u iwNs tk;saxsA ;s iz'u bl i= ds
iwoksZDr nks [k.Mksa (dkO;rkjk o dfcjk [kM+k cktkj esa) ij
vk/kkfjr gksaxsA ('kCn&lhek 50)

4- fgUnh lkfgR; dk bfrgkl& jhfrdky % (dsoy dkO;&[kaM) vad&08

jhfrdky dh ifjfLFkfr;k¡] ukedj.k] lhek&fu/kkZj.k] izo`fr;k¡
jhfrc) vkSj jhfreqDr dkO; dh izeq[k fo'ks"krk,¡] izeq[k dfo&
ds'ko] fcgkjh] ?kukuan] ds laca/k esa 8 vadksa dk ,d iz'u djuk
gksxkA dqy nks iz'u iwNs tk,axsaA ('kCn&lhek 200&250)
 20 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

5- oLrqfu"B iz'u vad&10

bl i= ds iwoksZDr rhuksa [k.Mksa ds vk/kj ij 1&1 vad ds
nl oLrqfu"B iz'uksa ds mÙkj nsus gksaxsA dqy iUnzg iz'u iwNs
tk,¡xsaA

6- leh{kk fl)kUr& dsoy ^ukVd* vad&07

ifjHkk"kk] rRo vkSj oxhZdj.k ij vk/kfjr ukVd ls
lacaf/r nks iz'u iwNs tk;saxsA ftuesa ls 7 vadksa dk
,d iz'u djuk gksxkA ('kCn lhek 200)

7- O;kogkfjd O;kdj.k& vad&15

d) lekd`fr] fHkUukFkZd 'kCn&;qXe 3) (pkj esa ls rhUk)
[k) Loj&lfU/k ,oa O;atu&laf/k 3)
x) lfU/k&foPNsn(dsoy O;kogkfjd) 3) (pkj esa ls rhu)
?k) okD;&'kks/u 3) (pkj esa ls rhu)
M-) fojke&fpg~u 3)

8- rduhdh 'kCnkoyh (dsoy iz'kkldh; 'kCnkoyh) vad&10

(lyaXu 'kCnkoyh)
15 esas ls 10 dk mÙkj nsuk gksxkA
vkarfjd ewY;kadu& vad&10
funsZ'k %&Ng ysDpj Text ds vkSj rhu ysDpj O;kdj.k ds vfuok;Z gksaxsA

iz'kklfud 'kCnkoyh

1. Acceptance Lohd`fr
2. Account ys[kk] [kkrk] fglkc
3. Accuse vfHk;ksx yxkuk
4. Acknowledge (fact etc.) vfHkLohdkj djuk] ekuuk dcwy djuk
5. Acknowledgement due jlhn] ikorh lfgr
6. Addressee ikus okyk
7. Adjournment LFkxu
8. Administration iz'kklu
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 21

9. Admissible xzkg~;] Lohdk;Z

10. Affidavit 'kiFk ysuk] gyQukek
11. Agent vfHkdrkZ] ,tsUV
12. Agitation vkUnksyu
13. Agreement djkj] vuqca/k]lgefr
14. Allowance HkRrk
15. Amenity lq[k&lqfo/kk
16. Anti-Corruption Officer Hkz"Vkpkj fujks/k vf/dkjh
17. Appeal vihy] vihy djuk
18. Appointment fu;qfDr
19. Appoint fu;qfDr djuk
20. Approval vuqeksnu
21. Article vuqPNsn] fu;e]oLrq
22. Association la?k] lekt] laxe
23. At Par leewY; ij
24. Attendant ifjpj
25. Attestation lk{;kadu] vuqizek.ku
26. Audit ys[kk ijh{kk
27. Ballot Paper eri=] eriphZ
28. Ban izfrca/k] jksd] ikcanh
29. Bonafide ln~Hkkoh] okLrfod] vlyh
30. Book –Fair iqLrd esyk
31. Bureau dk;kZy;] C;wjks
32. Cabinet ea=h eaMy
33. Candidate vH; kFkhZ] izkFkhZ] mEehnokj
34. Care-taker j[kokyk] vo/kk;d
35. Cashier jksdfM+;k
36. Censure fuank izLrko] ifjfuank
37. Certificate of Medical Fitness vkjksX; izek.k&i=
38. Character Certificate pfj= izek.k&i=
39. Charge Sheet vkjksi i=] QnZ] tqeZ
40. Circular ifji=] x'krh&fpV~Bh
41. Circulation of Traffic ;krk;kr ifjpkyu
42. Circus ØhM+k jax] jaxeaMi
43. Citation iz'kkfLr] m¼j.k] vuqys[ku
44. City Booking Office uxj fVdV ?kj] uxj cqfadax&dk;kZy;
22 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS
45. City Compensatory Allowance uxj HkRrk
46. Civil ukxfjd
47. Civil Pole uxj fuokZpu
48. Civil Sense ukxfjd Hkkouk
49. Civil-air-craft vlSfud ok;q;ku
50. Claimant nkosnkj] nkoh
51. Collector lekgrkZ] laxzgd] ladyudrkZ]dysDVj
52. Colony cLrh] mifuos'k
53. Colosal fo'kky] o``gRdk;
54. Colour Blindness o.kkZU/krk
55. Communique foKfIr
56. Complaint f'kdk;r
57. Complementary iwjd
58. Completion Report lekiu fjiksVZ
59. Certified Copy izekf.kr izfrfyfi
60. Complementary Copy migkj izfr]ekukFkZ izfr
61. Composite feyk tqyk] lfEeJ.k laf'k"V
62. Comprehension O;kid dk;Z cks/k
63. Contingencies vkdfLed O;;
64. Contractor Bsdnkj] lafonkdkj
65. Confiscate tCr djuk] vf/kgj.k djuk
66. Corporation fuxe
67. Custody vfHkj{kk
68. Decorum f'k"Vrk] 'kkyhurk
69. Defacto oLrqr%
70. Defaulter =kqfVdkjh] pwd djus okyk]ckdhnkj
71. Defendant izfroknh
72. Depreciation Charge ewY;Ékl izHkkj]vo{k; izHkkj
73. Design vfHkdYi] vfHkdYiuk]:ikadu] fMt+kbu
74. Dispatch izs"k.k]jokuxh] izsf"kr djuk] jokuk djuk
75. Dignitary mPp in/kjh] efgekfUor
76. Director funs'kd
77. Disbursement laforj.k
78. Discipline vuq'kklu
79. Discrepancy folaxfr] xyrh
80. Discretion foosd] foosdkf/kdkj
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 23
81. Dissent folEefr] vlgefr
82. Disqualified v;ksX;
83. Division foHkktu] eaMy] Js.kh] izHkkx] fMohtu
84. Eligible ik=rk] izkIr]ik=
85. Emergency vkikr] vkikr~&fLFkfr] vkifrd
86. Emigrant mRizoklh
87. Employment jkstxkj] ukSdjh] fu;kstu
88. Employment Exchange jkstxkj dk;kZy;] jkstxkj nQrj
89. Employment Officer jkstxkj vf/k dkjh
90. Enquiry iwNrkN]tk¡p
91. Enrolment Number ukeakdu la[;k
92. Enrolled ukekafdr
93. Evacuee fu"ØkUr
94. Executive Engineer dk;Zikyd vfHk;Urk] dk;Ziky bathfu;j
95. Faculty ladk;
96. Finance foÙk] :Ik;k yxkuk
97. Gazetted Officer jktif=r vf/kdkjh
98. Gazetteer jktfoojf.kdk
99. Gazetted post jktif=r in
100. Grant vuqnku] Lohdkj djuk
101. Incentive izksRlkgu
102. Index lwpd] vuqØe.kh
103. Initials vk|{kj
104. Insured Letter chek fd;k gqvk i=k
105. Interim vUrfje
106. Intelligence xqIrokrkZ] vklwpuk
107. Intelligentia izcq¼ oxZ] cqf¼thoh oxZ
108. Intensive reading xgu iBu
109. Intention vfHkizk;] vk'k;
110. Judgment fu.kZ;
111. Jurisdiction vf/kdkj& {ks=
112. Ledger [kkrk
113. Lessee iV~Vsnkj
114. Liaision Officer laidZ vf/kdkjh
115. Maintenance vuqj{k.k] Hkj.k&iks"k.k] j[k&j[kko
116. Major O;Ld] ckfyx] estj]izkIrR;
24 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

117. Manager izca/kd] O;oLFkkid] eSustj

118. Minor voL;d] ukckfyx] vizkIrO;
119. Monopoly ,dkf/kdkjh] ,dkf/kiR;
120. Motion izLrko
121. Nationalization jk"Vªh;dj.k
122. Negotiation laf/kokrkZ] le>kSrs dh ckrphr
123. Note of Dissent folUefr ys[k] vlgefr ys[k
124. Notification vf/klwpuk
125. Oath Commissioner 'kiFk vk;qDr
126. Offender vijk/kh
127. Permissible vuqHks;] vuqKs;]{kE;
128. Planning Commission ;kstuk vk;ksx
129. Precedence iwoZrk] vxzrk
130. Procedure dk;Zfof/k
131. Public lkoZtfud]vke]ljdkjh]yksd
132. Quorum x.kiwfrZ] dksje
133. Receipt ikorh] izkfIr jlhn
134. Recruitment HkrhZ
135. Receiver ikusokyk
136. Reminder Lej.k&i=
137. Representative izfrfuf/k
138. Senior ofj"B] T;s"B
139. Sine die vfuf'pr dky ds fy,
140. Statutory dkuquh] fof/kd]lafof/kd
141. Stenographer vk'kqfyfid
142. Subordinate v/k hu] v/k huLFk
143. Tender fufonk]VsaMj
144. Transfer cnyh] LFkkukarj.k] varj.k
145. Treasurer dks"kiky
146. Unofficial v'kkldh;
147. Vacancy fjfDr
148. Vigilance Officer lrdZrk vf/kdkjh] fuxjkuh vf/kdkjh
149. Warrant vf/ki=] okjaV

--------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 25
fgUnh (,sfPNd f}rh; o"kZ)
lsesLVj&4
iw.kkZad % 90+++10═100
le; % 3 ?k.Vs

1- dkO;rkjk] laiknd cæhukFk frokjh] jktdey çdk'ku] ubZ fnYyhA

ls izdkf'kr fuEu dfo ikB~;Øe esa fu/kAZfjr gS%&
egknsoh oekZ] vKs;] lw;ZdkUr f=ikBh fujkyk] /kwfeyA

d) 5&5 vadksa dh nks lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k,¡¡ djuh gksxhA vad&10

dqy pkj O;k[;k,¡ iwNh tk,axhA

[k) dfo ifjp;] lkj vkSj mn~ns'; laca/kh dqy nks iz'u iwNs vad&08
Tkk,axsA 8 vadks dk ,d iz'u djuk gksxkA mÙkj lhek
200 'kCnksa dh gksxhA

2- ik¡p ,dkadh] laiknd iwjupan VaMu] jktiky ,aM lUl] ubZ fnYyh
}kjk izdkf'kr
d) ,dkadh ds rRoksa ds vk/kkj ij leh{kkRed iz'u vad&08
(lkj&ys[ku] pfj=&fp=.k] mn~ns'; laca/kh) nks iz'u
iwNs tk;saxsA 8 vadksa dk ,d iz'u djuk gksxkA

[k) lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ugha iwNh tk,xhA

3- fgUnh lkfgR; dk bfrgkl % vk/qfud dky (dsoy dkO;&[k.M)

vk/qfud dky ds HkkjrsUnq&;qx] f}osnh ;qx]Nk;kokn] izxfrokn] vad&10
iz;ksxokn vkSj ubZ dfork dh dsoy izeq[k izo`fr;ksa ls lacaf/kr
10 vadks dk ,d iz'u djuk gksxkA dqy nks iz'u iwNs tk,¡xsaA
('kCn lhek&lhek 250)

4- oLrqfu"B iz'u vad&10

bl i= ds iwoksZDr rhu [k.Mksa ds vk/kkj ij ,d&,d vad
ds nl oLrqfu"B iz'u djus gksaxsA dqy iUnzg iz'u iwNs tk,¡xsaA
 26 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

5- layXu 50 fVIif.k;ksa dk vH;kl % vad&10

iwNh xbZ nl fVIif.k;ksa esa ls ik¡p dk mÙkj nsuk gksxkA

6- leh{kk fl)kUr % dsoy ^,adkdh* vad&10

,dkadh ds rRo] ifjHkk"kk vkSj oxhZdj.k ls lacaf/kr nks
iz'u iwNs tk,¡xasA 10 vadks dk dsoy ,d iz'u djuk gksxkA
'kCn&lhek 250)
7- lkj ys[ku vad&8

8- 'kkldh; i= ys[ku (nks esa ls ,d) vad&8

9- foLrkj.k vad&8

vkarfjd ewY;kadu vad&10

funsZ'k % 6 ysDpj Text ds vkSj 3 ysDpj O;kdj.k ds vfuok;Z gksaxsA

50 fVIif.k;k¡
1. A brief note is placed below laf{kIr fVIi.kh uhps izLrqr gS A
2. Acknowledge receipt of this bldh ikorh Hksft, A
3. Action as proposed may be taken ;Fkk izLrkfor dk;Zokgh dh tk,A
4. Agenda of the meeting is put up cSBd dh dk;Zlwph izLrqr gS A
5. Application may be rejected vkosnu vLohdkj dj fn;k tk, A
6. Approved as proposed izLrko ds vuqlkj vuqeksfnr
7. Administrative approval may be obtained iz'kklfud vuqeksnu izkIr fd;k tk, A
8. Await reply mRrj dh izrh{kk djsa A
9. Await further report vkSj fooj.k dh izrh{kk djsa A
10. Ascertain this position please d`Ik;k fLFkfr dk irk yxk;sa A
11. Amended draft is submitted for approval la'kksf/r izk:Ik voyksdukFkZ izLrqr gSa A
12. Brief resume of the case is given below ekeys dk laf{kIr lkj uhps fn;k x;k gSA
13. Call for explanation Li"Vhdj.k ek¡xs
14. Call for report fjiksVZ e¡xok, A
15. Comply with the orders vkns'kksa dk ikyu djsa A
16. Clarify the position please d`Ik;k fLFkfr dk Li"V djsa A
17- Copy enclosed for ready reference lqyHk lanHkZ ds fy, izfrfyfi layXu gS A
18. Copy is enclosed izfrfyfi layXu gS A
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 27

19. Copy forwarded for information and izfrfyfi lwpukFkZ ,oa vko';d dk;Zokgh
Necessary action ds fy, izf"kr gS A
20. Case may be kept pending ekeys dks vHkh vfu.khZr j[kk tk, A
21. Delay should be avoided foyECk u fd;k tk,A
22. Disciplinary proceedings may be initiated vkuq'kklfud dk;Zokgh 'kq: dh tk, A
23. Draft reply is put up mÙkj dk elkSnk izLrqr gS
24. Enquiry may be conducted tk¡p dh tk,a
25. Expedite action 'kh?kz dk;Zokgh djsa A
26. Explanation may be called for Li"Vhdj.k ek¡xk tk, A
27. Facts for the case may be put up ekeyksa ds rF; izLrqr djsa A
28. For perusal and return ns[kdj ykSVkus ds fy,
29. For comments please d`Ik;k fVIi.kh nsa A
30. For sympathetic consideration lgkuqHkqfriw.kZ fopkj ds fy,A
31. Forwarded and recommended izsf"kr vkSj laLrqrA
32. I concur with the proposal eSa bl izLrko ls viuh lgefr izdV djrk gw¡A
33. I have no remarks to offer eq>s dksbZ fVIi.kh ugha djuh gSa A
34. Inform all concerned lHkh lacaf/r O;fDr;ksa dks lwfpr djsa A
35. Issue a circular ifji= tkjh djsa A
36. Keep pending fu.kZ; ds fy, jksd j[ksa A
37. Kindly accord sanction d`Ik;k Lohd`fr nhft, A
38. Kindly confirm d`Ik;k iqf"V djsaA
39. Matter is under consideration ekeyk fopkjk/hu gS A
40. No action is necessary dksbZ dk;Zokgh visf{kr ugha gS a
41. Needful has been done vko';d dk;Zokgh dh xbZ gS A
42. Order may be issued vkns'k tkjh fd;k tk, A
43. Please see the proceeding notes d`Ik;k fiNyh fVIif.k;k¡ ns[k ysa A
44. Put up the relevant papers lacf/r dkxt izLrqr djsa A
45. Reminder may be sent vuqLekjd Hkstk tk, A
46. Report compliance immediately vuqikyu djds rqjUr lwfpr djsa A
47. Specific reason may be given fof'k"V dkj.k fn;k tk, A
48. Submitted for information lwpuk ds fy, izLrqr gS A
49. This may be treated as confident bls xksiuh; le>k tk, A
50. Verified and found correct tk¡pk vkSj lgh ik;k A

****************
28 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

pMjwbI (ielYkitv)
bI.ey. ( jnrl ) Bwg dUjw, dsMbr 2020 dy iemiqhwn leI
smYstr qIjw

PENDING
B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 29
pMjwbI (ielYkitv)
bI.ey. ( jnrl ) Bwg dUjw, ApRYl/ meI 2021 dy iemiqhwn leI
smYstr cOQw

PENDING
 30 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

laLd`r (bySfDVo)
ch-,-(tujy) f}rh; o"kZ
SEMESTER-III

Paper - Sanskrit : ! 90+++10═100

(#$% & - 10,
10 %)%* & - 90)
90) - .-3 0123
%4567 8 9:3;.-
.-
• <= > ? %@A @B C 9D E ? -FG , %@A , I J . KL3I M -3 BN O P @B C

• % Q %8R.E B O . 57R4 3 K%S . LT U (V 8W R K? .) M <% %5 %4X .R B , - Y .B

M %Z .B W
[PE #V 94 %@ , % %O\ < 3 ] 4.] 8 ] 4 @^ _` %5 % P.E K?.4

4 C
• _- 3 K% % a @% 7b ) S % Q %8R.E -FG 3 <% [%V I G 4C
• -FG R ]
c %4 %4d O P @c C K ! % Q %8R.E B -FG W %4. E
3< * JBe 4C
• > K?.4 - . 4f % .g(<% 012 ) <% -h @ @B , %I- M 4 % .g iB%I74 3 @E C3
• -O <=E M 7 <% 7 K8 %4%5jk % l # ;. @m C
UNIT-I

( ) (V 8W R - K? .) (5B -%a/sB : -<- K4 W 5 t u) 2x10= 20 K

(*) (V 8W R K? .) #e % W
- & v )0<= 05 K

UNIT-II
( ) @% -FG 7b ) : x, #OP y (15 M -3 10 7bE -FG ) 10x 1 = 10 K

1. J)- })! 2. W - •V W ! 3. B2-< !

4. V 5 -<•5!, 7‚. • 54 t 5. I -9 4 t 6. % . -9 e 4 t
7. 5 -#… t 8. ‡ ˆ -9D . t 9. eB -KeB x , t
10. t
‰ -%7 x 9Š t 11. 5 -. %4 12. .I - 5. !
13. 2m -#< 5 4 t 14. [ )- x t 15. 73 4 -< t

16. - ‰ -- %2 17. ‹32 -9 R t 18. g ़- x , t -4 , t V t

19. K • -KŽ)
W . , t %W • 20. 4- ! 21. 4 J ) - W 1g) t
22. @4 -K)• !, #O t W -% %
23. 00‘ 24. V‰ - V ).!, V ). t
25. 48-’B%) 26. I3J-4 W !, 4 W t 27. J IJ5 (“3- )32)- 3 . t

28. @ -@ ! 29. -B43 ‰- 2 ! 30. #.4 (7 7 )-5 R !, #57R!

 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 31

c t
31. _> (-m2)- ” ) 32. 9J24 - 9S 4R t 33. 0 -<- e4
34. I)-K•I4 , t •) t 35. – -7 ! 36. —3%- 23 J)-y ˜) t

37. % ) -% ) t 38. 5 ™ “7 t
W -5$e 4 ,5$ VR! 39. 43) B%)7-4* I4 t
40. %JA -%Jš ! 41. 9g -V R t ` 42. I4-5$V R t
43. @3 5 - %œd 44. %) %• -žd I4 t 45. - J4W -˜3 %4) , t ˜3 4 t

46.. %-Ÿ -%- t 47. 5 3543 -N-5$7Be4 48. @ -K)a

49. ‘I- B) I4 t 50. %- 5 4-y e 4 ,t y % 2 t

UNIT-III

(0) •I4 -%” 5x1

5x1=05
=05K
(¡) S¢-
S¢- - - 5x1
5x1=05
=05K
(V) %£ <`. : K t , W ,t t, -t 3 ) 95 @ @ <k @m ) 5x1
5x1=05
=05K

UNIT-IV

(’) 7b‘ : ,t ,t . (t 4E %) E M) I4 t 8 V¥ - t 2x5

2x5=10
=10K
W
(I) e ‘ : K- ,t 5 , W ,t 7 t , <• t, % ) t ( 3 ) )2 t, )B2 t, )G2 t, )¡t, % %e%)¡t ) M) 2x5
2x5=10
=10K
(¦) ’A : K4kW W ,t 7Z, _¥ § , 9 ¥
3 §,9 I% (5B 3 @ -B5 @ )& <k @m ) 2x5
2x5=10
=10K

UNIT-V
(¨) %@A -3 -FG M K4 W 5 (10 M -3 5 ©) 5x2=10K
-@ . W
… :- 7 ªJBe, Vf*} < 74, -

-------------------
 32 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

laLd`r (bySfDVo)
ch-,-(tujy) f}rh; o"kZ
SEMESTER-IV

Paper - Sanskrit : 42 ! 90+10=100

(#$% & - 10,
10, %)%* & - 90)
90) - .-3 0123
%4567 8 9:3;.-
.-
• <= > ? %@A @B C 9D E ? -FG , %@A , I J . KL3I M -3 BN O P @B C
• -FG 4 ¬% Q 3 ‹‘ - < %G D.E -3 % %V 4C
• _- 3 K% % a @% 7b ) S % Q %8R.E -FG 3 <% [%V I G 4C
• -FG R ]
c %4 %4d O P @c C K ! % Q %8R.E B -FG W %4. E
3< * JBe 4C
• > K?.4 - . 4f % .g(<% 012 ) <% -h @ @B , %I- M 4 % .g iB%I74 3 @E C3
• -O <=E M 7 <% 7 K8 %4%5jk % l # ;. @m C
UNIT-I
( ) Ÿ © -t O - ( 4 -%a/sB : -<- K4 W 5 t u) 3x10=30
3x10=30 K
(*) - & v )e W <=, > V% > %V> , )3* % V., V4 ™ Ÿ © t % P. … W 5K
UNIT-
UNIT-II
( ) @% -FG 7b ) : K\, OBI4 ®}£ > (15 M -3 10 7bE -FG ) 10x1=
10x1=10 K
1. K @ -#¯ 2. 9‰5- P! 3. °3 ™- Be :
4. °3 ™ #2 - Be V !R 5. V4 -V ! 6. If-. !
7. V )- 1gW)!, ± %@! 8. ² -. 4 )! 9. % )-% )!
10. 5 )-%S5) t 11. e 4-e ³ , t 7 %)! 12. J I -%<.Ž!W
13. J3-4-V V R t 14. - - - ! 15. - W!
W
16. -D--aW! 17. - -E--PR ! 18. @´ -@% •
19. KV --%” t 20. OBI4-9ŠOBI4 t 21. %*V‰ - G 7 !
22. V24 -K )3@! 23. %V 4 -%Vµ t 24. •g OBI4-7 OBI4 t
25. O -O R 26. O -ž54!, ž54 t 27. ¶ - – t
28. -BN- - , 7 ) , @ 4- 29. . - ·a t 30. B2 - B%2
31. 7µ -7 R 32. - B- -- BP! 33. -¸˜- e W !
34. @¹ -%@ !W 35. K • -@-$ 36. 2B - 2B t

37. ‰ @ - 2 @!, ‹354 38. V % )-- V - ,t VVP !

 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 33

39. % ) -- - ,t VP ! 40. 0‰ -02!, W º! 41. V»V-V -!

42. V • --A7! 43. 2 -•B 44. 8 ) -Z %) , 8 %)
45. ¼32 - 7 ! 46. J ½ -95•V4 t 47. )B2 - !
48. •B -9¾¿ 4 t 3 4 t
49. J3)4- ) 50. V -À%

UNIT-
UNIT-III

W -- -
(0) Á[P 5x1
5x1=05K
05K
(¡) G 5$ <`. : a, a W , ÂÃ 8 t
W 4W <`. 5x1
5x1=05K
05K
( ,t • t , ,t – g t , 5 t , , %)* ,t 4 , Ä7 ,t O , `I t , ÅG , K- ,t 5 , W ,t 7 t , <• t ,
% ) t , G , – , L@ , ] , W , 8 -t _4 e ž
W 3 .B M)
(V) 7b‘ : % t - R ( 4E %) E M), @ t J) (t %)Ž
W M) % 2x5
2x5=10
=10K

UNIT-
UNIT-IV
W
(’) e ‘ : G , – ¨ ,t LÆ , ] , W 8 8 t ( 3 ) )2 t, )B2 t, )G2 t, )¡t, % %e%)¡t ) M) 2x5
2x5=10
=10K
(I) ( 3 )- W
³ %4. -K7£ W
©E B 7£ 4) 5x1
5x1=05K
05K

UNIT-
UNIT-V
(’) ’A : %7*% , A–$, %)4 , -$% ) W <.
8 OI (5B 3 @ -B5 @ )& <k @m ) 10K
-@ . W
… :- 7 ªJBe, Vf*} < 74, -

*******************
 34 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

URDU (Elective)
SEMESTER-III

Prose and Poetry

Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : (5+3+2) 10 marks
Time: 3 Hrs.
Unit-I

i. Explanation of Verses(Ghazaliat) :
Mir Taqi Mir, Khwaja Mir Dard, Ibrahim Zauq, Mirza Asadullah Khan Ghalib, Momin Khan
Momin, Hasrat Mohani, Raghupati Sahay Firaq Gorakhpuri.
20 marks

ii. Explanation of Nazms:

Search Results
Allama Iqbal - Chand aur Tare, Mulla aur Bahisht
Nazir Akbrabadi - Mele ki Sair
Brij Narayan Chakbast - Ramayan ka ek Scene
10 marks

Unit-II
Explanation of prose:
Mir Amman - Sair Pehle Darvesh Ki
Sir Syed Ahmed Khan - Sarab-e-hayat
Farahatullah Baig - Murda Badast Zinda Ast
Munshi Prem Chand - Roshni
Rashid-ul-Kheri - Toonfan-e-Hayat Ka Ek warq 30 marks

Unit-III

Central idea of a lesson or nazm (from Unit I & II above) 15 marks

Unit-IV

Introduction and literary contribution of the poets & prose writers

Poets: Mir Taqi Mir, Mirza Asadullah Khan Ghalib, Nazir Akbarabadi
Prose writers : Sir Syed Ahmed Khan, Altaf Hussain Hali, Munshi Prem Chand 15 marks

Books Prescribed:

1. Khyaban-e-Adab by, Azimul Haq Junedi, Educational BookHouse, AMU Market, Aligarh.

------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 35

URDU (Elective)
SEMESTER-IV

Novel: Ek Chadar Maili Si

Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : (5+3+2) 10 marks
Time: 3 Hrs.
Unit-I

Novel - One question each on its Plot and Characters 30 marks

Unit-II

Explanation of Paragraph from Novel 30 marks

Unit-III

Rajinder Singh Bedi Ki Novel Nigari Ki Khususiyat

Or
Novel Ke Ajza-e-Tarkibi 15 marks

Unit-IV
Unseen paragraph (candidate will be asked three questions from it) 15 marks

Books Prescribed :

1. Ek Chadar Maili Si, by Rajinder Singh Bedi.

*****************
36 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

PERSIAN (Elective)
SEMESTER-III

Instructions to the paper setter/examiner :

There will be one paper in each Semester i.e. 3rd and 4th Semester of 90 marks each and Internal Assessment of
10 marks for the session of 2020-2021.

Paper-A : Prose Marks : 90

Internal Assessment : 10
Time : 3 hours

1. Translation of text pieces into English, Hindi, Urdu, Panjabi or Persian. 20 marks
2. Explanation of text pieces into English, Hindi, Urdu, Panjabi or Persian. 20 marks
3. Summary or central idea of the text prescribed as in Dastanha-ye-Kutah. 20 marks
4. Simple direct questions on the life and works of the authors. 30 marks

Books prescribed

Nisabe Jadide Farsi

(Published By Jayyad Press Ballimaran Delhi)
Only following portions from Prose Section.

i. Intekhab-e-Sarzamin-e-Hind-Ali Asghar Hikmat.

ii. Dastan-e-Kutah by Mohammad Hejazi.

-----------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 37

PERSIAN (Elective)
SEMESTER-IV

Instructions to the paper setter/examiner :

There will be one paper in each Semester i.e. 3rd and 4th Semester of 90 marks each and Internal Assessment
of 10 marks for the session of 2020-2021.

Paper-B : Poetry Marks : 90

Internal Assessment : 10
Time : 3 hours

Distribution of marks :

1. Translation of text pieces into English, Hindi, Urdu, Panjabi or Persian. 20 marks
2. Explanation of text pieces into English, Hindi, Urdu, Panjabi or Persian. 20 marks
3. Central idea of the poem. 20 marks
4. Simple direct questions on the life and works of the poets as prescribed in the text. 30 marks

Books prescribed

Nisab-e-Jadeed-e-Farsi(Published by Jayyad Press Ballimaran, Delhi). Only following portions from Prose
Section.

Az Gzalliyat-e-Hafiz

Agar Aan Turke Shirazi Be Dast Aarad Dile Maara.

Saaqi Benur Badah Bar Afrooz Jam-e- Maa.
Doosh deedam Keh Malayek Dare Maiykhaneh Zadand.

Gazalliyat-e-Khdsrow:

Jan Ze Tan Burdi-o- Dar Jaani Hunooz.

Madeh Pandam Ke Man Dar Seeneh Saudayee Digar Daram.

***************
 38 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

FRENCH (ELECTIVE)
SEMESTER-III
WRITTEN COMPREHENSION AND EXPRESSION, GRAMMAR IN CONTEXT AND CREATIVE
WRITING

Max. Marks : 100

Theory : 90 Marks
Internal Assessment : 10 Marks
Time : 3 hours
I Questions:

(a) Five Questions (including General and based on Civilization) from the prescribed
Text book (4 marks each) 20 Marks

(b) Questions on applied grammar, including conjugation of verbs in applied form,

from the textbook. 20 Marks

(c) Composition based on the subject or theme from the text. 15 Marks

(d) Comprehension of an unseen text.

Ten questions to be put in French and to be answered in French. 15 Marks

II Prose:

Direct simple questions based on the prescribed text (Tintin au Tibet)

to be asked and answered in French, Questions should be of 5 marks each. 20 Marks

CHOICE TO BE GIVEN IN ALL QUESTIONS

Courses of Reading

Text Book: 1. Saison-2 (Units 0-4)Méthode de Français par Marie-Noëlle Cocton,

Anneline Dintilhac, Dorothée Dupleix, Delphine de Ripaux, Anouchka
Oliveira, Les Editions Didier, 2014.

(a) Livre de l’éléve

(b) Cahier d’exercices
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 39

Prose: -Tintin Au Tibet,Casterman

Note: 1. Questions on composition and unseen passage to be based on the vocabulary

and grammar of the textbook covered by the students in B.A. 3rd Semester.

2. All questions are to be asked and answered in French.

For the information of private candidates:

The theory paper would be proportionately marked out of 100 as there is no internal assessment.

-------------------------
 40 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

FRENCH (ELECTIVE) 4TH SEMESTER:

CREATIVE WRITING : GRAMMAR AND POETRY
Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 60 Marks
Internal Assessment: 10 Marks
Viva : 30 Marks
Time : 3 hours

I Selected Readings in Poetry:

Questions, explanation of stanzas or of poems, central ideas and summaries
of poems to be asked and answered in French. 5X5 Choice 25 Marks

II (a) Questions (including General and based on Civilisation) from the prescribed
Text book (4 marks each). 20 Marks

(b) Questions on applied grammar, including conjugation of verbs in applied

form from the textbook. 15 Marks

CHOICE TO BE GIVEN IN ALL QUESTIONS

Courses of Reading

Text Book: Saison-2 (Units 5-9) Méthode de Français par Marie-Noëlle Cocton, Anneline
Dintilhac, Dorothée Dupleix, Delphine de Ripaux, Anouchka Oliveira, Les Editions
Didier, 2014.

(a) Livre de l’éléve

Cahier d’exercices

Poetry:

The following 5 poems to be studied:Comprehension, explanation, literary appreciation of the poems.

1. Charles BAUDELAIRE
Recueil : Fleurs du mal
L’horloge
http://fleursdumal.org/poem/200

2. La Fontaine
L’amour et la folie
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 41

3. Paul VERLAINE
Il pleure dans mon cœur

4. Pierre de Ronsard
Mignonne,allons voir si la rose

5. Jacques PRÉVERT
Le temps perdu

6. Alphonse de LAMARTINE
Recueil : Nouvelles méditations poétiques
Le papillon
http://poesie.webnet.fr/lesgrandsclassiques/poemes

7. Gérard de NERVAL
Recueil : Odelettes
Le point noir
http://poesie.webnet.fr/lesgrandsclassiques/poemes

8. Jean-Pierre Claris de FLORIAN

Recueil : Chanson
Plaisir d’amour
http://poesie.webnet.fr/lesgrandsclassiques/poemes

All questions are to be asked and answered in French.

Viva: 30 Marks

Reading:

Seen 5 Marks

Unseen 5 Marks

Conversation 10 Marks

Dictation 10 Marks

For the information of private candidates:

1 Viva is compulsory

2. The theory paper would be proportionately marked out of 70 as there is no internal assessment.

***************
 42 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

GERMAN (Elective)
SEMESTER-III

Summary
Max. Marks : 100 marks (Total)
Paper-A(Theory) : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Paper A-Theory: 90 marks
Time: 3 hours
Note: Use of dictionary is allowed

i. Questions in applied grammer(including fill in the blanks) conforming to prescribed

text-book “Lagune-2”: Chapters1-17 upto page 87 50 marks
(5 questions)

ii. Questions on “Culture & Civilization” from the prescribed book text-book “Lagune-2”:
Chapters 1-17 upto page 87 20 marks
(4 out of 5 questions to be attempted)

iii. Summary in German of any one short-story from Prescribed book “Texte zum Lesen und
Nacherzählen”, from pages 1-12 20 marks

Internal Assessment 10 marks(Total)

i. Continuous Evaluation
ii. Attendance

Note:

1. The mode of evaluation for internal assessment is to be followed as per University guidelines.
2. For private candidates, Internal Assessment will be calculated proportionately to the marks obtained by
the candidate in written examination and, wherever applicable, total of both written & oral examination
(e.g. in Paper B)

Prescribed Textbook:

i. “Lagune-2” Kursbuch (2006 Edition) by Hartmut Aufderstraße a.o: Chapters 1-17 upto page 87.
ii. Texte zum Lesen und Nacherzählen by Hans-Joachim Arndt, Hueber Verlag, upto page 12.

Supplementary book:

i. “Lagune-2” Arbeitsbuch by Hartmut Aufderstraße a.o: Chapters1-17

----------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 43

GERMAN (Elective)
SEMESTER-IV

Summary
Max. Marks : 100marks(Total)
End Semester Exam Paper-B (Theory) : 60 marks
Oral (viva-voce) examination : 30 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Paper B-Theory : 60 marks(Total)
Time : 3 hours
Note: Use of dictionary is allowed
i. Questions in applied grammer(including fill in the blanks)confirming to prescribed
text-book “Lagune-2”: Chapters 18-34 30 marks
(5 questions)
ii. Questions on “Culture & Civilization” from the prescribed text-book “Lagune-2”: Chapters 18-
34 15 marks
(4 out of 5 questions to be attempted)
iii. Summary in German of any one short-story from Prescribed book “ Texte zum Lesen und
Nacherzählen”, from pages 12-21 15 marks
Oral (viva-voce) Examination : 30 marks(Total)
i. Conversation in German
ii. Reading of a simple unseen text and answering questions there-on
Internal Assessment : 10 marks(Total)
i. Continuous Evaluation
ii. Attendance

Note:
1. The mode of evaluation for internal assessment is to be followed as per University guidelines.
2. For private candidates, Internal Assessment will be calculated proportionately to the marks obtained by
the candidate in written examination and, wherever applicable, total of both written & oral examination
(e.g. in Paper B)

Prescribed Textbook:

iii. “Lagune-2” Kursbuch (2006 Edition) by Hartmut Aufderstraße a.o: Chapters 18-34.
iv. Texte zum Lesen und Nacherzählen by Hans-Joachim Arndt, Hueber Verlag, page 12-21.

Supplementary book:

ii. “Lagune-2” Arbeitsbuch by Hartmut Aufderstraße a.o: Chapters 18-34

****************
 44 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

RUSSIAN (Elective)

SEMESTER-III

Paper-A (General Translation, Grammar, Composition and Comprehension): Written

Maximum Time : 3 hrs. Max. Marks : 100

Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
(For regular students)

1. Translation from simple Russian into English/Hindi/Punjabi. (about 120 words) 15 marks
2. Translation from simple English/Hindi/Punjabi into Russian (about 100 words) 15 marks
3. Simple applied grammar: 3 question out of 5 (5 marks each) 15 marks
(Covered in Lessons 31-37, Wagner)
4. Question on prescribed texts in Russian : 3 questions out of 5 (5 marks each) 15 marks
(Covered in Lessons 31-37, Wagner)

5. Composition (One out of three) on the following topics: 15 marks

1. My friend 2. My Country 3. My favorite writer 4. Our Library

6. Comprehension: 5 questions out of 7 (3 marks each) on the unseen texts to be 15 marks

reproduced in the question paper

Note: Use of dictionaries is allowed

Book Prescribed
1. V. N. Wagner: Russian, PPH, New Delhi. (Lessons 31-37)

Books recommended for additional reading

1. A.K. Maurya: ESSENTIAL RUSSIAN, University of Delhi, 2004.

2. S Khavronina: Russian in Exercise, 1978
3. I. Pulkina: RUSSIAN A Practical Grammar with Exercise, Russky Yazik. Pub. H. Moscow
4. Dictionaries: English-Russian dictionary
Russian-English dictionary

----------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 45

RUSSIAN (Elective)
SEMESTER-IV

Paper-B (General Translation, Grammar, Composition and Comprehension): Written

Maximum Time : 3 hrs. Max. Marks : 70

Theory : 60 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
(For regular students)

1. Translation from simple Russian into English/Hindi/Punjabi. (about 80 words) 10 marks

2. Translation from simple English/Hindi/Punjabi into Russian (about 75 words) 10 marks
3. Simple applied grammar: 3 questions out of 5 (4 marks each) 12 marks
(Covered in Lessons 38-45, Wagner)
4. Questions on prescribed texts in Russian : 4 questions out of 6 08 marks
(2 marks each)
(Covered in Lessons 38-45, Wagner)
5. Composition (One out of three) on the following topics: 10 marks
1. Our City 2. Our University 3. A Cultural evening 4. Journey/Excursion
6. Comprehension: 5 questions out of 7 (2 marks each) on the unseen texts to be 10 marks
reproduced in the question paper

Note: Use of dictionaries is allowed

Book Prescribed
1. V. N. Wagner: Russian, PPH, New Delhi. (Lessons 38-45)

Books recommended for additional reading

1. A.K. Maurya: ESSENTIAL RUSSIAN, University of Delhi, 2004.
2. S Khavronina: Russian in Exercise, 1978
3. I. Pulkina: RUSSIAN A Practical Grammar with Exercise, Russky Yazik. Pub. H. Moscow
4. Dictionaries: English-Russian dictionary.
Russian-English dictionary.
(iii) Oral/Practical Maximum Marks:30

Reading of text(s) and conversation in simple Russian

1. V. N. Wagner: Russian, PPH, New Delhi.(Lessons 31-45)

*************
46 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

SUBJECT :

ARABIC (Elective)

BENGALI (Elective)

TAMIL (Elective)

TELUGU (Elective)

KANNADA (Elective)

MALAYALAM (Elective)

The above Syllabi for B.A.(GENERAL)

SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM) has been
KEPT IN ABEYANCE

***************
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 47

PHYSICAL EDUCATION

B.A. (GENERAL) THIRD SEMESTER EXAMINATION, 2020-2021

Max. Marks : 65
Theory : 60 marks
Internal Assessment : 05 marks
Time : 3 Hrs.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND STUDENTS :

(i) There shall be nine questions in all, spread over five units.
(ii) First question/unit is compulsory. It will contain six short answer type questions, spread over
the whole syllabus to be answered in brief. It will carry 12 marks.
(iii) Rest of the paper shall contain four units for descriptive questions. Each unit shall have two
questions and the students shall be given internal choice i.e. the students shall attempt one
question from each unit.
(iv) All questions/units will carry equal marks.
(v) Private candidates and the students of the University School of Open Learning (USOL) will
not be allowed to take this subject.

UNIT-I 12 Marks
Entire syllabus given in the Units II to V will be covered to set six short answer type questions in first
question/unit of the question paper which is compulsory.

UNIT-II 12 Marks

Psychological Basis of Physical Education :

• Meaning of Psychology and Sports Psychology.

• Psychological factors effecting physical performance.
• Meaning of Learning.
• Laws of Learning.
• Learning curve, its types, characteristics and implications in Physical Education and Sports.
• Psychological characteristics and problems of an adolescent.
• The role of Physical Education and Sports in solving the problems of an adolescent.

UNIT-III 12 Marks

Motivation:

• Meaning, definitions, types and methods of motivation.

• Importance of motivation in Physical Education and Sports.
48 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

Transfer of Training:

• Meaning, definitions, types and factors affecting transfer of training.

UNIT-IV 12 Marks

Personality:

• Meaning, definitions, characteristics, dimensions and traits of personality.

• Factors affecting development of personality (Heredity and Environment).
• Role of physical activities in Personality Development.

Sports and Socialization:

• Meaning and definitions of socialization, socialization through sports.

UNIT-V 12 Marks

Politics, Economy, Media and Sports Performance :

• Role of politics and economy in the promotion of games and sports.

• Role of media in promotion of sports.
• Causes of deterioration and suggestions for the improvement of Sports Performance.

Softball:

• History of the game.

• Basic fundamentals.
• Equipment and specifications.
• Marking/layout of field.
• Rules and regulations (number of players, number of officials required and general rules of play).
• Major tournaments of the game.

References :

1. Blair Jones & Simpson :"Educational Psychology ", The MacMillan Co., New York, 1962.

2. Brown, R. : "Social Psychology", Free Press, New York, 1965.

3. Bucher, Charles A. : "Foundations of Physical Education", St. Louis, 1979, The C.V. Mosby
Company.
4. Conger, J.J.: “Adolescence and Youth : Psychological Development in a Changing World,” 22nd
Edition, 1977, Harper and Row, New York.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 49

5. Cratty, B.J.: “ Psychology and Physical Activity”, Englewood Cliffs, N.J., Prentice Hall, 1968

6. Hollander, E.P.: “ Principles and Methods of Social Psychology”, New York, 1971, Oxford University
Press.
7. Linsa, M.I., "Child-Adults, Peers : Patterns Communication", Progress Publishers, Moscow,
1985.
8. Linggren, H.E.: “ Educational Psychology in the Class Room”, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1962.

9. Loy, John W. and Kenyon Gerald, S. : "Sport, Cultural and Society : A Reader on the Sociology of
Sport", London, 1969, The MacMillan Co.
10. Hurlock, E.B. : "Adolescent Development", Appleton Century Crofts, New York,1956.

11. Rushall, Brent S. and Siedentop : “The Development and Control of Behaviour in Sport and Physical
Daryl Education”, Philadelphia, 1972, Lea and Febiger.
12. Shaphard, R.J. : "The Fit Athlete", Oxford University Press, 1978.

13. Singh, Ajmer et. al. : Modern Text Books of Physical Education, Health and Sports, Kalyani Publishers,
Ludhiana, 2000.
14. Talamini, John T. and Page & Charles, H. : "Sport & Society – An Anthology", Boston, 1973, Little
Brown Co.
15. Walia, J.S. : "Foundations of Educational Psychology", Paul Publishers, Jalandhar City, 1992.

16. Wilmore, Jack H. : "Athletic Training and Physical Fitness", 1977, Allyn and Bacon, Inc., 470, Atlantic
Avenue, Boston, Massachusetts.

PRACTICAL
Max.Marks : 35
Practical : 30
Internal assessment: 5
ATHLETICS
a) History of athletics
b) List of track and field events
c) Marking of standard track, width of lanes and starting points for various races.

LONG JUMP:
(a) Approach run (b) Take off (c) Flight (d) Landing (e) Brief information of various styles and practice
of any one style depending upon the facilities available (f) Rules and regulations of the long jump.

PHYSICAL FITNESS TESTS:

More emphasis shall be given on physical fitness with regard to specific physical fitness components
(Endurance and Strength).

Test 1 : ENDURANCE : 9/12 min. run and walk test.

Test 2 : STRENGTH : Standing broad jump test.
 50 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

Division of Practical Marks: Marks for each activity shall be divided as under:
Athletics 10 Marks, Participation and achievement in sports/games 5 marks, Physical fitness 5 marks,
viva voce/ practical file 10 marks and internal assessment 5 marks based on overall performance of a student
during the current semester which will be assessed by the teacher concerned.

Note : 1. Polevault, Hammer Throw Hurdles, Relay Races and steeple chase men are not included in
the practical syllabus/course due to the fact that these events are highly technical. Moreover
in the absence of proper facilities required for the events mentioned above may prove to be
injurious /fatal to the students.
2. 12 periods per week (6 periods each for theory and practical) shall be allotted to a class.
3. The theory and practical class shall consist of 60-80 students and 30-40 students
respectively.
4. The theory and practical papers shall consist of 65 and 35 marks each.
5. As per the Panjab University Calendar, Chapter XIX (Page 324) Volume III, 1990, the
maximum teaching work load for an Assistant Professor in Physical Education for B.A. Pass
Course is 24 periods per week, which includes theory as well as practical.
6. The choice of games by the students shall be confined to games approved by the Association
of Indian Universities.
7. A student is required to prepare a practical notebook on athletics with complete marking of
standard track and starting points for various races and an event (long jump) mentioned in
the syllabus.

Mandatory Instructions for the Colleges:

1. Admission Criteria:
(i) Any student opting to have Physical Education as an Elective Subject irrespective of the
background of the students (sports or non-sports students) must appear in the physical
fitness test. Ranking should be prepared and the top 60-80 students should be offered this
subject.
(ii) This subject should be offered to the normal students (not to disabled one).
(iii) To measure Physical Fitness through Cardiovascular Fitness Test, Cooper’s 9 Minutes or 12
Minutes Run-Walk Test should be conducted.
(iv) The date of Physical Fitness Test must be mentioned in the prospectus of the College.

2. Periodical Physical Inspections :

The University/Authorities with the collaboration of the Department of Physical Education, Panjab
University, shall make Periodical Physical inspections of the various colleges to ensure that the teacher student
ratio is maintained by all the affiliated colleges for this subject as per the University Guidelines, and for
them to ensure that infrastructure (facilities), equipment, books/professional journals and groundmen, a game
boy are provided as per the requirements of the subject and directions of the Panjab University, Chandigarh.

3. Strength of Students :
For imparting effective teaching, the strength of students in a theory class shall be between 60-80 while
it shall be 30-40 students in practical class.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 51

4. Infrastructure/facilities and Supporting personnel:

For the introduction/to continue with this subject, a college must fulfil the following mandatory
requirements:
(i) A track atleast of 200 mtrs., it should, however, preferable be raised to 400 mtrs. track.
(ii) Bare minimum two Malies-cum-Groundmen for maintenance of the grounds and other
infrastructure facilities etc.
(iii) A game boy to supply the sports equipments and water to the students/ teachers on the
ground/playfield/arena.
(iv) A store-keeper for the proper maintenance/accountability of sports equipments in the stores.

5. Number of Periods :
The number of periods for theory and practical shall be 12 periods per week (6 periods each for theory
and practical) for classes i.e. B.A. First to sixth semester.
Practical period shall be projected in the college time table itself.

6. Teaching Work Load :

(i) As per the Panjab University Calendar Chapter XX (Page 298) Volume-III, 1996, the
Maximum teaching work load for an Assistant Professor in Physical Education for B.A. Pass
course is 24 periods per week which includes theory as well as practical.
(ii) Teachers who are preparing 6 teams for the Panjab University Inter College Competition,
their work load shall be counted by including six periods per week in the teaching load of
concerned teachers in Physical Education.

7. Division of Marks ( Theory and Practical) :

65% and 35% weightage shall be given to each theory and practical papers.

Note : STRICT ACTION SHALL BE TAKEN BY THE UNIVERSITY AGAINST THE COLLEGE(S)
WHICH VIOLATES THE ABOVE INSTRUCTIONS.

-----------------------
52 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

PHYSICAL EDUCATION
B.A. (GENERAL) FOURTH SEMESTER EXAMINATION, 2020-2021

Max. Marks : 65
Theory : 60 marks
Internal Assessment : 05 marks
Time : 3 Hrs.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND STUDENTS :

(i) There shall be nine questions in all, spread over five units.
(ii) First question/unit is compulsory. It will contain six short answer type questions, spread over
the whole syllabus to be answered in brief. It will carry 12 marks.
(iii) Rest of the paper shall contain four units for descriptive questions. Each unit shall have two
questions and the students shall be given internal choice i.e. the students shall attempt one
question from each unit.
(iv) All questions/units will carry equal marks.
(v) Private candidates and the students of the University School of Open Learning (USOL) will
not be allowed to take this subject.

UNIT-I 12 Marks

Entire syllabus given in the Units II to V will be covered to set six short answer type questions in first
question/unit of the question paper which is compulsory.

UNIT-II 12 Marks

Respiratory System :

• Meaning of Respiration, types of Respiration, Organs of the Respiratory System.

• Functions of the Respiratory System. Vital capacity and its measurement.
• Mechanism and Neural Control of Respiration.

Digestive System :

• Meaning, Importance and Organs of Digestive System.

• Functions, processes, mechanism and nerve regulators of Digestive System.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 53

UNIT-III 12 Marks

Circulatory System :

• Meaning of the circulatory system.

• Heart, its structure, functions and control of the heart rate.
• Various types of blood vessels and their functions.
• Cardiac Cycle.

Blood :
• Meaning, functions and composition of blood.
• Maintenance of blood supply.
• Blood groups and their importance.
• Blood Clotting.

UNIT-IV 12 Marks

Communicable Diseases :

Meaning of a communicable disease. Communicable diseases such as HIV/AIDS, Viral Hepatitis—A, B

& C and Tetanus, their modes of transmission and methods of prevention.

Yoga:

• Meaning and aim of Yoga.

• Meaning, Principles and Importance of Asanas.
• Meditative poses (Padamasna, Vajrasana, and Sukhasana), their technique, precautions and
effects/advantages.
• Cultural poses (Savasna, Halasana, Bhujangasana Sarvangasana, and Dhanurasana), their
technique, precautions and effects/advantages.

Basics of Tennis :

• History of the game.

• Basic fundamentals.
• Equipment and specifications.
• Marking / layout of court.
• Rules and regulations (number of players, duration of game, number of officials required and
general rules of play).
• Major tournaments and Arjuna awardees of the game.
 54 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

UNIT-V 12 Marks

Sports Injuries :

• Basis of Sports Injuries.

• Common Sports Injuries, such as sprains, strains, fracture, dislocation, abrasions,
contusion, bruise, tennis elbow. Their causes, preventive and remedial measures.
• Treatment and care (RICE) of sports injuries.
Disability and Rehabilitation :

• Meaning, types, causes and preventive measures of disability.

• Problems of the disabled. Physical Activity and health for disabled.
• Meaning and scope of Rehabilitation.

References :

1. Chaurasia, B.D. : "Handbook of General Anatomy", CBS Publishers and Distributors, First Edition,
1981.
2. Dandiya, P.C., Jafer, Z.Y. K. and Jafer Afifa: "Health Education and Community Pharmacy", Second
Edition, 1996, Reprinted in 1998, Vallabh Prakashan, Pitampura, New Delhi.
3. Govt. of India : "Occupational Diseases : A Guide to Recognition and Notification", Chief Adviser
Factories, Ministry of Labour and Employment, New Delhi, 1955.
4. Park, J.E. & Park, K. : "Text Book of Preventive and Social Medicine", 10th Edition, 1985, Banarsi Dass
Bhanot, Jabalpur, India.
5. Parrot, J.W. : "Anatomy and Physiology for Physical Education Assistant Professors", Lend : Edward
Arnold Ltd., 1983.
6. Rao, M.N. and Lundgren, N.P.V. : "A Review of Occupational Health Research in India", ICMR, New
Delhi, 1955.
7. Rose & Wilson : "Foundations of Anatomy and Physiology", 5th Edition, 1981, Reprinted in 1985.
8. Winter Griffith, H. : "Complete Guide to Sports Injuries", First Indian Edition, 1989, Metropolitan Book
Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
9. Sampath, K. & Uma Maheshwar, B. : "Human Anatomy & Physiology", First Edition, 1999- 2000, Birla
Publications, Delhi.
10. Singh, Ajmer et. al. : "Modern Text Book of Physical Education, Health and Sports", Kalyani Publishers,
Ludhiana, 2000.
11. Smith, Olive and F. Guthrie : "Rehabilitation and Remedial Exercise", Bailliere, Tindall and Cox
Limited, London, 1949.
12. Sri Anand : "The Complete Book of Yoga : Harmony of Body and Minds", Orient Paper Back, New
Delhi, 1980.
13. Staford, T. & Ellen Davis Kelly : "Preventive and Corrective Physical Education", Third Edition, 1958,
Ronald Press Co., New York.
14. Swami Kuvalyananda : "Kaivalyadhama", Lonavala, Bombay, 1933.
15. Vijayendra Pratap : "A Teacher’s Guide for Beginning Yoga", First Edition, 1987, Sky Foundations,
Philadelphia, Pennsylavania, U.S.A.

16. World Health Organisation : "Health Hazards of the Human Environment", Geneva,1962.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 55

PRACTICAL Max. Marks : 35

Practical : 30
Internal Assessment : 05

GAMES

Basketball or Ball badminton and any other one game of the choice of the student.
Basketball
(a) Measurements (Basket ball ground).
(b) Number of players and officials.
(c) Rules and Regulations of the game.
(d) Fundamental and basic skills.
Football
(a) Measurements (Field & ball).
(b) Number of players and officials.
(c) Rules and Regulations of the game.
(d) Fundamental Skills.
Division of Practical Marks: Marks for each activity shall be divided as under:
Game 10 marks, participation and achievement in sports/games 5 marks, Physical fitness 5
marks, viva voce/practical file 10 marks and internal assessment 5 marks based on overall
performance of a student during the current semester which will be assessed by the teacher
concerned.
Note:
1. 12 periods per week (6 periods each for theory and practical) shall be allotted to a class.
2. The theory and practical class shall consist of 60-80 students and 30-40 students respectively.
3. The theory and practical papers shall consist of 65 and 35 marks each.
4. As per the Panjab University Calendar, Chapter XIX (Page 324) Volume III, 1990, the
maximum teaching work load for an Assistant Professor in Physical Education for B.A. Pass
Course is 24 periods per week, which includes theory as well as practical.
5. The choice of games by the students shall be confined to games approved by the Association of
Indian Universities.
6. A student is required to prepare a practical notebook of a game given in the syllabus and any one
game of choice.

Mandatory Instructions for the Colleges:

1. Admission Criteria:

(i) Any student opting to have Physical Education as an Elective Subject irrespective of the
background of the students (sports or non-sports students) must appear in the physical fitness
test. Ranking should be prepared and the top 60-80 students should be offered this subject.
(ii) This subject should be offered to the normal students (not to disabled one).
(iii) To measure Physical Fitness through Cardiovascular Fitness Test, Cooper’s 9 Minutes or 12
Minutes Run-Walk Test should be conducted.
(iv) The date of Physical Fitness Test must be mentioned in the prospectus of the College.
 56 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

2. Periodical Physical Inspections :

The University/Authorities with the collaboration of the Department of Physical Education, Panjab
University, shall make Periodical Physical inspections of the various colleges to ensure that the teacher student
ratio is maintained by all the affiliated colleges for this subject as per the University Guidelines, and for
them to ensure that infrastructure (facilities), equipment, books/professional journals and groundmen, a game
boy are provided as per the requirements of the subject and directions of the Panjab University, Chandigarh.

3. Strength of Students:
For imparting effective teaching, the strength of students in a theory class shall be between 60-80 while it
shall be 30-40 students in practical class.

4. Infrastructure/facilities and Supporting personnel:

For the introduction/to continue with this subject, a college must fulfil the following mandatory requirements
such as:
(i) A track atleast of 200 mtrs., it should, however, preferable be raised to 400 mtrs. track.
(ii) Bare minimum two Malies-cum-Groundmen for maintenance of the grounds and other
infrastructure facilities etc.
(iii) A game boy to supply the sports equipments and water to the students/ Assistant Professors
on the ground/playfield/arena.
(iv) A store-keeper for the proper maintenance/accountability of sports equipments in the stores.

5. Number of Periods:
The number of periods for theory and practical shall be 12 periods per week (6 periods each for
theory and practical) for classes i.e. B.A. First to sixth semester.
Practical period shall be projected in the college time table itself.
6.Teaching Work Load:
(i) As per the Panjab University Calendar Chapter XX (Page 298) Volume-III, 1996, the
maximum teaching work load for a Assistant Professor in Physical Education for B.A. Pass
course is 24 periods per week which includes theory as well as practical.
(ii) Teachers who are preparing 6 teams for the Panjab University Inter College Competition,
their work load shall be counted by including six periods per week in the teaching load of
concerned teacher in Physical Education.

7. Division of Marks (Theory and Practical):

65% and 35% weightage shall be given to each theory and practical papers.

Note : STRICT ACTION SHALL BE TAKEN BY THE UNIVERSITY AGAINST THE

COLLEGE(S) WHICH VIOLATES THE ABOVE INSTRUCTIONS.

*****************
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 57

EDUCATION

B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021

SEMESTER-III
Paper-III : FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION

Max. Marks : 100

Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER :

The question paper will consist of five units : I, II, III, IV and V. Unit I, II, III and IV will have two
questions from the respective unit of the syllabus and will carry 18 marks each. Unit V will consist of
eight short answer type questions which will cover the entire syllabus uniformly and will carry 18
marks. The students are required to attempt 6 short answer type questions out of 8 in unit V which will be
compulsory. The question paper should preferably carry internal division of marks for all the sub-questions
of one main question. Preferably set the words limit for answer (300-350 words for units I, II, III, IV and
75 words for each short answer type question in Unit V).

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATE :

The students will be required to attempt one question each from Units I, II, III and IV. Unit V will be
compulsory. Students are required to attempt 6 short answer type questions out of 8 in Unit V. The words
limit will be 300-350 words for Unit I, II, III and IV; and 75 words for each short answer type in Unit V.

Objectives :
1. To acquaint the students with major foundations underlying Education.

2. To enable the students to understand the concept of Philosophy of Education.

3. To enable the students to understand the concept of Educational Sociology and Educational
Technology.

4. To enable the students to understand major Philosophies and their Educational implications.

COURSE CONTENTS :

UNIT-I

Philosophical, Sociological, and Technological Foundations of Education—Concept and their

Role in Education.

UNIT-II
Philosophy of Education – Definition, Nature and Scope.
Difference between Educational Philosophy and Philosophy of Education.
 58 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

UNIT-III
Educational Sociology – Definition, Nature and Scope.
Information and Communication Technology—Role in Education.

UNIT-IV
Major Philosophies of the World—Idealism, Naturalism and Pragmatism—Main Features and
their Contribution to Education.

Books Recommended :

1. Aggarwal, J.C. : Theory and Principles of Education, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.,
New Delhi, 2003.

2. Bhatia, K.K. and : Philosophical and Sociological Bases of Education, Tondon

Narang, C.L. Publications, Ludhiana, 2002.

3. Sataya, R.N. and : Development of Educational Thought and Practice, Dhanpat Rai
Shaida, B.D. Publishing Company (P.), New Delhi, 1996.

4. Taneja, V.R. : Foundations of Education, Mohindra Capital Publishers, Panchkula,

1998

5. Singh, K. : Vidiyak Manovigian, Gujral Book Depot, Patiala, 1999.

**************
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 59

EDUCATION
B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION
SEMESTER-IV

Paper-IV : PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION

Max. Marks : 100

Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER :

The question paper will consist of five units : I, II, III, IV and V. Unit I, II, III and IV will have two
questions from the respective unit of the syllabus and will carry 18 marks each. Unit V will consist of
eight short answer type questions which will cover the entire syllabus uniformly and will carry 18
marks. The students are required to attempt 6 short answer type questions out of 8 in Unit V which will be
compulsory. The question paper should preferably carry internal division of marks for all the sub-questions
of one main question. Preferably set the words limit for answer (300-350 words for Units I, II, III, IV and
75 words for each short answer question in Unit V).

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATE :

The students will be required to attempt one question each from units I, II, III and IV. Unit V will be
compulsory. Students are required to attempt 6 short answer type questions out of 8 in Unit V. The words
limit will be 300-350 words for Unit I, II, III and IV and 75 words for short answer type question in Unit V.
Objectives :

1. To enable the students to understand the perspective roles of heredity and environment in
educational development of a child.

2. To enable the students to understand the concept of personality and its place in Education.

3. To make the students familiar with the concept of Special Education; the special needs of the Gifted,
Backward and Delinquent Children and their Educational implications.

4. To make the students familiar with the concepts of Emotions, Stress and Stress management among
adolescents.
COURSE CONTENTS :

UNIT-I
Difference between Psychology and Educational Psychology, Significance of Educational
Psychology.

Heredity and Environment – Concepts and their role in Educational development.

UNIT-II
Personality : Concept, Assessment and its Educational Implications.

UNIT-III
Special Education : Meaning and Concept.
Types of Exceptional Children with special reference to the Gifted, Backward and Delinquents
(Their Characteristics and Educational Implications).
60 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

UNIT-IV
Emotions and Stress – Concept, Types of Stress (Physical, Psychological and Social), Stress
Management with Special Reference to Adolescents.

Books Recommended :

1. Batra, Promod : Simple Ways to Manage Stress, Think Inc., Delhi, 1997.

2. Carewell, M., : Psychology, Harper Collins Publishers Ltd., London, 2000.

Clark, L. &
Meldrum, C.

3. Clare, Sylvia : Emotions –Releasing Your Child’s Potential, UBS Publishers and Distributors,
New Delhi, 2003.

4. Chauhan, S.S. : Advanced Educational Psychology, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi, 2003.

5. Dhaliwal, A.S. : Vidyak Mnovigian, Punjabi University, Patiala, 2001.

6. Dutt, Sunil & : Teaching Learning – A Process Approach, Samir Publications, Chandigarh,
Sodhi, G.S. 1995.

7. Goleman : Emotional Intelligence, Baanam Books, New York, 1995.

Daniel

8. Kirk, Semual : Educating the Exceptional Child, I.B.H. Publishing Co., Calcutta, 1992.

9. Mangal, S.K. : Advanced Educational Psychology, Prentice Hall of India Ltd., New Delhi,
2002.

10. Panda, K.C. : Education of Exceptional Children, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.,
New Delhi, 2003.

***************
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 61

ADULT EDUCATION
B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION
Semester –III
Max Marks : 50 Marks
Theory : 45 Marks
Internal Assessment : 05 Marks
Time : 03 Hours

Max Marks : 50 Marks

Practical : 45 Marks
Internal Assessment : 05 Marks
Time : 03 Hours

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER SETTER.

The question paper will consist of five units. Unit I, II, III & IV will have 2 questions in each unit from the
syllabus out of which students have a choice to attempt 1 question in each unit. Unit V is compulsory. It will
consist of 3 questions and will cover the entire syllabus uniformly. Each short question in Unit V will carry 3
marks (3X3=9). All units (I, II, III , IV, V) are of 9 marks each (9X5=45).

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATE.

The students will be required to attempt at least one question from each unit I, II, III and IV. Unit V is
compulsory and it will consist of 3 questions and will cover the entire syllabus uniformly. All questions carry
equal marks.

OBJECTIVES OF THE COURSE:

The main objectives of the paper are:

1. To acquaint students with the psychology of adult learner and the strategies employed to
motivate them.
2. To impart knowledge to students on adult characteristics and their psychology.
3. To impart knowledge on suitability of teaching- learning material and audio visual material used
by new –Literates, Prerakes and Nodal Prerakes.
4. To acquaint students with various agencies involved in adult education program.
5. To provide knowledge to students regarding concept, need, methods and procedures involved in
monitoring process.
6. To impart knowledge to students on the concept, meaning, scope and significance of Adult
Education.
7. To acquaint students with the knowledge, how adult education play an important role in social
and economic development

Unit-I
• Characteristics of Adult and Psychology of Adult Learners involved in Adult Literacy Program,
Learning Styles and Learning Principles.
• Adult Education in Modern Society: Goals, Work-based Adult Education.
• Role of Motivational Strategies in Adult Educational Program.
• Adult Education for Equity and Social Transformation.
 62 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS
Unit-II

• Suitability of Teaching – Learning and Audio- Visual Material used for Neo-Literates.
• Low Cost Teaching Aids, Skill in using Aids, Literacy and Numeracy Games,
• Recruitment of Prerak and Nodal Preraks, Training program, Production of Literature.
• Role of Play and Simulation.
• Suitability of Training Material for Preraks and Nodal Preraks.

Unit-III

• Agencies of Adult Education: Government and Private.

• Indian Adult Education Association: Its Role in Promotion of Adult Education Programme and
Research.
• Monitoring of Adult Education Program: The Paradigm Content, General Consideration, Need for
Monitoring.
• Evaluation of Adult Learners and Adult Literacy Programme.

Unit-IV

• Meaning of Adult Education, its Scope, Aims and Significance.

• Role of Mass-Media in Adult and Continuing Education and Life Long Learning.
• Role of Adult Education in Social, Community and Economic Development.

Practical/ Field Work:

Max Marks : 50 Marks.
External : 45 Marks.
Internal : 05 Marks.
Participation of the Students in the following:
1. Survey of the Area- A brief report.
2. Planning and Organization of Awareness Generating Activities for Adults.

--------------------------------
Books Recommended:

1. Datta, S.C. : Adult Education in India, Indian Adult Education

Association, New Delhi, 1986.

2. Directorate of Adult Education : The National Adult Education Programme, 1978.

3. Directorate of Adult Education, : Training of Adult Education Functionaries I-4, D.A.E., 1980
Ministry of Education, Govt. of
India.
4. Directorate of Adult Education : Fifty years of Adult Education in India.
5. Dept. of Education, Ministry of : National Literacy Mission, 1988.
Human Resource Development
Govt. of India
6. Kundu, C.L. : Adult Education : Principles, Practices and Prospects sterling
Publishers, Delhi, 1984.
7. Mali, M.G. : Adult Education in India, Deep and Deep Publication,
New Delhi, 1984.
8. Mathur, B.M. : Adult Education & Social Change, The Associated
Publishers, Ambala Cantt., 1989.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 63

9. Pangotra, N.N. : Adult Education & Social Change, The Associated

Publishers, Ambala Cantt., 1989.
10. Sharma, I.P. : Adult Education in India, National Book Organization, 1985

11. Singh, Sohan : History of Adult Education, The Indian Adult

Education Association, New Delhi, 1957.
12. Styler, W.E. : Adult Education in India, Oxford University Press, 1986.

13. Yadav, R.S. : Adult Education Training & Productivity. The Indian
publications, Ambala Cantt., 1991.

14. N. Markandan : Village Planning Committee Origin and Evolution,

Gandhigram Rural Institute (Deemed University,
Gandhigram, Tamil Nadu, 1986.

15. R.Rengasamy : A Hand Book on Post Literacy and Follow up

Madurai Kamaraj University, Madurai-625002, 1985.

16. J.C. Saxena : Role of Adult Education and Mass Media for Civic Education
J.L. Sachdeva Indian Adult Education Association, New Delhi, 1986

17. S.R.Ranganathan : Literature for Neo-Literates,

Indian Adult Education Association, New Delhi, 1966

18. S.R. Ranganathan : Human Values in Adult Education, Indian Adult Education
N.D. Godbole Association, R.M. Chetsingh Delhi, 1958.
Kesari Hanuman

19. S.C. Dutta & : Training of Adult Educators, Shakuntala Publishing House,
H.J. Fischer Bombay-1972.

20. R.Rangasamy & : Teaching AIDS for Adult Education, Madurai Kamaraj
S. Raju University

21. S. Mohanty : Lifelong and Adult Education, APH Publishing Corporation,

Ansari Road, Darya Ganj, New Delhi, 2007

22. S.Sohan Singh : Adult Education in Community Development- Indian Adult

Meher C. Nanavatty Education Association, 30, Faiz Bazar, Delhi, 1956.
Mrs. Welthy Fisher
S.C. Dutta

23. Arvinda Chandra : Non-Formal Education For All, Sterling Publishers Pvt. Ltd. &
Anupama Shah Delhi, 1987

24. R.P. Singh : Non-Formal Education- An Alternative Approach, Sterling

Publishers Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 1987

25. J.L. Sachdeva : Non-Formal Adult Education for Women, Indian Adult
& Asha Vohra Education Association, New Delhi, 1985
64 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

26. S.R. Mohsini : Towards A Comprehensive Adult Education programme

J.L. Sachdeva Indian Adult Edu. Association, New Delhi, 1983.
Asha Sehgal

27. Avabai B. Wadia : Population Education for the Younger Generation- Family
Planning Association of India, Bombay, 1968

28. J.K. Friesen : University Adult Education- Indian Adult Education

S.C. Dutta Association, New Delhi, 1985

-------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 65

ADULT EDUCATION
B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021
Semester –IV

Theory Time Practical

Marks + Internal Assessment 3 Hours Marks + Internal Assessment
45 + 05 45 + 05

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER SETTER :

The question paper will consist of five units. Unit I, II, III & IV will have 2 questions in each unit from the
syllabus out of which students have a choice to attempt I question in each unit. Unit V is compulsory. It will
consist of 3 questions and will cover the entire syllabus uniformly. Each short question in Unit V will carry 3
marks (3x3=9). All units (I, II, III & IV) are of 9 marks (9x5=45).

GENERAL NSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATE :

The students will be required to attempt at least one question from each unit I, II, III and IV. Unit V is
compulsory and it will consist of 3 questions and will cover the entire syllabus uniformly. All questions carry
equal marks.

OBJECTIVES OF THE COURSE :

{

The main objective of the paper are:

1. To provide an overview on History of Adult Education in India.

2. To impart knowledge to students on various Target Groups involved Under Adult Literacy Programs.
3. To expose students with the Teaching Learning Methodologies for teaching Adults.
4. To acquaint students with the Role and Responsibilities assumed by Preraks and Nodal Preraks.
5. To expose students with Concepts and Strategies involved under Total Literacy Campaign.
6. To acquaint students with the Knowledge of various agencies involved in Adult Education Programs.
7. To expose students with the Preparation and Planning of Continuing Education and Awareness
Generating Programs.
8. To impart knowledge to students on Linkage of Adult Education with Development.

THEORY

UNIT-I

(i) History of Adult Education in India.

(ii) Target Groups involved under Adult Education Programs.
(iii) Adult Education in Rural Setup.
(iv) Adult Education in Modern Society.
66 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

UNIT-II

(i) Methodology of Teaching Adults in Adult Literacy Programs.

(ii) Role of Library Services in Promotion of Post Literary, Follow-up and Continuing Education.
(iii) Role of Mass-Media in promotion of Post Literary, Follow-up and Continuing Education.
(iv) Role of Preraks and Nodal Preraks in Adult Education.

UNIT-III

(i) Total Literacy Campaign : Its Concept and Strategies.

(ii) Post Literacy Project: Planning, Administration, Suppression.
(iii) Agencies Involved under Adult Education : Government and Non-Government.
(iv) Global Perspectives on Adult Education.

UNIT-IV
(i) Preparation and Planning of Adult Education Programs: Continuing Education, Awareness
Generating Programs, Skill Development and Individual Interest Programs.
(ii) Adult Education and its Linkage with Development.
(iii) Life wide Dimension of Life-Long Learning.
(iv) Governing of Life Long Learning: Private Sector, Quality Assurance Mechanism,
Accreditation of Institutions.

Max Marks : 50 Marks

External : 45 Marks
Internal : 5 Marks

Participation of the Students in the following:

1. Visits to the 5 Government and Non-Government Agencies – A brief Report in the form of file
to be submitted in the practical exam.
2. Preparation of Teaching – Learning Aids used for Teaching Adults.

Books Recommended:

1. Datta, S.C. : Adult Education in India, Indian Adult Education

Association, New Delhi, 1986.

2. Directorate of Adult Education : The National Adult Education Programme, 1978.

3. Directorate of Adult Education, : Training of Adult Education Functionaries I-4, D.A.E., 1980
Ministry of Education, Govt. of
India.
4. Directorate of Adult Education : Fifty years of Adult Education in India.
5. Dept. of Education, Ministry of : National Literacy Mission, 1988.
Human Resource Development
Govt. of India
6. Kundu, C.L. : Adult Education : Principles, Practices and Prospects sterling
Publishers, Delhi, 1984.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 67

7. Mali, M.G. : Adult Education in India, Deep and Deep Publication,

New Delhi, 1984.
8. Mathur, B.M. : Adult Education & Social Change, The Associated
Publishers, Ambala Cantt., 1989.
9. Pangotra, N.N. : Adult Education & Social Change, The Associated
Publishers, Ambala Cantt., 1989.
10. Sharma, I.P. : Adult Education in India, National Book Organization, 1985

11. Singh, Sohan : History of Adult Education, The Indian Adult

Education Association, New Delhi, 1957.
12. Styler, W.E. : Adult Education in India, Oxford University Press, 1986.

13. Yadav, R.S. : Adult Education Training & Productivity. The Indian
publications, Ambala Cantt., 1991.
14. N. Markandan : Village Planning Committee Origin and Evolution,
Gandhigram Rural Institute (Deemed University,
Gandhigram, Tamil Nadu, 1986.
15. R.Rengasamy : A Hand Book on Post Literacy and Follow up
Madurai Kamaraj University, Madurai-625002, 1985.
16. J.C. Saxena : Role of Adult Education and Mass Media for Civic Education
J.L. Sachdeva Indian Adult Education Association, New Delhi, 1986
17. S.R.Ranganathan : Literature for Neo-Literates,
Indian Adult Education Association, New Delhi, 1966
18. S.R. Ranganathan : Human Values in Adult Education, Indian Adult Education
N.D. Godbole Association, R.M. Chetsingh Delhi, 1958.
Kesari Hanuman
19. S.C. Dutta & : Training of Adult Educators, Shakuntala Publishing House,
H.J. Fischer Bombay-1972.
20. R.Rangasamy & : Teaching AIDS for Adult Education, Madurai Kamaraj
[
S. Raju University
21. S. Mohanty : Lifelong and Adult Education, APH Publishing Corporation,
Ansari Road, Darya Ganj, New Delhi, 2007
22. S.Sohan Singh : Adult Education in Community Development- Indian Adult
Meher C. Nanavatty Education Association, 30, Faiz Bazar, Delhi, 1956.
Mrs. Welthy Fisher
S.C. Dutta
23. Arvinda Chandra : Non-Formal Education For All, Sterling Publishers Pvt. Ltd.
& Anupama Shah Delhi, 1987

24. R.P. Singh : Non-Formal Education- An Alternative Approach, Sterling

Publishers Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 1987
25. J.L. Sachdeva : Non-Formal Adult Education for Women, Indian Adult
& Asha Vohra Education Association, New Delhi, 1985
26. S.R. Mohsini : Towards A Comprehensive Adult Education programme
J.L. Sachdeva Indian Adult Edu. Association, New Delhi, 1983.
Asha Sehgal
68 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

27. Avabai B. Wadia : Population Education for the Younger Generation- Family
Planning Association of India, Bombay, 1968
28. J.K. Friesen : University Adult Education- Indian Adult Education
S.C. Dutta Association, New Delhi, 1985

*************
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 69

MUSIC (Vocal)
B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021

SEMESTER-III

General Instructions
1. In case of the private candidates, there will be no internal assessment and the marks obtained in the
external assessment of the practical examination shall be proportionately increased.

2. There would be upto ten students in one section in practical class.

3. There should not be more than ten students in a batch for practical examination.

4. Harmonium will not be allowed as accompaniment in vocal music, but harmonium can be used while
singing Alankars.

5. The candidate can take vocal music along with instrumental music or tabla.

6. The candidate can also take instrumental music with tabla or Vocal Music.

7. While sending the syllabus to paper-setter in theory, the syllabus prescribed for the practical paper
should also to be sent for dealing branch.

8. In all, nine questions will be set. The question paper will be divided into five Units. Four Units will
contain two questions each and the candidates are required to attempt four questions selecting at least
one question from each Unit. The ninth question of unit V is compulsory & it consists of 13 short
answer questions (covering entire syllabus i.e. theory and practical) out of which students have
to attempt 09 questions of 01 marks each.

Paper-A: THEORY (3 Hours duration) : 45 marks

(Duration 45 minutes 06 practical+ 02 Theory periods per week)

Paper-B: Practical (20 minutes duration) : 45 marks

(i) Viva : 35 marks

(ii) Harmonium : 05 marks
(iii) Tabla : 05 marks

Internal Assessment (Theory + Practical) (05 +05) : 10 marks

Total : 100 marks

PAPER-A: THEORY (Duration 45 minutes, 02 Theory periods per week)

Unit-I
1. Brief knowledge of Gram.
2. Kanth Sadhana.
3. Gharana: definition and importance
4. Historical development of North Indian music from 13-15th Century.
 70 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

Unit–II
1 Knowledge of Alap, and its various forms.
2 Explain the following: - Upaj, Mukhda, Bol-Baant, Khatka, Murki, Kan.
3 Knowledge of Lakshans of Ragas in Modern Period.

Unit–III
1 Brief life sketches of the great masters of Music and their contributions.
(i) U s t a d Al l a d i ya Khan
(ii) Pt. Bhimsen Joshi
(iii) Sh. Krishan Rao Shankar Pandit.

Unit–IV

1 Description and Notations of the prescribed Ragas and Talas : -

(i) To write drut khyal in any one of the prescribed ragas :-Malkauns, Bhairav with Alap and
Taans
(ii) To write prescribed ragas of the syllabus with Alap and Taans
(iii) To write the notation of Tala :- Jhaptala, Chartala and Keherva (S & D)
(iv) To write the description of detailed and non detailed Ragas: Chandrakauns, Kalingda.

NOTE: - Both the questions from this part must contain one notation of Raga alongwith the notation of Talas/
description of Ragas.
Unit-V

1.The ninth question of unit V is compulsory & it consists of 13 short answer questions (covering
entire syllabus i.e. theory and practical) out of which students have to attempt 09 questions of carry
01 marks each.

PAPER-B PRACTICAL (Duration 45 Minutes, 06 practical periods per week)

1. One Drut Khayal in each of the following Ragas with Alaps and Tanas:Malkauns, Bhairav.

2. One lakshana geet/ Sargam geet in any prescribed ragas

3. Ability to play Kehrva on Tabla

4. Ability to recite following talas by hand: Jhaptal, Chartala

5. Ability to play on Harmonium at least three alankaras based on Shudh swaras and sing alongwith it.

6. Ability to recognize the prescribed ragas sung by the examiner

7. Knowledge of the following Non-detailed Raga: Ability to sing Aroh, Avroh and Pakad with Tanpura:
Chandrakauns, Kalingda.

8. Ability to sing one Drut khayal of your course with harmonium

 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 71

Books Recommended:

1. Sangeet Visharad : Sangeet Karyalaya, Hathras (U.P.).

2. Rag Parichaya Part II : H.C. Srivastav, Sangeet Sadan Prakashan, 134, South
Malaka, Allahabad.

3. Sangeet Kaumudi Part IV (Punjabi) : S.S. Kareer, published by Punjabi University,

Patiala.

4. Hamare Sangeet Ratna : Sangeet Karyalaya, Hathras (U.P.).

5. Sangeet Sar Part II : Mrs. Veena Mankaran, Raj Publishers (Regd.)

Adda Tanda, Jalandhar City.

6. Kramik Pustak Malika Part I to IV : Pt. V.N. Bhatkhande, Sangeet Karyalaya, Hathras.

7. Rag–Vigyan Part I to VII : Pt. V. Patwardhan.

8. Sangeet Shastra Vigyan : Panna Lal Madan

9. Sangeet Kala ka Itihas : Panna Lal Madan

--------------------
 72 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

MUSIC (Vocal)
SEMESTER-IV
General Instructions
.
1. In case of the private candidates, there will be no internal assessment and the marks obtained in the
external assessment of the practical examination shall be proportionately increased.

2. There would be upto ten students in one section in practical class

3. There should not be more than ten students in a batch for practical examination.

4. Harmonium will not be allowed as accompaniment in vocal music, but harmonium can be used while
singing Alankars.

5. The candidate can take vocal music along with instrumental music or Tabla.

6. The candidate can also take instrumental music with Tabla or vocal music.

7. While sending the syllabus to paper-setter in theory, the syllabus prescribed for the practical paper
should also to be sent for Dealing Branch.

8. In all, nine questions will be set. The question paper will be divided into five Units. Four Units will
contain two questions each and the candidates are required to attempt four questions selecting at least
one question from each Unit. The ninth question of unit V is compulsory & it consists of 13 short
answer questions (covering entire syllabus i.e. theory and practical) out of which students
have to attempt 09 questions of 01 marks each.

Paper-A: THEORY (3 Hours duration) : 45 marks

(Duration 45 minutes 06 practical+ 02 Theory periods per week)

Paper-B: Practical (20 minutes duration) : 45 marks

(i) Viva : 35 marks

(ii) Harmonium : 05 marks
(iii) Tabla : 05 marks

Internal Assessment (Theory + Practical) (05 +05) : 10 marks

Total : 100 marks

PAPER-A: THEORY (Duration 45 minutes, 02 Theory periods per week)

Unit-I

1. Historical development (in brief) of North Indian Music during 15th to 17th Century.
2. Brief knowledge of Murchhana.
3. Importance of Notation system.
Unit-II

1. Importance of Tanpura and Sahayak Nada

2. Varieties of Gamak
3. Explain the following :- Meend, Bol-Alap, andolan, boltana, Badhat.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 73

Unit-III

1. Brief life sketches of great masters of music and their contributions:

i) Ustad Amir Khan Sahib

ii) Ustad Faiyaz Khan Sahib
iii) Pt. Onkar Nath Thakur
Unit-IV

1. Description and Notations of the prescribed Ragas and Talas :-

i) To write in notation a drut khyal in any one of the prescribed Raga of the syllabus:- Bihag,
Bhimplasi
ii) To write in notation a vilambit khyal in any prescribed raga of the syllabus.
iii) To write the notations of Talas: Roopak, Tilwada & Ektaal (Single & Double)
iv) To write the description of Ragas :- Non detailed: Maru Bihag, patdeep

NOTE: - Both the questions from this part must contain one notation of Raga alongwith the notation of Talas/
description of Ragas.
Unit-V

1.The ninth question of unit V is compulsory & it consists of 13 short answer questions (covering
entire syllabus i.e. theory and practical) out of which students have to attempt 09 questions of carry
02 marks each.

PAPER-B PRACTICAL (Duration 45 Minutes, 06 practical periods per week)

1. One Drut Khayal in each of the following Ragas with Alaps and Tanas: Bihag, Bhimplasi.

2. One vilambit Khayal in any of the detailed ragas prescribed in the course with extempore alaps and tanas.

3. Ability to play Ek taal on Tabla

4. Ability to recite following talas by hand: Tilwada, Roopak

5. Ability to play on Harmonium at least three Alankaras based on komal and Teevra Swaras and sing
alongwith it.

6. Ability to recognize the prescribed ragas sung by the examiner

7. Knowledge of the following Non-detailed Raga: Ability to sing Aroh, Avroh and Pakad with Tanpura:
Maru Bihag, patdeep.

8. Ability to sing one Drut khayal of your course with harmonium

74 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

Books Recommended:

1. Sangeet Visharad : Sangeet Karyalaya, Hathras (U.P.).

2. Rag Parichaya Part II : H.C. Srivastav, Sangeet Sadan Prakashan, 134, South
Malaka, Allahabad.

3. Sangeet Kaumudi Part IV (Punjabi) : S.S. Kareer, published by Punjabi University,

Patiala.

4. Hamare Sangeet Ratna : Sangeet Karyalaya, Hathras (U.P.).

5. Sangeet Sar Part II : Mrs. Veena Mankaran, Raj Publishers (Regd.)

Adda Tanda, Jalandhar City.

6. Kramik Pustak Malika Part I to IV : Pt. V.N. Bhatkhande, Sangeet Karyalaya, Hathras.

7. Rag–Vigyan Part I to VII : Pt. V. Patwardhan.

8. Sangeet Shastra Vigyan : Panna Lal Madan

9. Sangeet Kala ka Itihas : Panna Lal Madan

**************
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 75

MUSIC (Instrumental)
B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021
SEMESTER-III
General Instructions

1. In case of the private candidates, there will be no internal assessment and the marks obtained in the
external assessment of the practical examination shall be proportionately increased.

2. There would be up to ten students in one section in practical class.

3. There should not be more than ten students in a batch for practical examination.

4. Harmonium can be used while singing Alankars.

5. In all, nine questions will be set. The question paper will be divided into five Units. Four Units will
contain two questions each and the candidates are required to attempt four questions selecting at
least one question from each Unit. The ninth question of unit V is compulsory & it consists of 13
short answer questions (covering entire syllabus i.e. theory and practical) out of which
students have to attempt 09 questions of 01 marks each.

6. In Instrumental Music, the candidates have the option to take any one of the following instruments:
Sitar, Sarangi, Veena, Sarod, Dilruba, Violin, Guitar, Bansuri, Shahnai, Santoor.

7. While sending the syllabus to paper-setter in theory, the syllabus prescribed for the practical
paper should also be sent for dealing branch.

8. The candidate can take vocal music or Tabla along with instrumental music.

Paper A : THEORY (3 Hours duration) : 45 marks

(Duration 45 minutes 06 practical + 02 Theory periods per week)
Paper-B: PRACTICAL (20 minutes duration) : 45 marks
(i) Viva : 35 marks
(ii) Harmonium : 05 marks
(iii) Tabla : 05 marks

Internal Assessment (Theory + Practical) (05 +05) : 10 marks

Total : 100 marks

PAPER-A: THEORY (Duration 45 minutes, 02 Theory periods per week)

Unit-I

1 Varieties of Tan/Toda.
2 Brief knowledge of Gram.
3 Gun and Dosh of Vadak.
4 Historical development of North Indian Music from 13th to 15th Century
 76 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

Unit–II
1. Gharana of Instrumental Music (definition and importance)
2 Importance of Alap, and its various forms.
3. Knowledge of Avirbhav and Tirobhav, Alaptav- Bahutav

Unit–III

1 Brief life sketches of the great masters of Music and their contributions.
(i) Ustad Inayat Khan
(ii) Ustad Allaudin Khan
(iii) Pt. Vishnu Digambar Paluskar

Unit–IV

Description and Notation of the prescribed Ragas of Syllabus: -

1. To write one Razakhains/Drut Gat (in any prescribed raga of your course with Toras)
2. Description and notation of Raga:- Bihag, Bhimplasi with todas
3. Notation of Ektal and Rupak tala with dugun layakaries

NOTE: - Both the questions from this part must contain one notation of Raga alongwith the notation of Talas/
description of Ragas.

Unit-V

1. The ninth question of unit V is compulsory & it consists of 13 short answer questions
(covering entire syllabus i.e. theory and practical) out of which students have to
attempt 09 questions of carry 01 marks each.

PAPER-B PRACTICAL (Duration 45 Minutes, 06 practical periods per week)

1. One Razakhani (Drut) Gat in each of the following Ragas with Todas and Jhalas :
Bihag, Bhimplasi
2. Knowledge of the following Non-detailed Raga: Ability to sing Aroh, Avroh and Pakad : Maru
Bihag, Patdeep
3. Use of one swara meend and kan.
4. Ability to play Teevra on Tabla
5. Ability to sing three alankras of Shudh swaras with the help of harmonium.
6. Ability to demonstrate the following talas by hands in Ekgun and Dugun Layakaries: Ektala, Rupak
& Teevra
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 77

Books Recommended:

1. Sangeet Visharad : Sangeet Karyalaya, Hathras (U.P.).

2. Rag Parichaya Part II : H.C. Srivastav, Sangeet Sadan Prakashan, 134, South
Malaka, Allahabad.

3. Sangeet Kaumudi Part IV (Punjabi) : S.S. Kareer, published by Punjabi University,

Patiala.

4. Hamare Sangeet Ratna : Sangeet Karyalaya, Hathras (U.P.).

5. Sangeet Sar Part II : Mrs. Veena Mankaran, Raj Publishers (Regd.)

Adda Tanda, Jalandhar City.

6. Kramik Pustak Malika Part I to IV : Pt. V.N. Bhatkhande, Sangeet Karyalaya, Hathras.

7. Rag–Vigyan Part I to VII : Pt. V. Patwardhan.

8. Sangeet Shastra Vigyan : Panna Lal Madan

9. Sangeet Kala ka Itihas : Panna Lal Madan

------------------
 78 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

MUSIC (Instrumental)
B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021
SEMESTER-IV

General Instructions:-

1. In case of the private candidates, there will be no internal assessment and the marks obtained in the
external assessment of the practical examination shall be proportionately increased.

2. There would be up to ten students in one section in practical class.

3. There should not be more than ten students in a batch for practical examination.

4. Harmonium can be used while singing Alankars.

5. In all, nine questions will be set. The question paper will be divided into five Units. Four Units will
contain two questions each and the candidates are required to attempt four questions selecting at
least one question from each Unit. The ninth question of unit V is compulsory & it consists of 13
short answer questions (covering entire syllabus i.e. theory and practical) out of which
students have to attempt 09 questions of 01 marks each.

6. In Instrumental Music, the candidates have the option to take any one of the following instruments:
Sitar, Sarangi, Veena, Sarod, Dilruba, Violin, Guitar, Bansuri, Shahnai, Santoor.

7. While sending the syllabus to paper-setter in theory, the syllabus prescribed for the practical
paper should also be sent.

8. The candidate can take vocal music or Tabla along with instrumental music.

Paper-A: THEORY (3 Hours duration) : 45 marks

(Duration 45 minutes 06 practical+ 02 Theory periods per week)

Paper-B: PRACTICAL (20 minutes duration) : 45 marks

(i) Viva : 35 marks
(ii) Harmonium : 05 marks
(iii) Tabla : 05 marks
Internal Assessment (Theory + Practical) (05 +05) : 10 marks
Total : 100 marks

PAPER-A: THEORY (Duration 45 minutes, 02 Theory periods per week)

Unit-I

1. Historical developments in North Indian Music during 15th to 17th Century.

2. Brief knowledge of Murchhana system
3. Classification of Indian Musical Instruments
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 79

Unit-II

1. A Study of Shuddh, Chhaya Lag and Sankiran & Parmel Praveshak Ragas
2. Time theory of Indian Ragas
3. Definitions and explanations of the musical terms (not more than 100 words ):-
Kampan, Meend, Ghaseet, Zamzama, Krintan

Unit–III

1. Brief life sketches of great masters of music and their contributions:

i) Ustad Vilayat Khan
ii) Ustad Abdul Halim Zafar Khan
iii) Smt. Annapurna Devi Ji

Unit–IV

Description and Notation of the prescribed Raga of syllabus :-

i) To write one Maseetkhani KiGat (in any prescribed raga of your course.
ii) To write the notation of Razakhani Drut Gat of with Toras: Raga Multani, Hamir
iii) To write the notation of Sultal and Dhamar with dugun

NOTE: - Both the questions from this part must contain one notation of Raga alongwith the notation of Talas/
description of Ragas.

Unit-V

1. The ninth question of unit V is compulsory & it consists of 13 short answer questions
(covering entire syllabus i.e. theory and practical) out of which students have to
attempt 09 questions of carrying 01 marks each.

PAPER-B PRACTICAL (Duration 45 Minutes, 06 practical periods per week)

1. One Maseetkhani Drut Gat in any raga from your course

2. One Razakhani Drut Gat in each of the following Ragas with Todas and Jhalas:- Hamir, Madhuwanti.
3. One Madhya laya gat with alap and todas in any prescribed raga other than teentala.
4. Knowledge of the following Non-detailed Raga: Aroh, Avroh and Pakad : Madhuwanti, Kedar
5. Use of two swara meend and kan.
6. Ability to play Adachartal Jhaptala on Tabla
7. Ability to sing three alankars of komal and teevra swaras wi t h t h e h e l p o f h a r mo n i u m.
8. Ability to demonstrate the following talas by hands in Ekgun and Dugun Layakaries: Tivra, Dhamar
& Adachartal.
80 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

Books Recommended:

1. Sangeet Visharad : Sangeet Karyalaya, Hathras (U.P.).

2. Rag Parichaya Part II : H.C. Srivastav, Sangeet Sadan Prakashan, 134, South
Malaka, Allahabad.

3. Sangeet Kaumudi Part IV (Punjabi) : S.S. Kareer, published by Punjabi University,

Patiala.

4. Hamare Sangeet Ratna : Sangeet Karyalaya, Hathras (U.P.).

5. Sangeet Sar Part II : Mrs. Veena Mankaran, Raj Publishers (Regd.)

Adda Tanda, Jalandhar City.

6. Kramik Pustak Malika Part I to IV : Pt. V.N. Bhatkhande, Sangeet Karyalaya, Hathras.

7. Rag–Vigyan Part I to VII : Pt. V. Patwardhan.

8. Sangeet Shastra Vigyan : Panna Lal Madan

9. Sangeet Kala ka Itihas : Panna Lal Madan

****************
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 81

Music (Tabla)
B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021
SEMESTER-III

General Instructions:-

1. In case of the private candidates, there will be no internal assessment and the marks obtained in the
external assessment of the practical examination shall be proportionately increased.
2. In all, nine questions will be set from the whole syllabus of Semester-III. The question paper will be
divided into five units. First four units contain 02 questions each, out of which the candidates are to
attempt one question from each unit, unit V is compulsory & it consists of 13 short answer questions
(covering entire syllabus i.e. theory and practical) out of which students have to attempt 09 questions
carrying 01 marks each.
3. Harmonium/ Sarangi will be allowed to play Nagma/Lehra. No electronic Lehra machine will be
allowed for practical examination.
4. Practical Paper shall be set from the syllabus for Paper-B (Practical).

Paper-A : THEORY (3 Hours duration) : 50 marks

Paper-B : PRACTICAL (20 minutes duration) : 50 marks

(i) Viva : 35 marks

(ii) Harmonium : 05 marks
(iii) Tabla (Tuning) 05 marks
:
(iv) Padhant on Hand : 05 marks

Total : 100 marks

Paper-A : THEORY
UNIT-I

1. Origin of Tala
2. Classification of musical instruments.
3. Study of Delhi Gharana

UNIT-II

1. Elementary knowledge of the following musical terms (not more than 100 words)
Mukhda, Tihai, Mohra, Uthan
2. Study of das Pranas of Taal
3. Classification of Taal (Margi & Deshi)
82 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

UNIT-III

1. Life sketches and contributions of the following:-

a. Ustad Amir Hussain Khan
b. Ustad Bahadur Singh
c. Abdul Latif Ahmad Khan

UNIT-IV
Detailed Study of the Following Taals :

1. Jhaptaal, Rupak and Sultaal

2. To write the description of Taals of your course
3. To write the notation of Taal in Single, Double, Tigun & Chougun

UNIT-V

1. The ninth question of unit V is compulsory & it consists of 13 short answer questions
(covering entire syllabus i.e. theory and practical) out of which students have to attempt 09
questions carrying 01 marks each.

Paper-B: PRACTICAL

1. Proper Badhat of following Talas on Tabla : Jhaptal, Sultal, Rupak

2. Improvisation of laggi in Keherva
3. Jhaptal- Peshkar, Two Palatas, Two quaida and Two Palatas, One simple Tukra
4. Sultal – Thah, Dugun & Chaugun
5. Practical Knowledge of Khemta Taal
6. Ability to play Nagma on Harmonium in Jhaptal
7. Tuning of Tabla
Books Recommended:

1. Taal Prabhakar Prashnottari : G.C. Srivastava

2. Tabla Tarang : B.S. Nigam

3. Taal Prakash : Sangeeta Karyalaya, Hathras

4. Avanaddha Vadya : M.P. Sharma
5. Hamare Sangeet Ratan : Sangeet Karyalaya, Hathras.
6. Tabla ki Utpatti Evam Vikas : Yogmaya Shukla.
7. Tabla Vadan Part-1 : Jagmohan Sharma
8. Taal Parichay Part-I : G.C. Srivastava

--------------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 83

Music (Tabla)
B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021

SEMESTER-IV

General Instructions:-

1. In case of the private candidates, there will be no internal assessment and the marks obtained in
the external assessment of the practical examination shall be proportionately increased.
2. In all, nine questions will be set from the whole syllabus of Semester-IV. The question paper will be
divided into five units. First four units contain 02 questions each, out of which the candidates are to
attempt one question from each unit, unit V is compulsory & it consists of 13 short answer
questions (covering entire syllabus i.e. theory and practical) out of which students have to attempt
09 questions carrying 01 marks each.
3. Harmonium/ Sarangi will be allowed to play Nagma/Lehra. No electronic Lehra machine will be
allowed for practical examination.
4. Practical Paper shall be set from the syllabus for Paper-B (Practical).

Paper-A : THEORY (3 Hours duration) : 50 marks

Paper-B : PRACTICAL (20 minutes duration) : 50 marks

(i) Viva : 35 marks

(ii) Harmonium : 05 marks
(iii) Tabla (Tuning) 05 marks
:
(iv) Padhant on Hand : 05 marks

Total : 100 marks

Paper-A : THEORY
UNIT-I

1. Laya and Layakaries

2. Folk Taal instruments of Punjab.
3. Brief description of Pt. V.D. Pulaskar Taal notation system.

UNIT-II

1. Elementary knowledge of the following :

Rela, Paran, Gat, Kayda, Chakrdar Paran
2. Elementary knowledge of karnatka Taal system
3. Study of Ajarada Gharana
84 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

UNIT-III
1. Life sketches and contributions of the following:-
a. Ustad Habibuddin Khan
b. Ustad Natthu Khan
c. Pt. Kanthe Maharaj
UNIT-IV

1. Tivra, Rupak, Aada-Chartaal

2. To write descriptions of Taals of your syllabus
3. To write the notation of Taal in Single, Double, Tigun, Chougun and aad

UNIT-V

1. The ninth question of unit V is compulsory & it consists of 13 short answer questions
(covering entire syllabus i.e. theory and practical) out of which students have to attempt 09
questions of carry 01 marks each.

Paper-B: PRACTICAL

1. Proper Badhat of following Talas on Tabla :Rupak, Tivra, Ada-chartaal.

2. Improvisation of laggi in Dadra
3. Rupak- Peshkar, Two Palatas, One quaida and two Paltas, One Mohra
4. Teental – Two Rela with Two Paltas, Two Charkraddar Paran, One Charkrdaar Tukra
5. Practical Knowledge of Playing above taalas with vocal & instrumental music performance
6. Ability to play Nagma on Harmonium in Rupak
7. Tuning of Tabla
Note:- It is understood that candidate must have knowledge of tala of Semester 3rd also.

Books Recommended:

1. Taal Prabhakar Prashnottari : G.C. Srivastava

2. Tabla Tarang : B.S. Nigam

3. Taal Prakash : Sangeeta Karyalaya, Hathras

4. Avanaddha Vadya : M.P. Sharma
5. Hamare Sangeet Ratan : Sangeet Karyalaya, Hathras.
6. Tabla ki Utpatti Evam Vikas : Yogmaya Shukla.
7. Tabla Vadan Part-1 : Jagmohan Sharma
8. Taal Parichay Part-I : G.C. Srivastava

*****************
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 85

Music (Indian Classical Dance)

B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021
SEMESTER-III
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS:

1. In case of the private candidates, there would be no internal assessment and the marks obtained in the
external assessment of the practical examination shall be proportionately increased.
2. There would be upto ten students in one section in practical class.
3. There would not be more than eight students in a batch for practical examination.
4. No electronic Instruments will be allowed for lehra in practical examination
5. The candidate can take Dance along with Vocal music.
6. The candidate can also take instrumental music with Dance.
7. While sending the syllabus to paper-setter in theory, the syllabus prescribed for the practical paper
should also be sent.
8. In all, nine questions will be set. The question paper will be divided into five Units. Four Units will
contain two questions each and the candidates are required to attempt four questions selecting at least
one question from each Unit. The ninth question of unit V is compulsory & it consists of 13 short
answer questions (covering entire syllabus i.e. theory and practical) out of which students have to
attempt 09 questions of 01 marks each.

THEORY (Time duration 3 hours) : 45 Marks

PRACTICAL (20 minutes duration) : 45 Marks
Internal Assessment (Theory and Practical) (5+5) : 10 Marks

Paper-A: THEORY

Unit-I

1. Definition of the following:

Kasak-Masak, Bhramari, Chari, Stuti
2. Present status of Kathak Dance.
3. Survey of essential characteristics of Manipuri Dance.

Unit-II

1. Life Sketch of Pt. Shambhu Maharaj

2. Importance of Gayan and Vadan in Kathak Dance
3. Guru Shishya Prampra
Unit-III

1. Comparision of Classical and Folk Dance.

2. Folk Dance of Himachal.
3. Brief. Study of Rasa.
 86 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

Unit-IV

1. Theka and Bol Tatkar in Ekgun,Dugun and Chaugun layakaries of Ada Chautal, Ektaal and Teental
2. Notation of Salami, Amad,Tora and Tihai in Ada Chautaal.
3. Notation of Thaat, Amad, Tora and Paran in Teentaal.
4. Write Nagma in Teental and Adachautaal.
5. Theka and Tatkar of Ektaal in Ekgun, Dugun and Chougun layakaries.

Unit-V

1 The ninth question of unit v is compulsory & it consists of 13 short answer questions (covering
entire syllabus i.e. theory and practical) out of which students have to attempt 09 questions carrying
01 marks each.

Paper-B : PRACTICAL

I. Ada Chautal:
1. Theka and Tatkar with Ekgun, Dugun and Chaugun Layakaries.
2. Salami : 1
3. Tora : 2
4. Amad : 1
5. Nagma : 1
6. Tihai : 1

II. Teentaal
1. Tatkar with Ekgun, Dugun and Chaugun Layakaries
2. Thaat : 1
3. Amad : 1
4. Tora : 2
5. Paran : 2
6. Nagma : 1
III Ektaal:
a. Theka with Ekgun and Dugun Layakari
2 Tatkar with Ekgun and Dugun Layakari

III. One Gat of Ghunghat

IV. Padhant of above mentioned material on hand in teen taal and Ada chautaal
V. Ability of play Nagma in teentaal
VI. Theka of Ektaal in Ekgun Layakari on hand
VII. Practical Demonstration of Gidha.

------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 87

Music (Indian Classical Dance)

B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021

SEMESTER-IV

General Instructions:

1. In case of private candidates, there would be no internal assessment and the marks obtained in the
external assessment of the practical examination shall be proportionately increased.
2. There would be upto ten students in one section in practical class.
3. There would not be more than eight students in a batch for practical examination.
4. No electronic instruments will be allowed for lehra in practical examination.
5. The candidate can take Dance music along with vocal music.
6. The candidate can also take instrumental music with Dance.
7. While sending the syllabus to paper-setter in theory, the syllabus prescribed for the practical paper
should also be sent.
8. In all, nine questions will be set. The question paper will be divided into five Units. Four Units will
contain two questions each and the candidates are required to attempt four questions selecting at least
one question from each Unit. The ninth question of unit V is compulsory & it consists of 13 short
answer questions (covering entire syllabus i.e. theory and practical) out of which students have to
attempt 09 questions of 01 marks each.

THEORY (Time duration 3 hours) : 45 Marks

PRACTICAL (20 minutes duration) : 45 Marks

Internal Assessment (Theory and Practical) (5+5) : 10 Marks

Paper-A: THEORY

Unit-I

1. Definition of the following:

Gati, Paran, Tisrajali Paran, Chatusrajati Paran, Premlu.
2. Brief knowledge of Kathakali.
3. Importance of Ghungroo in Kathak Dance

Unit-II

1. Gharanas of Kathak Dance and their comparison

2. Merits and demerits of Kathak Dance
3. Contribution of Pt. Rajender Gangani ji in the field of Kathak Dance
88 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

Unit-III

1. Knowledge of thumri
2. Knowledge of Chhau Nritya.
3. Knowledge of different Instruments used in Kathak Dance.

Unit-IV

1. Notation of Theka and Bol-Tatkar in Ekgun, Dugun and chaugun layakaries in Ada chautaal, Teentaal
and Ektaal.
2. Notation of Chakardar Tora Chakardar paran, Kavit, Tihai and Nagma in Teentaal.
3. Write Tihai, Thaat, Paran, Chakardar Paran, Kavit and Nagma.in Ada Chautal
4. Theka of Ektaal in Ekgun, Dugun and Chaugun layakaries with Tihai, Tora and Amad.

Unit-V

1. The ninth question of unit v is compulsory & it consists of 13 short answer questions (covering entire
syllabus i.e. theory and practical) out of which students have to attempt 09 questions of carry 01 marks
each.

Paper-B: PRACTICAL

I. Adachautal :
1. Tatkar with Ekgun, Dwigun and Chaugun Layakari
2. Paran : 1
3. Chakardary Paran : 1
4. Thaat : 1
5. Tihai : 1
6. Kavit : 1
7. Nagma : 1

II. Teentaal :
1. Tatkar with Ekgun, Dugun, Chaugun and Athgun layakaries.
2. Kavit : 1
3. Chakardar Tora : 1
4. Chakardar Paran : 1
5. Tihai : 1
6. Nagma : 1
III Ektaal
a. Amad Tatkar with Ekgun, Dugun and Chaugun Layakari :1
b. Tora : 1
c. Tihai : 1
IV One Gat Nikas of Mataki
V. Padhant of above mentioned technical terms in teen taal and Ada Chautaal and Ektal on hand
VI. Ability to play Nagma in Ada Chautaal
VII. Theka of Ekgun and Dwigun Layakaries of above mentioned taals.
VIII. Practical Demonstration of a Bhangra steps.

**************
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 89

FINE ARTS
B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021
SEMESTER-III

Paper A : Theory (History of Art) Max. Marks : 54

Time : 3 Hours

Objectives :
The aim of the paper is to introduce to the students various schools, styles and phases of the developments in
painting and sculpture in India and the West. The emphasis will be to make them aware of the different terms,
concepts, forms and subject matter of these works.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR PAPER SETTER AND CANDIDATES:
1. The paper carries 54 marks.
2. The paper-setter is required to set 9 questions in all. The candidate is to attempt 5 questions as per the
instructions given in the question paper.
3. The first question shall be of short answer type containing 12 questions spread over the whole syllabus
Students are required to attempt 9 questions. Each question is to be answered in about 25-30 words. It
shall carry 18 marks and shall be a Compulsory question.
4. 8 questions are to be set from the entire syllabus consisting of 4 units. Two questions will be set from
each unit and the candidates shall be given internal choice i.e. a candidate shall attempt one question from
each unit. So in all, the candidate shall attempt 4 questions in all out of 8 questions. Each question would
be of 9 marks.

Unit-I : History of Indian Painting

• Western Indian Minitaure Painting -- Decorative Designs and Paintings of the 1439 Kalpasutra
Manuscript.
• Pre Mughal Paingting -- Chaurapanchashika and Nimat Nama Manuscript Paintings

Unit-II : History of Indian Sculpture

• Gandhara –Fasting Buddha and Mahaparinirvana of Buddha
• Mathura –Portraits of the Kushana Kings.
• Sarnath –Seated Buddha.
• Sultanganj –Bronze Buddha.

Unit-III : History of Western Art

• Early Renaissance : Masaccio-Expulsion; Holy Trinity.
• High Renaissance: Leonardo Da Vinci – Last Supper; Michelangelo—Creation of Adam from the Sistine
ceiling; Pieta.
• Northern Renaissance : Durer – Knight, Death and the Devil.

Unit-IV : Definition of Key Terms and General Concepts

• Composition – Volume, Texture, Space, Unity, Harmony, Rhythm, Proportion.
• Six Limbs of Indian Painting.

Pedagogy : The students are expected to familiarize themselves with the art forms as seen from the books,
slides and related films. Visits to Museums, exhibitions and art galleries are a part of study.
 90 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

Suggested Readings :

1. Kramrisch, Stella : Survey of Painting in the Deccan, Oriental Books Corporation, New Delhi, 1983.
2. Majumdar, R.C. (editor) : The History and Culture of Indian People, Vol. I, II and III (Sculpture and
Painting Sections only) Bhartiya Vidya Bhawan Bombay, 1996, 1990, 1988.
3. Rowland, Benjamin : The Art and Architecture of India, Penguin Books, Great Britain, 1959.
4. Saraswati, S.K. : A Survey of Indian Sculpture, Munshiram Manoharlal Publishers Pvt. Ltd.,
New Delhi, 1975.
5. Ray, N.R. : An Approach to Indian Art, Publication Bureau, Panjab University, Chandigarh, 1974.
6. Barrett, D. and Gray, B. : Painting of India, The World Publishing Co., Ohio, 1963.
7. Brown, Percy : Indian Painting under the Mughals, Cosmo Publications, New Delhi, 1981.
8. Aggarwala,V.S. : Heritage of Indian Art, Publications Division, Ministry of Information &
Broadcasting, Govt. of India, New Delhi, 1976.
9. Aggarwala,V.S. : Indian Art (English), Varanasi, 1965.
10. Aggarwala,V.S. : Bhartiya Kala (Hindi), Prithvi Prakashan, 1977.
11. Read, Herbert : Meaning of Art, Faber & Faber, London, 1972.
12. Janson, H.W. : History of Art, Thames & Hudson, London, 2001.
13. Gardener, Helen : Art Through the Ages, Harcourt Brace & Co., U.S.A., 1991.
14. Gombrich, E.H. : The Story of Art, Phaidon Press Limited, New York, 1995.
15. Arnason, H.H. : A History of Modern Art, Thames & Hudson, London, 1988.

Paper–B : PRACTICAL
This paper consists of three sections :
Max. Marks Max. Time
1. Landscape Painting (on the spot) 30 5 hours
2. Life Sketching 30 5 hours
3. Poster & Book Cover Design or Clay Modelling 30 5 hours
Total : 90 marks
Note : The paper-setter is required to set papers in all three options in Section-3.
SECTION-I : LANDSCAPE PAINTING (on the spot)
LANDSCAPE PAINTING : To study relationships of objects, their arrangements in the foreground, middle
distance and distance, texture, relative size of masses, tones and colours, use of linear and aerial perspective.
Medium : Oil, Water or Pastel colours. Size : ½ Imperial.

SECTION-II : LIFE SKETCHING

LIFE SKETCHING : From live Model or Cast-Monochrome in any medium, ½ Imperial Sheet.
Emphasis should be on structure, proportion, foreshortening, textural values, posture and individuality of the
model.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 91

SECTION-III : POSTER & BOOK COVER DESIGN OR CLAY MODELLING

POSTER :
Commercial and advertising designing.
Understanding of Colour harmony and contrast.
Imparting understanding of Printing purposes.

BOOK COVER DESIGN :

Concept of Lettering : Block lettering, Roman lettering, Script lettering and free hand brush lettering.
To design book cover with illustration and title, author’s name etc. in three colours (excluding the background
colour)
Medium : Pen & Ink, Poster Colours. Size : 25 cms. × 20 cms.

OR
CLAY MODELLING :
To render animal or human forms in clay in relief. Minimum number of three forms to be composed. Size of
slab minimum 30 cms × 25 cms. Creative Pottery—Creative Pot making in clay—any size.

SESSIONAL MARKS : 50 (based on work related equally to 3 sections).

Sessional Marks will be given on the basis of the work done during the session, in all the 3 sections. At least
three works will be submitted in each section. Sessional marks shall be given by external and internal
examiners jointly. In case of difference of opinion, marking may be done separately by each examiner giving
marks out of 50 % of the aggregate of the Sessional Marks.

NOTE : 1. Choice of option to be offered would depend on the facility available in each Institution
concerned.
2. Minimum of 9 hours’ teaching per week be assigned to the subjects and out of nine hours,
six hours be earmarked for practical classes and three hours for theory classess (per week).

------------------
 92 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

FINE ARTS

SEMESTER-IV

Paper A : Theory (History of Art) Max. Marks : 54

Time : 3 Hours

Objectives :
The aim of the paper is to introduce to the students various schools, styles and phases of the developments in
painting and sculpture in India and the West. The emphasis will be to make them aware of the different terms,
concepts, forms and subject matter of these works.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR PAPER SETTER AND CANDIDATES:

1. The paper carries 54 marks.

2. The paper-setter is required to set 9 questions in all. The candidate is to attempt 5 questions as per the
instructions given in the question paper.
3. The first question shall be of short answer type containing 12 questions spread over the whole syllabus.
Students are required to attempt 9 questions. Each question is to be answered in about 25-30 words.
It shall carry 18 marks and shall be a Compulsory question.
4. 8 questions are to be set from the entire syllabus consisting of 4 units. Two questions will be set
from each unit and the candidates shall be given internal choice i.e. a candidate shall attempt one question
from each unit. So in all, the candidate shall attempt 4 questions in all out of 8 questions.
Each question would be of 9 marks.

Unit-I : History of Indian Painting

• Mughal Paintings of Hamza-Nama ; South Kensington Akbar Nama ; Jahangiri Portraits and illustrations
of birds and animals.
• Deccani Paintings –Tarif-i-Hussain-Shahi from Ahmednagar ; Najam-ul-Ulum from Bijapur.

Unit-II : History of Indian Sculpture

• Deogarh –Vishnu Anantashayana.

• Ellora—Ravana Shaking Mount Kailasha.
• Mahabalipuram –Descent of Ganges (Kiratarjuniyam panel).

Unit-III : History of Western Art

• Baroque : Rubens –Garden of Love.

• Neo-Classicism and Romanticism : David –The Death of Socrates; Constable-The Haywain.
• Realism : Courbet –Artist’s Studio.

Unit-IV : Definition of Key Terms and General Concepts

• Art and Craft ; Design ; Mosaic ; Tribal Art ; Folk Art ; Piece-mould ; Waste-mould.

Pedagogy : The students are expected to familiarize themselves with the art forms as seen from the books,
slides and related films. Visits to Museums, exhibitions and art galleries are a part of study.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 93

Suggested Readings :

1. Kramrisch, Stella : Survey of Painting in the Deccan, Oriental Books Corporation, New Delhi, 1983.
2. Majumdar, R.C. (editor) : The History and Culture of Indian People, Vol. I, II and III (Sculpture and
Painting Sections only) Bhartiya Vidya Bhawan Bombay, 1996, 1990, 1988.
3. Rowland, Benjamin : The Art and Architecture of India, Penguin Books, Great Britain, 1959.
4. Saraswati, S.K. : A Survey of Indian Sculpture, Munshiram Manoharlal Publishers Pvt. Ltd.,
New Delhi, 1975.
5. Ray, N.R. : An Approach to Indian Art, Publication Bureau, Panjab University, Chandigarh, 1974.
6. Barrett, D. and Gray, B. : Painting of India, The World Publishing Co., Ohio, 1963.
7. Brown, Percy : Indian Painting under the Mughals, Cosmo Publications, New Delhi, 1981.
8. Aggarwala,V.S. : Heritage of Indian Art, Publications Division, Ministry of Information &
Broadcasting, Govt. of India, New Delhi, 1976.
9. Aggarwala,V.S. : Indian Art (English), Varanasi, 1965.
10. Aggarwala,V.S. : Bhartiya Kala (Hindi), Prithvi Prakashan, 1977.
11. Read, Herbert : Meaning of Art, Faber & Faber, London, 1972.
12. Janson, H.W. : History of Art, Thames & Hudson, London, 2001.
13. Gardener, Helen : Art Through the Ages, Harcourt Brace & Co., U.S.A., 1991.
14. Gombrich, E.H. : The Story of Art, Phaidon Press Limited, New York, 1995.
15. Arnason, H.H. : A History of Modern Art, Thames & Hudson, London, 1988.

Paper–B : PRACTICAL

This paper consists of three sections :

Max. Marks Max. Time
1. Landscape Painting (on the spot) 30 5 hours
2. Life Sketching 30 5 hours
3. Poster & Book Cover Design or Clay Modelling 30 5 hours
Total : 90 marks
Note : The paper-setter is required to set papers in all three options in Section-3.

SECTION-I : LANDSCAPE PAINTING (on the spot)

LANDSCAPE PAINTING : To study relationships of objects, their arrangements in the foreground, middle
distance and distance, texture, relative size of masses, tones and colours, use of linear and aerial perspective.
Medium : Oil, Water or Pastel colours. Size : ½ Imperial.

SECTION-II : LIFE SKETCHING

LIFE SKETCHING : From live Model or Cast-Monochrome in any medium, ½ Imperial Sheet.
Emphasis should be on structure, proportion, foreshortening, textural values, posture and individuality of the
model.
 94 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

SECTION-III : POSTER & BOOK COVER DESIGN OR CLAY MODELLING

POSTER :
Commercial and advertising designing.
Understanding of Colour harmony and contrast.
Imparting understanding of Printing purposes.

BOOK COVER DESIGN :

Concept of Lettering : Block lettering, Roman lettering, Script lettering and free hand brush lettering.
To design book cover with illustration and title, author’s name etc. in three colours (excluding the background
colour)
Medium : Pen & Ink, Poster Colours. Size : 25 cms. × 20 cms.

OR

CLAY MODELLING :
To render animal or human forms in clay in relief. Minimum number of three forms to be composed. Size of
slab minimum 30 cms × 25 cms. Creative Pottery—Creative Pot making in clay—any size.

SESSIONAL MARKS : 50 (based on work related equally to 3 sections).

Sessional Marks will be given on the basis of the work done during the session, in all the 3 sections. At least
three works will be submitted in each section. Sessional marks shall be given by external and internal
examiners jointly. In case of difference of opinion, marking may be done separately by each examiner giving
marks out of 50 % of the aggregate of the Sessional Marks.

NOTE : 1. Choice of option to be offered would depend on the facility available in each Institution
concerned.
2. Minimum of 9 hours’ teaching per week be assigned to the subjects and out of nine hours,
six hours be earmarked for practical classes and three hours for theory classess (per week).

***********
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 95

HISTORY OF ART
B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021
SEMESTER-III
Max. Marks : 100
Time: 3 Hours
Note:

1. Each paper Carries 100 marks.

2. The paper-setter is required to set 9 questions in all. The candidate is to attempt 5 questions as per the
instructions given in the question paper.
3. The first question shall be of short answer type containing 14 questions spread over the whole
syllabus. Each question is to be answered in about 25 to 30 words. It shall carry 28 marks and shall be
a Compulsory question.
4. 8 questions are to be set from the entire syllabus consisting of 4 units. Two questions will be set from
each unit and the candidates shall be given internal choice i.e. a candidate shall attempt one question
from each unit. So in all, the candidate shall attempt 4 questions in all out of 8 questions. Each
question would be of 18 marks.

HISTORY OF INDIAN PAINTING (from ca. 9th century to ca. 1800 A.D.) AND SCULPTURE (from
ca. 4th century A.D. to ca. 6th century A.D.)

Objectives :
The aim of the paper is to introduce to the students various schools, styles and phases of the developments
in painting and sculpture in India. The emphasis will be to make them aware of the different terms,
concepts, forms and subject matter of these works.

Unit-I
Development of Miniature Painting :
(a) Eastern Indian.
(b) Western Indian.

Unit-II
Painting under the Mughals :
(a) Akbar.
(b) Jahangir.
(c) Shahjahan.

Unit-III
Indian Miniature Painting :
(a) Rajasthani Schools—Mewar, Bundi, Kishangarh.
(b) Pahari Schools—Basohli, Guler, Kangra.
96 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

Unit-IV
Indian Sculpture in the Classical Phase :
Sculpture under the Guptas – Mathura, Sarnath, Deogarh, Ajanta.

Pedagogy :
The students are expected to familiarize themselves with the art forms as seen from the books, slides and
related films.

Suggested Readings :

1. Kramrisch, Stella : Survey of Painting in the Deccan, Oriental Books Corporation,

New Delhi, 1983.
2. Majumdar, R.C. (editor) : The History and Culture of Indian People, Vols. I, II and III
(Sculpture and Painting Sections only) Bhartiya Vidya Bhawan
Bombay, 1996, 1990, 1988.
3. Goswamy, B.N. & E. : Pahari Masters : Court Painters of Northern India, Museum
Fischer Reitberg, Zurich Switzerland, 1992.
4. Khandalvala, Karl : Pahari Miniature Painting, The New Book Co. Pvt. Ltd.,
Bombay, 1958.
5. Rowland, Benjamin : The Art and Architecture of India, Penguin Books, Great Britain,
1959.
6. Saraswati, S.K. : A Survey of Indian Sculpture, Munshiram Manoharlal Publishers
Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1975.
7. Barrett, D. and Gray, B. : Painting of India, The World Publishing Co., Ohio, 1963.

8. Brown, Percy : Indian Painting under the Mughals, Cosmo Publications, New
Delhi, 1981.
9. Aggarwala,V.S. : Heritage of Indian Art, Publications Division, Ministry of
Information & Broadcasting, Govt. of India, New Delhi, 1976.
10. Aggarwala,V.S. : Indian Art (English), Varanasi, 1965.
11. Aggarwala,V.S. : Bhartiya Kala (Hindi), Prithvi Prakashan, 1977.

-----------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 97

HISTORY OF ART
B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021
SEMESTER-IV

Max. Marks : 100

Time: 3 Hours
Note:

1. Each paper Carries 100 marks.

2. The paper-setter is required to set 9 questions in all. The candidate is to attempt 5 questions as per the
instructions given in the question paper.
3. The first question shall be of short answer type containing 14 questions spread over the whole
syllabus. Each question is to be answered in about 25 to 30 words. It shall carry 28 marks and shall
be a Compulsory question.
4. 8 questions are to be set from the entire syllabus consisting of 4 units. Two questions will be set from
each unit and the candidates shall be given internal choice i.e. a candidate shall attempt one question
from each unit. So in all, the candidate shall attempt 4 questions in all out of 8 questions. Each
question would be of 18 marks.

HISTORY OF EUROPEAN PAINTING AND SCULPTURE (from 1300 A.D. to ca. 1850 A.D.) and
THEORY AND PRINCIPLES OF ART APPRECIATION

Objectives :
The aim of the paper is to introduce to the students various schools, styles and phases of the developments
in painting and sculpture in the West. The emphasis will be to make them aware of the different terms,
concepts, forms and subject matter of these works.

Unit-I : History of European Painting and Sculpture

(a) Early Renaissance–Masaccio, Donatello.
(b) High Renaissance–Lenoardo Da Vinci, Michelangelo, Raphael, Titian.

Unit-II: Baroque Period

Caravaggio, Rubens, Rembrandt, Bernini, Claude Lorrain.

Unit-III:
(a) Neo-Classicism and Romanticism–David, Ingres, John Constable, W. Turner.
(b) Realism–Courbet.

Unit-IV : Theory and Principles of Art Appreciation

(a) Definition of the term Miniature Painting
(b) Six limbs of Indian Painting (Shadanga) and their manifestations in actual works.
(c) Indian concept of primary colours and their symbolic meaning.
(d) Indian theory of Rasa, Bhava and Beauty.
98 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

Pedagogy :
The students are expected to familiarize themselves with the art forms as seen from the books, slides and
related films.

Suggested Readings :
1. Janson, H.W. : History of Art, Thames & Hudson, London, 2001.

2. Gardener, Helen : Art Through the Ages, Harcourt Brace & Co., U.S.A., 1991.

3. Gombrich, E.H. : The Story of Art, Phaidon Press Limited, New York, 1995.

4. Turner, Jane (ed.) : The Dictionary of Art, Macmillan Publishers Limited, New York,
1996.

5. Aggarwala,V.S. : Heritage of Indian Art, Publications Division, Ministry of

Information & Broadcasting, Govt. of India, New Delhi, 1976.

6. Aggarwala,V.S. : Indian Art (English), Varanasi, 1965.

7. Aggarwala,V.S. : Bhartiya Kala (Hindi), Prithvi Prakashan, 1977.

8. Murray, Peter and Linda : A Dictionary of Art & Artists, Penguin Reference Book, Great
Murray Britain, 1959.

9. Rowland Benjamin (Jr.) : Art in East and West, Beacon Press, Toronto, 1964.

10. Ray, Niharanjan : An Approach to Indian Art, Publication Bureau, P.U.,

Chandigarh, 1974.

11. Majumdar, R.C. (editor) : The History and Culture of Indian People, Vol. I, II and III.
(Sculpture and Painting sections only) Bhartiya Vidya Bhawan
Bombay, 1996, 1990, 1988.

****************
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 99

ANCIENT INDIAN HISTORY, CULTURE & ARCHAEOLOGY

B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021
SEMESTER-III

Paper-III : HISTORY AND CULTURE OF INDIA FROM 320 A.D. TO 650 A.D.
Max.Marks : 100
Theory : 90 Marks
InternalAssessment : 10 Marks
Time : 3Hour
Objectives :
The main objective of this paper is to make students study the political history and cultural development
starting from the Gupta period till the death of Harsha.
Pedagogy of the Course Work :
The students are expected to have an idea of the original sources for the reconstruction of the history of the
period. Maps and transparencies should be put to use in class for better understanding by the students.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTERS AND CANDIDATES :
1. The paper-setter is required to set 9 questions in all. All questions shall carry equal marks.

2. The first question shall be of short answer type containing 15 short questions spread over the entire
syllabus. The candidate is required to answer any 9 short answer type questions. Each short answer
type question shall be of 2 marks OR a question on map. The map work shall consist of 12 marks
for the map and 06 marks for the explanatory notes.

3. The map question shall have the following topics :

(a) Extent of Chandragupta II’s empire.
(b) Extent of Harsha’s empire.
(c) Distribution of monuments of the Gupta-Vakataka period.

4. The rest of the paper shall contain 4 Units. The entire syllabus has been divided into 4 Units. The
paper-setter shall set 2 questions from each unit and the candidate shall be given internal choice i.e.
the candidate shall attempt one question from each unit. Each question shall carry 18 marks.
5. For Private candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment, the marks secured
by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper in lieu of
internal assessment.
The paper-setter must put note (5) in the question paper.

UNIT-I

1. (a) Political condition of Northern India on the eve of the rise of the Guptas.
(b) Foundation of the Gupta Empire.

2. The Imperial Gupta rulers : Samudragupta: Chandergupta II and Kumargupta

 100 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

UNIT-II
1. Decline of the Gupta Empire.
2. The Gupta Administration.
3. Cultural and Economic Achievements during the Gupta period.

UNIT-III
1. The Vakatakas of the Deccan.
2. The Huna Invasions and their impact.

UNIT-IV
1. The Aulikaras of Daspura, the Maukharis and the Later Guptas.
2. The Pushyabhutis of Thanesar : Political and Cultural survey.

Essential Readings :

1. Agrawal, Ashvini : Rise & Fall of the Imperial Guptas, Motilal Banarsidass,
Delhi, 1989.

2. Altekar, A.S. & Majumdar, : The Vakataka-Gupta Age, rpt., Motilal Banarsidass, Delhi,
R.C. 2006.

3. Goyal, S.R., : The Imperial Guptas: A Multidisciplinary Political Study,

Kusum-anjali Book World, Jodhpur, 2005

4. Majumdar, R.C. & Dasgupta, : The Comprehensive History of India, Vol. III, Pt. 1, People
K.K. (Eds.) Publishing House, Delhi 1981, (Chapters Dealing with the
Gupta and the Post Gupta History).

Suggested Readings:

1. Majumdar, R.C. : Ancient India, rpt., Manohar, Delhi, 2003.

2. Mookerji, R.K. : The Gupta Empire, Motilal Banarsidass, Delhi, 1989.

3. Thaplyal, K.K. : The Imperial Guptas: A political History, Aryan Books

International, New Delhi, 2012

4. Tripathi, R.S. : History of Ancient India, rpt., Delhi, 1977.

------------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 101

ANCIENT INDIAN HISTORY, CULTURE & ARCHAEOLOGY

B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021
SEMESTER-IV

Paper-IV : HISTORY AND CULTURE OF INDIA FROM 650 A.D. TO 1200 A.D.

Max.Marks : 100
Theory : 90 Marks
InternalAssessment : 10 Marks
Time : 3Hours
Objectives :
The primary objective of this paper is to acquaint the students with the historical development in India after
the death of Harsha. A detailed study of the various dynasties ruling in the different parts of our country
will be taken up.

Pedagogy of the Course Work :

The students should be given an outline of the original sources which help to reconstruct the history of the
period. Slides and transparencies should be used in the class room lectures to help the students to
comprehend the developments in different fields.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTERS AND CANDIDATES :

1. The paper-setter is required to 9 questions in all. All questions shall carry equal marks.

2. The first question shall be of short answer type containing 15 short questions spread over the entire
syllabus. The candidate is required to answer any 9 short answer type questions. Each short answer
type question shall be of 2 marks OR A question on map. The map work shall consist of 12 marks for
the map and 06 marks for the explanatory notes.

3. The map question shall have the following topics :

(a) Extent of Pratihara Empire.
(b) Distribution of Temples—Lingaraja, Konark, Jagannath, Kandariya Mahadev, Parsvanath,
Lakshman, Osian and Mahabalipuram.
(c) Important Centres of Education—Nalanda, Ujjain, Pushpagiri and Nagarjunakonda.

4. The rest of the paper shall contain 4 Units. The entire syllabus has been divided into 4 Units. The
paper- setter shall set 2 questions from each unit and the candidate shall be given internal choice i.e.
the candidate shall attempt one question from each unit. Each question shall carry 18 marks.

5. For Private candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment, the marks secured
by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper in lieu of
internal assessment.
The paper-setter must put note (5) in the question paper.
102 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

UNIT-I :
1. Pratiharas
2. Palas

UNIT-II :
1. Paramaras
2. Chahamanas

UNIT-III :
1. Gahadavalas
2. Chandellas

UNIT-IV :
1. Rashtrakutas
2. Cholas.

Essential Readings :

1. Altekar, A.S. : Rastrakutas and Their Times, 2nd ed. Oriental Book Agency,
Poona, 1967.
2. Bhatia, Pratipal : The Paramaras, Munshiram Manoharlal, New Delhi, 1970.

3. Chakravarti, Ranbir : Exploring Early India upto C. AD 1300, Machmillan, 2010

4 Majumdar, R.C. : Ancient India, rpt., Manohar, Delhi, 2003

5. Majumdar, R.C. : History & Culture of Indian People, Vol. IV, The Age of
Imperial Kanauj, Bhartiya Vidya Bhawan, Bombay,
1955 (Relevant Chapters) Vol. V, The Struggle for
Empire, Bombay 1957 (Relevant Chapters).

Suggested Readings :

1. Puri, B.N. : The History of the Gurjara-Pratiharas, Manohar, Delhi, 1986.

2. Ray, H.C. : Dynastic History of India, 2 Vols, Calcutta 1931,1936.

3. Sastri, K.A.N. : A History of South India, 4th ed. Oxford University Press,
Madras, 1976.
4. Tripathi, R.S. : History of Kanauj to the Muslim Conquest, 4th ed., Motilal
Banarsidass, Delhi, 1989.

****************
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 103

DEFENCE & STRATEGIC STUDIES

B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021

SEMESTER-III

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER SETTER AND THE STUDENTS

Note : 1. There will be one-theory paper of 70 marks. The internal assessment will be of 10 marks.
The theory paper will have one compulsory short answer type question containing 15
questions of 2 marks each covering the entire syllabus. The candidates will be required to
attempt any 10 short answer type questions. In addition to it there will be four sections of
the question paper containing 2 questions each. The candidate will be required to attempt
one question from each of the four sections. Theory paper will be of three hours duration.

2. Practical examination will be compulsory for regular and correspondence students. It will
be of 20 marks. There will be 3 hours of teaching per week for practical and the number of
students in one group shall not ordinarily exceed fifteen.

Paper : EVOLUTION OF WARFARE IN INDIA M. Marks : 70

Time : 3 Hrs.

Objective :
This paper deals with the salient features of Indian warfare with emphasis on Military Organization, Battle
techniques and Leadership.

SECTION-I

1. Battle of Hydaspes and Alexander’s Art of War.

2. Kautilya’s Philosophy of War.

SECTION-II
3. Military Organizations and Battle Techniques of Rajputs and Turks with particular reference to
Battle of Tarrain, 1192 A.D.
4. Military Organizations and Battle Techniques of Mughals and Afghans with particular reference to
First Battle of Panipat, 1526 A.D.

SECTION-III

5. Battle techniques of Southern Muslim Sultans with particular reference to Battle of Talikota, 1565
A.D.

6. Military Organization and Battle Techniques of Marathas under Shivaji.

104 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

SECTION-IV

1. Military organization and Battle Techniques of Sikh Army under Maharaja Ranjit Singh.
2. Warfare under East India Company with particular reference to Battle of Assaye 1803 A.D. and
Chilianwala 1849 A.D.
3. Indian Armed Forces 1858 to 1947: General Evolution and Development (A Broad Perspective).

Books Recommended :

1. Bajwa, F.S., The Military Systems of Sikhs, Motilal Banarsidas Delhi, 1964.
2. Dass, S.T., An Introduction to the Art of War, Sagar Publications, Delhi, 1970.
3. Erskin, Memories of Babur, Biblio Bazaar, 2012.
4. JFC, Fuller, Generalship of Alexander, The Great, Eyre and Spottiswoode, 1958.
5. Kangle, K.P., Kautilya’s Arthshastra, Motilal Banarsidas Publishers Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 1986.
6. Majumdar, B.K., Military Systems in Ancient India, Firma K.L. Mukopadhayay Publishers, Delhi,
1960.
7. Mallesan, Decisive Battle of India, Read Books Design, 2010.
8. Nath, Rajendra, Military Leadership in India, Vedic Period to Indo-Pak Wars, Lancers Books,
California, 1990.
9. Sarkar, J.N., Military History of India, Orient Longmans, Virginia, 1960.
10. Sen., S.N., Military System of the Marathas, Orient Longmans, Michigan, 1958.
11. Sharma, Gautam, Indian Army through the Ages, Allied Publishers, University of Michigan, 1966.
12. Singh, Gurcharan, Battles of Panipat, Army Educational Stores, 1966.
13. William, Irvin, Army of the Indian Mughals, Low Price Publishers, 1994.

Paper: PRACTICAL

Max. Marks : 20
Time: 1 hrs
Note:

1. There will be of 3 hours of teaching per week for practical. For practical classes, the number of students
in one group shall not ordinarily exceed fifteen.

2. Practical exercise should be carried out on drawing sheets with explanatory notes or on computer.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 105

SECTION-A Practical Test

Marks : 10

Note:

1. There will be three questions in all carrying five marks each and candidates will be required to
attempt any two questions.

2. Examiners are required to set the question paper at least half an hour before the examination.

Course contents for practical

1. Bearing: Definition, Types and Inter conversion of Bearing in detail.

2. Liquid Prismatic Compass: Features and Funcitons of its various parts.

3. Determination of Individual Compass Error

SECTION-B

Marks : 10

1. Practical Record Marks : 5

2. Viva Voce Marks : 5

-----------------------
106 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

DEFENCE & STRATEGIC STUDIES

B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021

SEMESTER-IV

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER SETTER AND THE STUDENTS

Note : 1. There will be one-theory paper of 70 marks. The internal assessment will be of 10 marks.
The theory paper will have one compulsory short answer type question containing 15
questions of 2 marks each covering the entire syllabus. The candidates will be required to
attempt any 10 short answer type questions. In addition to it there will be four sections of
the question paper containing 2 questions each. The candidate will be required to attempt
one question form each of the four sections. Theory paper will be of three hours duration.

2. Practical examination will be compulsory for regular and correspondence students.. It will
be of 20 marks. There will be 3 hours of teaching per week for practical and the number of
students in one group shall not ordinarily exceed fifteen.

Paper : EVOLUTION OF WARFARE

M. Marks : 70
Time : 3 Hours
SECTION-I

1. Military Organizations and Battle techniques of Macedonians and Persians with particular reference
to Battles of Arbella, 331 B.C.
2. Military Organization and Battle Technique of Romans and Carthagenians with particular reference
to the Battles of Cannae, 216 B.C.
3. Military Organizations and Battle Techniques of Barbarians with particular reference to Battle of
Adrianople, 378 A.D.

SECTION-II

4. Military Organizations and Battle Techniques of the English and French with reference to the Battle of
Hastings, 1066 A.D.
5. The Mongol Art of War under Changez Khan and his successors.

SECTION-III

6. Industrial revolution and its Impact on Weapons, Communications and Tactics.

7. Elements and Principles of Napoleonic Warfare.

SECTION-IV
8. Naval Warfare with particular reference to the Battle of Trafalgar, 1805.
9. American Civil War (1861-65) : Causes and Events.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 107

Books Recommended :

1. Barrie and Rackett, The Ancient Art of War Vols. I & II., Barrie and Rockliff, 1957.
2. Bullock, H., Military History of the Western World,Vol. 1, Da Capo Press, 1978.
3. Fuller, JFC, Armament and History, Da Capo Press, New York, 1998.
4. Fuller, JFC, Conduct of War, Eyre & Spottiswoode (Publisher) Ltd., Great Britain, 1962.
5. Fuller, JFC, Machine Warfare, the Infantry Journal, University of Michigan, 1943.
6. Fuller, JFC, Military History of the Western World, Da Capo Press, New York, 1987.
7. Montgomery, F.M., A History of Warfare, World Publication Co. The University of Michigan, 1968.
8. Montress, L., War through the Ages, Harper & Brothers, Indiana University, New York, 1987.

Paper : PRACTICAL
Max. Marks : 20
Time : 1 hrs
Note:

1. There will be 3 hours of teaching per week for practical.For practical classes, the number of
students in one group shall not ordinarily exceed fifteen.
2. Practical exercise should be carried out on drawing sheets with explanatory notes or on computer.

SECTION –A : Practical Test

Note:

1. There will be three questions in all carrying five marks each and candidates will be required to
attempt any two questions.
2. Examiners are required to set the question paper at least half an hour before the examination.

Course contents for practical

1. Setting of Map: With Compass and without Compass.

2. Marching by Compass: To set the Compas in a particular direction for Night March.

3. Finding position on the Maps: Determine One’s and Enemy’s position on the Map by Resection and
Intersection method.

SECTION-B
Marks : 10

1. Practical Record Marks : 5

2. Viva-Voce Marks : 5

**************
 108 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

HISTORY
SEMESTER-III

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTERS AND CANDIDATES :

1. The syllabus has been divided into four Units.
There shall be 9 questions in all. The first question is compulsory and shall be short answer type
containing 15 short questions spread over the whole syllabus to be answered in about 25 to 30 words
each. The candidates are required to attempt any 9 short answer type questions carrying 18 marks i.e.
2 marks of each. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. Each Unit shall have two essay type
questions and the candidate shall be given internal choice of attempting one question from each Unit
and 4 questions in all. Each question will carry 18 marks.

2. For private candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment, the marks secured
by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper in lieu of
internal assessment.
The paper-setter must put note (2) in the question paper.
3. One question from Unit-IV shall be set on the map.
The paper-setter must put note (iii) in the question paper.
Explanation:

1. Each essay type question would cover about one-third to one half of a topic detailed in the syllabus.
2. The distribution of marks for the map question would be as under :
Map : 10 marks
Explanatory Note : 08 marks

Note: In case, a paper setter chooses to set a question on important historical places, the paper setter will
be required to ask the students to mark 05 places on map of 02 mark each and write explanatory note on
any 04 of 02 marks each.
3. The paper-setter would avoid repetition between different types of questions within one question paper.

Paper : HISTORY OF INDIA, 1750-1964 A.D.

Max. Marks : 100

Theory : 90
Internal Assessment : 10 Marks
Time : 3 Hours

Objectives: To introduce the students to the broad developments in the history of India in Modern times.
Pedagogy : Lectures, library work and discussions.

UNIT-I
1. Foundation of British Rule: Circumstances leading to the battles of Plassey and Buxar and their
significance; Reforms of Warren Hastings.
2. Administrative Reforms: Reforms of Cornwallis; William Bentinck and Dalhousie.
3. The Uprising of 1857: Political, socio-religious, economic and immediate causes; failure; results.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 109

UNIT-II
4. Economic Changes and Response: British Agrarian policies and commercialization of agriculture; rural
indebtedness; Tribal and Peasant Uprisings w.r.t. Santhal, Bhil, Munda Rebellions.
5. Socio-Religious Reform Movements: Brahmo Samaj; Arya Samaj; Ramakrishna Mission; Aligarh
Movement.
6. Depressed Classes Movement: Contribution of Jyotiba Phule; Dr.B.R. Ambedkar and Mahatma Gandhi.

UNIT-III
7. Growth of Political Consciousness: Foundation and growth of the Indian National Congress from 1885-
1905; Growth of Nationalism 1905-1919
8. Indian National Movement: Circumstances leading to the Non-Cooperation Movement 1920-22; the Civil
Disobedience Movement.
9. Rise of Communal Politics: Factors responsible for the growth of communal politics; Separate electorate;
Muslim League and Pakistan Resolution.

UNIT-IV

10. Towards Partition and Independence: Quit India Movement; British proposals for independence; Indian
Independence Act of 1947.
11. Significant Developments after Independence,1947- 64 : Making of the constitution; integration of princely
states; the reorganisation of states.
12. Map:
(a) Important Historical Places – Delhi, Calcutta, Madras, Bombay, Goa, Surat, Plassey, Buxar, Gwalior,
Jhansi, Hyderabad, Sabarmati, Amritsar, Lucknow, Lahore and Aligarh.
(b) Extent of the British Empire in 1856.
(c) Republic of India in 1950.
Specimen Map for Examination:

Reading List:
Abdul Kalam Azad, Azadi Ki Kahani (Hindi Medium), Delhi: Orient Black Swan, 2007.
Bandyopadhyay, Sekhar, From Plassey to Partition: A History of Modern India, Delhi Orient Black Swan,
2007 (Also available in Hindi Medium).
Chandra, Bipin, History of Modern India, Hyderabad: Orient Blacksman, 2009.
Chandra, Bipan, Communalism in Modern India, Delhi: Vikas Publishers, 1987.
Chandra, Bipan et al., India’s Struggle for Independence, 1875-1947, Delhi: Viking/Penguin Books,1989.
Chandra, Bipan, Aitihasik Sangharsh – EPIC Struggle (Hindi Medium), Delhi: Orient Black Swan, 2007.
 110 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

Desai, A R, Social Background of Indian Nationalism, Punjabi University, Patiala: Publication Bureau, 2005
(Punjabi).
Nanda, B.R., Making of a Nation: India’s Road to Independence, New Delhi: Harper-Collins, 1998.
Gopal,S, British Policy in India, Punjabi University, Patiala: Publication Bureau, 2011.
Sarkar, Sumit, Modern India, 1885-1947, New Delhi: Mcmillan, 2014.

------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 111

HISTORY
SEMESTER-IV

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTERS AND CANDIDATES:

1. The syllabus has been divided into four Units.

There shall be 9 questions in all. The first question is compulsory and shall be short answer type
containing 15 short questions spread over the whole syllabus to be answered in about 25 to 30 words
each. The candidates are required to attempt any 9 short answer type questions carrying 18 marks i.e.
2 marks of each. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. Each Unit shall have two essay type
questions and the candidate shall be given internal choice of attempting one question from each Unit
and 4 questions in all. Each question will carry 18 marks.

2. For private candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment, the marks secured
by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper in lieu of
internal assessment.
The paper-setter must put note (2) in the question paper.
3. One question from Unit-IV shall be set on the map.

Explanation:

1. Each essay type question would cover about one-third to one half of a topic detailed in the syllabus.
2. The distribution of marks for the map question would be as under :
Map : 10 marks
Explanatory Note : 08 marks

Note: In case, a paper setter chooses to set a question on important historical places, the paper setter will
be required to ask the students to mark 05 places on map of 02 mark each and write explanatory note on
any 04 of 02 marks each.
3. The paper-setter would avoid repetition between different types of questions within one question paper.
Paper: HISTORY OF THE PUNJAB, 1469-1966 A.D.

Max. Marks : 100

Theory : 90 Marks
Internal Assessment : 10 Marks
Time : 3 Hours

Objectives: To introduce the students to the broad developments in the history of the Punjab from the mid 15th
to the mid 19th century i.e. the medieval period
Pedagogy: Lectures, library work and discussions.
UNIT-I

1. Foundation of Sikhism: Life and teachings of Guru Nanak Dev; Contribution of Guru Angad and Guru
Amar Das for the development of Sikhism.
2. Consolidation of Sikhism: Guru Ram Das and Guru Arjun Dev; Compilation of Adi Granth; Causes and
Significance of Martyrdom Guru Arjun Dev.
3. Transformation of Sikhism: Guru Hargobind’s new policy; Causes and Significance of Martyrdom of
Guru Teg Bahadur; Creation of Khalsa by Guru Gobind and its significance.
 112 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

UNIT-II
th
4. Sikh Struggle in the 18 century: Establishment of Independent Rule by Banda Singh Bahadur; Sikh
misls, Dal Khalsa and Gurmata.
5. Punjab under Ranjit Singh: Civil, Military and Revenue Administration; Anglo-Sikh relations up to
1839.
7. Modern Punjab: Anglo-Sikh Wars and annexation; New Administrative Structure, 1849-1857.
UNIT-III
8. New British Policies: Education; Irrigation; Transport and Communication.
9. Socio-Religious Reform Movements: Nirankaris; Namdharis; Ad-dharm; Singh Sabha and Ahmediyas.
10. Political Awakening: Agitation of 1907; Gadhar Movement.
UNIT-IV
11. Growth of Political Consciousness: Jallianwala Bagh; Bhagat Singh; Gurudwara Reform Movement.
12. Developments from 1947-1966: Circumstances leading to Partition and Rehabilitation; Demand for
Punjab Suba.
13. MAP:
Important Historical Places - Anandpur Sahib, Goindwal, Khadur Sahib, Hargobindpur, Kartarpur, Nankana
Sahib, Lahore, Mukhlispur, Qadian, Ropar, Amritsar, Lyallpur, Montgomery, Sargodha, Machhiwara, Jaito.

Specimen Map for Examination:

Reading List:
Banerjee, I.B., Evolution of the Khalsa, 2 Vols, Calcutta: A Mukherjee & Co., 1979 (2nd edn.).

Banga, Indu (ed.), Five Punjabi Centuries: Polity, Economy, Society and Culture c. 1500-1900, New Delhi:
Manohar, 1997.

Chopra P.N., B.N. Puri and M.N. Das, A Social, Cultural & Economic History of India, Vol. III, Macmillan,
Delhi, 1974.

Fauja Singh, State and Society under Maharaja Ranjit Singh,Master Publishers,Delhi.

-------------------, Freedom Struggle in the Punjab, Punjabi University, Patiala, 1974.

Grewal, J.S., The Sikhs of the Punjab: The New Cambridge History of India, New Delhi: Cambridge
University Press, 1999 (2nd edn.).
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 113

--------------------, The Sikhs of the Punjab, The New Cambridge History of India, Orient Longman, 1990,
Foundation Books, New Delhi, 1994.

Gupta Monica Das, T.N. Krishna & Lincon C. Chen, Women’s Health in India, Risk and Vulnerability,
Oxford, OUP, 1998.

Johar R.S. and J.S Khanna, Studies in Punjab Economy, GNDU, Amritsar, 1983.

Khushwant Singh, A History of the Sikhs, Vol. II, 1839-1988, Oxford University Press, Delhi, 1991.

McLeod, W.H., Sikhs and Sikhism, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

Satya, M. Rai, Heroic Tradition in the Punjab, 1900-1947, Punjabi University, Patiala, 1978.

Sinha, N.K., Rise of the Sikh Power, Calcutta, A Mukherjee & Co., 1973

Teja Singh and Ganda Singh, A Short History of the Sikhs, 1469-1765 ,Vol.I, Patiala : Punjabi University,
1983.

Yadav K.C.and S.M. Fogat, Haryana Aitihasik Simhavalokan (Hindi), Haryana Sahitya Akademy,
Chandigarh, 1991.

**************
114 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

POLITICAL SCIENCE
B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021
SEMESTER-III

INDIAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS

Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 hours
Objectives: This paper provides students with a basic knowledge of the fundamental elements and institutions of
government, politics and processes in India at both the centre and state levels.
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTERS AND CANDIDATES :
(i) The syllabus has been divided into four units :
There shall be 9 questions in all. The first question is compulsory and shall be short answer type
containing 15 short questions spread over the whole syllabus to be answered in about 10-20
words each. The candidates are required to attempt any 9 short answer type questions carrying 18
marks i.e. 2 marks of each. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. Each unit shall have two essay
type questions, and the candidate shall be given internal choice of attempting one question from
each Unit – 4 in all. Each question will carry 18 marks.
(ii) For private candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment, the marks
secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper
in lieu of internal assessment.
The paper setter must put note (ii) in the question paper.
Unit-I
1. Basic Features of Indian Constitution.
2. Preamble and its perceptions.
3. Indian Federalism- Meaning & its features.
4. Centre State Relations (Legislative, Administrative & Financial)
Unit-II
1. Fundamental Rights (Art14-Art 32)- Meaning, Explanation, Criticism & Importance.
2. Fundamental Duties- Meaning, Explanation, Evaluation (Criticism & Importance).
3. Directive Principals of State Policy (Art 36- Art 51)- Liberal, Socialist, International, Gandhian-
Meaning, Explanation, Sanctions, Criticism & Importance
Unit-III
1. President : Election, powers, position and changing role.
2. Parliament : Composition, powers and role.
3. Cabinet –
a) Parliamentary features
b) Prime Minister : Election, powers, position and changing role.
4. Supreme Court : Composition, powers & Judicial Review.
Unit-IV
1. Governor : Appointment, powers and role.
2. State Legislature : Composition, powers and role of Legislative Assembly/Vidhan Sabha.
3. Council of Ministers and Chief Minister : Election, powers, position and role.
4. High Court : Composition, powers and its role.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 115

Books Recommended :
1. Rajiv Sikri, Challenge and Strategy : Rethinking India’s Foreign Policy, Sage Publications, New
Delhi, 2009.
2. S.D. Muni, India’s Foreign Policy : The Democracy Dimension, Foundation Books, Cambridge
University Press India, New Delhi, 2009.
3. Sumit Ganguly (ed.), India’s Foreign Policy : Retrospect and Prospect, OUP, 2009.
4. F.R. Frankel, India’s Political Economy 1947-2004 : The Gradual Revolution, Oxford, Oxford
University Press, 2005.
5. C. Raja Mohan, Crossing the Rubicon : The Shaping of India’s New Foreign Policy, Palgrave
Macmillan, 2004.
6. Zoya Hasan, E. Sridharan and R. Sudarshan (ed.), India’s Living Constitution : Ideas, Practices,
Controversies, Permanent Black, New Delhi, 2004.
7. Zoya Hasan, Parties and Party Politics in India, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2002.
8. Niraja Gopal Jayal (ed.), Democracy in India, Oxford University Press, Delhi, 2001.
9. A.G. Noorani, Constitutional Questions in India, Oxford University Press, 2000.
10. G. Austin, Working a Democratic Constitution : A History of the Indian Experience, New Delhi,
Oxford University Press, 1999.
11. Partha Chatterjee (ed.), State and Politics in India, Oxford University Press, 1999.
12. M.V. Pylee, An Introduction to the Constitution of India, New Delhi, Vikas, 1998.
13. C.P. Bhambri, The Indian State Fifty Years, New Delhi, Shipra, 1997.
14. P. Brass, Ethnic Groups and the State, London, Croom Helm, 1995.
15. D.D. Basu, An Introduction to the Constitution of India, New Delhi, Prentice Hall, 1994.
16. P. Brass, Politics of India Since Independence, Hyderabad, Orient Longman, 1990.
17. R. Kothari, State Against Democracy : In Search of Human Governance, Delhi, Ajanta, 1988.
18. P. Brass, Caste, Faction and Party in Indian Politics, Vol. II : Election Studies, Delhi, Chanakya
Publications, 1985.
19. B.L. Fadia, State Politics in India, Vol. II, New Delhi, Radiant Publishers, 1984.
20. M.V. Pylee, Constitutional Government in India, Bombay, Asia Publishing House, 1977.
21. P. Brass, Language, Religion and Politics in North India, London, Cambridge University Press,
1974.
22. R. Kothari, Politics in India, New Delhi, Orient Longman, 1970.
23. R. Kothari, Party System and Election Studies, Bombay, Asia Publishing House, 1967.
24. Iqbal Narain (ed.), State Politics in India, Meerut, Meenakshi Parkashan, 1967.
25. S.P. Verma, and C.P. Bhambri (ed.), Election and Politics Consciousness in India, Meerut,
Meenakshi Parkashan, 1967.
26. G. Austin, The Indian Constitution : Corner Stone of a Nation, Oxford, Oxford University Press,
1966.
----------------
 116 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

POLITICAL SCIENCE
B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021

SEMESTER-IV

INDIAN POLITICS

Max. Marks : 100

Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours.

Objectives :
The aim of this paper is to enrich the student’s understanding of the working of the Indian political system
with reference to political parties, the party system, elections and voting behaviour. Units III and IV of the
paper examine in detail certain key issues and debates in contemporary India.

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTERS AND CANDIDATES :

(i) The syllabus has been divided into four units :
There shall be 9 questions in all. The first question is compulsory and shall be short answer type
containing 15 short questions spread over the whole syllabus to be answered in about 10-20
words each. The candidates are required to attempt any 9 short answer type questions carrying 18
marks i.e. 2 marks of each. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. Each unit shall have two essay
type questions, and the candidate shall be given internal choice of attempting one question from
each Unit – 4 in all. Each question will carry 18 marks.
(ii) For private candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment, the marks
secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper
in lieu of internal assessment.
The paper setter must put note (ii) in the question paper.

Unit-I

1. Nature of party system in India : A critical evaluation.

2. National Political Parties [Indian National Congress, BJP, CPI, CPI(M), BSP] : Ideology,
Policy and Programmes
3. Regional Political Parties (SAD, DMK, AIDMK) : Ideology, Policy and Programmes.

Unit-II

1. The Election Commission : A critical evaluation and electoral reforms in India.

2. Pressure Groups in Indian Politics- Types & Role
3. Voting Behaviour in India – its Determinants.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 117
Unit-III

1. Emerging Trends in Indian Politics.

2. Role of Caste, Religion in Indian Politics.
3. Regionalism in Indian Politics-its causes & impact.

Unit-IV

1. Basic principles and determinants of Indian Foreign Policy.

2. Non-alignment : Meaning and Nature.
3. Non-alignment Movement- its Relevance.

Books Recommended :
1. Rajiv Sikri, Challenge and Strategy : Rethinking India’s Foreign Policy, Sage Publications, New
Delhi, 2009.
2. S.D. Muni, India’s Foreign Policy : The Democracy Dimension, Foundation Books, Cambridge
University Press India, New Delhi, 2009.
3. Sumit Ganguly (ed.), India’s Foreign Policy : Retrospect and Prospect, OUP, 2009.
4. F.R. Frankel, India’s Political Economy 1947-2004 : The Gradual Revolution, Oxford, Oxford
University Press, 2005.
5. C. Raja Mohan, Crossing the Rubicon : The Shaping of India’s New Foreign Policy, Palgrave
Macmillan, 2004.
6. Zoya Hasan, E. Sridharan and R. Sudarshan (ed.), India’s Living Constitution : Ideas, Practices,
Controversies, Permanent Black, New Delhi, 2004.
7. Zoya Hasan, Parties and Party Politics in India, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2002.
8. Niraja Gopal Jayal (ed.), Democracy in India, Oxford University Press, Delhi, 2001.
9. A.G. Noorani, Constitutional Questions in India, Oxford University Press, 2000.
10. G. Austin, Working a Democratic Constitution : A History of the Indian Experience, New Delhi,
Oxford University Press, 1999.
11. Partha Chatterjee (ed.), State and Politics in India, Oxford University Press, 1999.
12. M.V. Pylee, An Introduction to the Constitution of India, New Delhi, Vikas, 1998.
13. C.P. Bhambri, The Indian State Fifty Years, New Delhi, Shipra, 1997.
14. P. Brass, Ethnic Groups and the State, London, Croom Helm, 1995.
15. D.D. Basu, An Introduction to the Constitution of India, New Delhi, Prentice Hall, 1994.
16. P. Brass, Politics of India Since Independence, Hyderabad, Orient Longman, 1990.
17. R. Kothari, State Against Democracy : In Search of Human Governance, Delhi, Ajanta, 1988.
18. P. Brass, Caste, Faction and Party in Indian Politics, Vol. II : Election Studies, Delhi, Chanakya
Publications, 1985.
19. B.L. Fadia, State Politics in India, Vol. II, New Delhi, Radiant Publishers, 1984.
118 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

20. M.V. Pylee, Constitutional Government in India, Bombay, Asia Publishing House, 1977.

21. P. Brass, Language, Religion and Politics in North India, London, Cambridge University Press,
1974.
22. R. Kothari, Politics in India, New Delhi, Orient Longman, 1970.
23. R. Kothari, Party System and Election Studies, Bombay, Asia Publishing House, 1967.
24. Iqbal Narain (ed.), State Politics in India, Meerut, Meenakshi Parkashan, 1967.
25. S.P. Verma, and C.P. Bhambri (ed.), Election and Politics Consciousness in India, Meerut,
Meenakshi Parkashan, 1967.
26. G. Austin, The Indian Constitution : Corner Stone of a Nation, Oxford, Oxford University Press,
1966.

****************
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 119

ECONOMICS
B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021
SEMESTER-III

Paper : PUBLIC FINANCE AND INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS

Max. Marks : 100

Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours

Course Objective : The primary course objective is to introduce the students to the basics of public
finance and international trade. The first two units aim to introduce students to the primary functions of
government to generate resources from the people and to spend money improving their lives. The last two
units are concerned with basic theories of international trade and commercial policies, balance of payments,
determination of exchange rates and role of international financial institutions.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTERS AND CANDIDATES :

(i) The syllabus has been divided into four units.
There shall be 9 questions in all. The first question is compulsory and shall be short answer type
containing 12 short questions spread over the whole syllabus to be answered in about 25 to 30
words each. The candidates are required to attempt any 9 short answer type questions carrying 18
marks i.e. 2 marks of each. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. Each unit shall have two essay
type questions, and the candidates shall be given internal choice of attempting one question from
each Unit – 4 in all. Each question will carry 18 marks.
(ii) For private candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment, the marks
secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper
in lieu of internal assessment.
The paper setter must put note (ii) in the question paper.

Unit-I

Introduction to Public Finance : Nature, Scope and its Importance.

Public Expenditure: Canons, Principle of Maximum Social Advantage, Wagner’s Law, Wiseman Peacock
Hypothesis. Causes for the Recent Growth of Public Expenditure in India.
Taxation : Classification and Canons, Characteristics of a Good Tax System.

Unit-II

Incidence and Impact of Taxation : Demand and Supply Theory.

Taxable Capacity : Absolute and Relative Capacity, Determinants of Taxable Capacity.
Public Debt : Its types and Role, Burden of debt and Methods of its Redemption.
Deficit Financing : Objectives and Limitations.
 120 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

Unit-III

Pure Theory of International Trade : Classical and Heckscher - Ohlin Theories, The Theory of
Reciprocal Demand.
Terms of Trade : Concept and Types
Commercial Policy : Free Trade Vs. Protection, Regional Blocks: ASEAN, SAFTA Problems and prospects.
Impact of W.T.O. on Less Developed Countries.

Unit-IV

Balance of Payments: Meaning, Concept and Components of Balance of Payments. Disequilibrium in the
Balance of Payments : Causes and Measures to corret the disequilibrium
Exchange Rate : Meaning and its Determination, Fixed Vs. Flexible Rate of Exchange and Purchasing
Power Parity Theory.
IMF and IBRD : Objectives, Working and Achievements.

Recommended Readings :

1. Musgrave, A.R. & Musgrave, P.B. : Public Finance in Theory and Practice, McGraw Hills,
(2011) International Students' Edition.

2. Kindleberger, C.P. (1987) : International Economics, Richard Irwin Homewood,

Illiois, Indian Edition

3. Sharma, O.P. : Sarvjnik Vit, Punjabi University, Patiala.

(latest edition)

4. Ghuman, Ranjit Singh : Antar-Rashtriya Arth Vigyan, Punjabi University, Patiala.

(latest edition)
5. Soderston B.O. (1994) : International Economics, McMillan Press Ltd.

Supplementary Reading :

1. Bhatia, H.L. : Public Finance, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.

(2008)
2. Dalton, H. : Principles of Public Finance, Routledge and Kegan Paul,
(1978) London.

3. Tyagi, B.P. : Public Finance, Jai Prakash Math & Co, Meerut.
(1994)

---------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 121

ECONOMICS
B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021

Semester-IV

Paper : QUANTITATIVE METHODS

Max. Marks :: 100
Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours
Course Objective :
The objective of the course is to train the students in the use of basic mathematical and statistical tools in
analyzing various economic phenomenons. It deals with the design of how data is presented, the analysis of the
data, and the drawing of conclusions from the data. The course aims to improve decision-making accuracy of
the students and enabling them to test new ideas.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND CANDIDATES:

The syllabus has been divided into four units.
1. There shall be 9 questions in all. All questions carry equal marks. The first question shall be short answer
type containing 12 short questions spread over the whole syllabus and each to be answered in about 25 to
30 words. The candidate is required to attempt any 09 short answer type questions i.e. 2 marks of each. It
shall carry 18 marks and shall be compulsory question. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. Each unit
shall have two questions and the candidates shall be given internal choice i.e. the candidates shall attempt
one question from each Unit – 4 in all.
2. Use of simple calculator is allowed.
3. The paper setter may in general stick to the distribution of marks of 1/3 to theory and 2/3 to numericals.

Unit-I

Elementary Idea of Sets and Functions : Simple and Partial Derivatives, Differentiation of Simple functions –
Polynomial (x) and Exponential functions. Maxima and Minima of functions of one variable only. Their
Applications of Micro and Macro Economics.

Unit-II

Matrices : Definition and Types, Operations (Sum, Difference, Product and Transpose), Adjoint and Inverse of
a matrix (upto 3 ⋅ 3), Solution of Equations (upto 3) by Matrix Methods and Crammer’s rule.
Measures of Central Tendency : Mean, Median, Partition Values, Mode, Measures of Dispersion, Skewness.

Unit-III

Correlation Analysis—Karl Pearson’s (except grouped data) and Spearman’s formula, Simple Regression
Analysis.
Interpolation – Binomial, Expansion, Newton’s (Advancing Difference Method) and Lagrange’s Method.

Unit-IV

Index Numbers : Concepts, Problems and Importance, Simple Index Number, Lespeyre’s and Fisher’s Index
Numbers only (among weighted index numbers), Reversibility Tests.
Time Series Analysis : Components of Time Series, Determination of Trend, Least Square and Moving Average
Method.
122 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

Books Recommended

1. Archibald, G. C. and Lipsey, R. G. (1977) : An Introduction to a Mathematical Treatment of

Economics, English Language Book Society,
Weidenfeld and Nicolson.

2. Gupta, S.C. (1992) : Fundamentals of Statics, Mumbai, Himalaya

Publishing House.

3. Kandoi, Balwant (2011) : Mathematics for Business and Economics with

Applications, in 2 Vol., Himalaya, Mumbai.

4. Sanchati, D. C. & Kapoor, V. K. (1987) : Business Mathematics, Sultan Chand & Sons,
New Delhi.

5. Yamane, Taro (1972) : Economists, Prentice Hall, New Delhi.

***************
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 123

SOCIOLOGY
B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021
SEMESTER-III

SOCIAL STRUCTURE AND SOCIAL CHANGE

Max. Marks : 100

Theory : 90 Marks
Internal Assessment : 10 Marks
Time : 3 Hours

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES :

(i) For written paper, the students will be required to attempt five questions in all. Question No. I will
be compulsory comprising of 12 short answer type questions of 2 marks each and will cover
the entire syllabus. The students are required to attempt 9 short answer type questions out of 12
i.e. 9 × 2 = 18 marks.
In addition to it, Question Nos. II to IX will consist of long answer (essay type) questions, two
questions from each unit with internal choice carrying 18 marks each i.e. 4 × 18 = 72 marks.

(ii) On an average, 15 hours are to be devoted for each unit.

(iii) For private candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment, the marks secured
by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper in lieu of
internal assessment.
The paper-setter must put note (iii) in the question paper.

Objective :
This paper basically introduces students both to conceptual and some theoretical understanding of social
structure and social change. Students are introduced to characteristics and elements of social structure and to
understand the meaning, process and factors of social change.

Course Content
Unit-I

Social Structure : Meaning, Characteristics, Elements – Status, Role, Power and Prestige. Norms and Values.

Unit-II

Social Change : Meaning and Features.

Types of Social Change : Evolution (Comte), Revolution (Marx), Development – Changing Connotations.

Unit-III

Factors of Social Change: Economic, Demographic, Education, Legislative, Scientific and Technological

Unit-IV

Processes of Social Change : Sanskritization, Westernization, Modernization and Secularization, Globalization

and its impact on Society.
 124 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

Essential Readings :

1. Bierstedt, Robert (1970) : Social Order, New York : McGraw Hill.

2. Haferkand, H. and Smelser, : Social Change and Modernity, Berkeley : University of California
N.J. (1992) Press.
3. Macionis, John, J. (2005) : Society : The Basics, New York : Prentice Hall.
4. Madhurima (2016) : Readings in Sociology – Semester-II, Jalandhar : New Academic
Publishing House (All Mediums).
5. Moore, Wilbert (2004) : Social Change, New Delhi, Prentice Hall.

6. Singh, Yogendra (1993) : Social Change in India, New Delhi : Haranand Publications.
7. Srinivas, M.N. (1963) : Social Change in Modern India, Berkeley : University of
California Press.

Further Readings :

1. Radcliffe-Brown, A.R. : Structure and Function in Primitive Society, London : Routledge

(1979) and Kegan paul.
2. Haralambos, M. (1998) : Sociology : Themes and Perspectives, New Delhi : Oxford
University Press.
3. Talcott, Parsons (1959) : Social System, London : Tavistock Publications.
4. Singh, Yogendra (1996) : "Sociology and the Emerging Challenge of Change", Sociological
Bulletin, Volume 45, No. 1, March, Page 1-14.
5. Singer, M. (1972) : When a Great Tradition Modernizes : An Anthropological
Approach to Indian Civilization, New York : Praeger Publishers.
6. Yogendra Singh, (2008) : Social Change in India, New Delhi, Har Anand Publications

7. Srinivas, M.N., (2011) : Social Change in Modern India, Hyderabad, Orient Black Swan
8. Kuppu (Swamy, B, 2001) : Social Change in India, Delhi, Konark

*************
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 125

SOCIOLOGY
B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021
SEMESTER IV

SOCIAL INSTITUTIONS

Max. Marks : 100

Theory : 90 Marks
Internal Assessment : 10 Marks
Time : 3 Hours

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES :

(i) For written paper, the students will be required to attempt five questions in all. Question No. I
will be compulsory comprising of 12 short answer type questions of 2 marks each and will cover
the entire syllabus. The students are required to attempt 9 short answer type questions out of 12
i.e. 9 × 2 = 18 marks.
In addition to it, Question Nos. II to IX will consist of long answer (essay type) questions, two
questions from each unit with internal choice carrying 18 marks each i.e. 4 × 18 = 72 marks.
(ii) On an average, 15 hours are to be devoted for each unit.
(iii) For private candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment, the marks secured
by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper in lieu of
internal assessment.
The paper-setter must put note (iii) in the question paper.

Objective:

In this paper, social institution as a concept is introduced to the students. Study of various institutions which are
foundations of human society, will help students to look at society in an objective and analytical way.

Course Work

Unit-I

Institutions – Meaning, Features; Normative and Relational aspects of Institutions.

Types – Social, Political, Economic and Cultural.
Difference of Institutions with Society Community and Association

Unit-II
Social Institutions :
Marriage –Types : Monogamy and Polygamy; Rules of Mate Selection, Contemporary Trends.
Family – Meaning, Types, Structure, Function; Development Cycle and Changing Trends.
Kinship – Meaning, Significance and a Brief Understanding of Incest, Consanguinity, Affinity, Clan, Lineage,
Contemporary Trends.
Unit-III
Political Institutions – State, Government and Political Parties – Features and Functions.
Economic Institutions – Features and Functions, Property, Division of Labour (Emile Durkheim).
 126 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

Unit-IV
Cultural Institutions – Religion : Meaning elements, Types, Functions (Emile Durkheim & Max
Weber),Dysfunctions

Essential Readings :

1. Christensen, H.(ed.) (1964) : Handbook of Marriage & Family, New Delhi: Allyn and
Bacon.
2. Fox, Robin (1967) : Kinship and Marriage : An Anthropological Perspective;
Baltimore : Penguin Books.
3. Giddens, Anthony (2013) : Sociology : A Text Book for the Nineties, London : Polity.
4. Haralambos, M. (1998) : Sociology : Themes and Perspectives, New Delhi : Oxford
University Press.
5. Johnson, Harry, M. (1998) : Sociology : A Systematic Introduction, Delhi : Allied
Publishers.
6. Macionis, John J. (2005) : Society : The Basics, New York : Prentice Hall.

7. Giddens, Anthony & Sutton W. : Sociology : Introductory Readings, U.K.: Polity Press.
Philip (2010)
8. Schacfer, Richard, T.(2010) : Sociology : A Brief Introductions, N.Y.: Tata McGraw Hill.

Further Readings :

1. K.M. Kapadia (1996) : Marriage & Family in India, Delhi, Oxford University Press
2. Bronislaw Malinowski (1944) : A Scientific Theory of Culture & other Essay (ed.)
Huntington Cairns, C Hapel Hall, The University of North
Caroliva Press.
3. Particia Uberoi (1997) : Family, Kinship & Marriage in India, New Delhi, Oxford
University Press
4. Max Weber (1968) : The Protestant Ethic and the Spirit of Capitalism-R.H.
Tawney (ed.) Unvwin University, Book London.

5. Radcliff Brown, A.R. (1979) : Structure and Functions in Primitive Society, London:
Routledge and Kegan Paul.
6. Madan, T.N.(2002) : Religion in India, Delhi-Oxfored
UniversityPress,Atal,yogesh,2012,Sociology,Delhi ;Pearson

7. Marlom bos & Holborn,(2016) : Cociology Themes and perspectives,London, Collins

8. Madan, T.N.,(2001) : Family and Kinship,New Delhi, Oxford University Press

9. Froer, Peggy,(2010) : Religious Divisions and Social Conflict,New Delhi, Esha

Beteille

************
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 127

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021
SEMESTER – III

PAPER : PERSONNEL ADMINISTRATION (WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO INDIA)

Max. Marks : 100

Theory : 90 Marks
Internal Assessment : 10 Marks
Time : 3 Hours

Objective of the Paper:

The objective of this paper is to give the student an in-depth understanding of various aspects of public
personnel administration particularly recruitment, training and promotion. Contemporary issues like
grievance redressal machinery, corruption, morale etc. concerning administration of human resources in
government will also be examined.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR PAPER-SETTERS AND CANDIDATES :

For Private/University School of Open Learning (USOL) students who have not been assessed
earlier for the internal assessment, the marks secured by them in the paper will proportionately be
increased in lieu of the internal assessment.
The Paper-Setter must put note in question paper in this regard.
The candidate shall attempt 5 questions in all (one compulsory and one each from four units). The
first compulsory question shall comprise of 12 short-answer type questions, covering the whole
syllabus, to be answered in 25-30 words each, out of which the candidate would be required to
attempt any 9. Each question will carry 2 marks. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units, each unit
having two questions, out of which the candidate would be required to attempt one. Each question
will carry 18 marks.

Unit-I
Personnel Administration – Meaning and Significance.
Bureaucracy: Meaning, Characteristics, Demerits and Remedies.
Civil Service: Meaning, Features and Role.
Position and Rank Classification Systems: Significance and Features
Unit-II
Recruitment: Meaning, Methods and Problems.
Recruitment System of Higher Civil Services in India.
UPSC: Composition, Functions and Role.
SPSC: Composition, Functions and Role.

Unit-III

Training – Meaning, Types, Methods, Training of Higher Civil Services in India.

Conduct, Discipline and Ethics in Public Services.
Promotion: Meaning, Significance and Principles.
 128 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

Unit-IV

Morale, Causes of Low Morale and Measures for Improvement.

Corruption in Administration - Causes and Remedies.
Administrative Tribunals: Meaning, Types, Advantages and Disadvantages.

Essential Readings :

Davar , R.S.(1976). Personnel Management and Industrial Relations . NewDelhi : Vikas Publishers.
Goel, S.L.(2008).Public Personnel Administration . New Delhi : Sterling Publishers.
Stahl,O.G.(1975).Public Personnel Administration. New Delhi : Oxford and IBH Publications.
Tyagi, A.R.(2001).Public Administration: Principles and Practice .Delhi: Atma Ram and Sons Publishers.

Further Readings :

Government of India, Administrative Reforms Commission(1967). Report on Personnel Administration.

New Delhi : Manager of Publications.

Government of India, 2nd Administrative Reforms Commission.(2010) 10th Report :Refurbishing of Personal
Administration – Scaling New Heights. New Delhi : Manager of Publications.

Indian Institute of Public Administration(1970). Personnel Adminstration.New Delhi : IIPA.

Paul Pigors and C.A. Myers(1973). Personnel Administration : A Point of View and Method.

New York:McGraw Hill.

Sinha , V.M. (1986).Personnel Administration. Jaipur : RBSA.

------------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 129

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021
SEMESTER-IV

PAPER : FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION (WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO INDIA)

Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 Marks
Internal Assessment : 10 Marks
Time : 3 Hours
Objectives of the Paper:

The objective of this paper is to give the student an in-depth understanding of various aspects of financial
administration like budgeting, auditing, centre-state financial relations etc. It would also make them aware of:
institutions like ministry of finance, union finance commission, parliamentary committees; and concepts like
direct taxes, indirect taxes, deficit financing, public debt.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR PAPER-SETTERS AND CANDIDATES

For Private/University School of Open Learning (USOL) students, who have not been assessed
earlier for the internal assessment, the marks secured by them in the paper will proportionately be
increased in lieu of the internal assessment.

The Paper-Setter must put a note in question paper in this regard.

The candidate shall attempt 5 questions in all (one compulsory and one each from four units). The
first compulsory question shall comprise of 12 short-answer type questions, covering the whole
syllabus, to be answered in 25-30 words each, out of which the candidate would be required to
attempt any 9. Each question will carry 2 marks. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units, each unit
having two questions, out of which the candidate would be required to attempt one. Each question
will carry 18 marks.

Unit-I

Financial Administration: Meaning and Significance .

Aspects of Public Finance.
Budget: Meaning, Types and Principles.
Budget: Preparation and Enactment.

Unit-II

Union Ministry of Finance: Organisation, Functions and Role.

Centre-State Financial Relations.
Union Finance Commission: Composition and Functions.

Unit-III
Audit: Concept, Objectives and Types.
Comptroller and Auditor General of India(CAGI) : Appointment, Functions and Role.
Concepts: Deficit Financing, Fiscal Deficit, Public Debt and Public Expenditure.
 130 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

Unit-IV
Legislative Control over Finance.
Public Accounts Committee:Composition, Functions and Role.
Estimates Committee:Composition, Functions and Role.

Essential Readings

Goel,S.L.,(1993).Financial Management and Administration. New Delhi: Sterling Publication.

Lall,G.S..Financial Administration in India .Delhi: H.P.J.Kapoor, 4th ed.

Mookerjee ,S.S. Indian Public Finance and Financial Administration . New Delhi.

S.Sahib and S.Swinder.(2016)Public Personnel and Financial Administration Jalandhar: New Academic
Publishers Co.

Thavaraj,M.J.K.(1978).Financial Administration of India . New Delhi: Sultan Chand Publications.

Further Readings

Government of India, 2nd ARC .14th Report-Strengthening Financial Management System.

Government of India,Administrative Reforms Commission.(1967). Report on Financial Administration. New

Delhi : Manager of Publications.

Government of India,Administrative Reforms Commission. Report on Financial Accounts and Audit (1967).
New Delhi.

Government of India,Administrative Reforms Commission(1967).Report on Centre-State Relations. New

Delhi : Manager of Publications.

Mahajan S. and Mahajan,A.(2014). Financial Administration in India. Delhi : PHI Learning Private Limited.
Sinha, R.K.(1986). Centre-State Financial Relations in India: Various Aspects, Irritants, Framework for
Action .New Delhi: Deep & Deep Publications.

*************
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 131

PHILOSOPHY
B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021
Outlines of tests, syllabi and courses of reading
SEMESTER-III

Paper : INDIAN ETHICS (Theory)

Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 Marks
Internal Assessment : 10 Marks
Time : 3 Hours
Lectures : 75

Aims and Objectives :

This paper highlights the ethical philosophies propounded in the different Indian Philosophical Systems.
It exposes the students to the main tenets of Buddhism, Sikhism, Gandhism, Gita and Vedic Culture.
This paper gives an insight into the nature of Ethics, moral notions and basic moral theories as propounded by
Western Ethical Philosophers. This paper also deals with problems of applied ethics.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND CANDIDATES :
(i) The syllabus has been divided into four units.
There shall be 9 questions in all. The first question is compulsory and shall be short answer type
containing 15 short questions spread over the whole syllabus to be answered in about 25 to 30 words
each. The candidates are required to attempt any 9 short answer type questions carrying 18 marks i.e. 2
marks of each. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. Each unit shall have two essay type questions, and
the candidate shall be given internal choice of attempting one question from each Unit – 4 in all. Each
question will carry 18 marks.
(ii) For private candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment, the marks secured by
them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper in lieu of internal
assessment.
The paper-setter must put note (ii) in the question paper.

Unit-I

• Salient Features of Indian Ethics with reference to Purusartha : Yuga Dharma and Sanatan Dharma.
• Varna Vyastha and Ashrama Dharma : A Contemporary Analysis.
• Concept of Sreyas and Preyas.

Unit-II

• Buddhist Ethics : Four Noble Truths, Eight Noble Paths, Ahimsa and Karma Bhava Chakra, Sila.
• Jaina Ethics : Triratnas.
• Sikh Ethics : Hukum, Nirbhau, Nirvair, Parupkar, Sewa and Sahaj.
132 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

Unit-III

• Gita : Anasakta Karma, Lok Samgraha, Sva-Dharma

• Gandhi : Ahimsa, Satyagraha and Antyodaya.

Unit-IV

• Yoga and Stress Management .

• Yoga : Yama, Niyama, Asana, Pranayama, Pratyahara, Dharna, Dhyan, Samadhi.

Essential Readings :

Maitra S. K. (1956) The Ethics of the Hindus, New Delhi: Asian Publication Services

Singh Avtar (1970) Ethics of the Sikhs, Patiala: Punjabi University.

Sharma I.C. (1965) Ethical Philosophies of India London: George Allen and Unwin

Vivekananda (1992) Raja Yoga, Calcutta: Advaita Ashram

Suggested Readings :

Dasgupta Surama (1994) Development of Moral Philosophy in India, New Delhi : Munshi Ram
Manoharlal Pub.,

-----------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 133

PHILOSOPHY
B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021
SEMESTER – IV

Paper: WESTERN ETHICS

Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 Marks
Internal Assessment : 10 Marks
Time : 3 Hours
Lectures : 75
Aims and Objectives :
This paper gives an insight into the nature of Ethics, moral notions and basic moral theories as propounded by
Western Ethical philosophers. This paper also deals with problems of applied ethics.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND CANDIDATES :

(i) The syllabus has been divided into four units.
There shall be 9 questions in all. The first question is compulsory and shall be short answer type
containing 15 short questions spread over the whole syllabus to be answered in about 25 to 30
words each. The candidates are required to attempt any 9 short answer type questions carrying 18
marks i.e. 2 marks of each. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. Each unit shall have two essay
type questions, and the candidate shall be given internal choice of attempting one question from
each Unit – 4 in all. Each question will carry 18 marks.

(ii) For private candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment, the marks
secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the
paper in lieu of internal assessment.
The paper-setter must put note (ii) in the question paper.
Unit-I
• The Nature of Ethics : Virtues and Goodness, its concerns, Relation of Ethics with Aesthetics,
Psychology and Religion.
• The notion of Truth, Beauty & Goodness, Reflective Customary Morality.
• Object of Moral Judgement : Actions, Intentions, Situations and Character.
Unit-II
• Virtue Ethics : Aristotle.
• De-Ontological Ethics: Kant’s Categorical Imperativeion.
Unit-III

• Teleological Ethics :
(i) Hedonism
(ii) Utilitarianism :
(a) Mill
(b) Bentham
 134 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

Unit-IV

• Moral Rights of Foetus and Female Foeticide.

• Sexual harassment and Gender Justice.
• Environmental Ethics : Pollution, Land Degradation and Organic Farming and Global Warming.

Essential Readings :

1. Aristotle (2001) Nicomachean Ethics, Dordrecht : D. Reidel, Penguin Harmondsworth

2. Lillie William (1957) An Introduction to Ethics : London, Matheun

3. Singer Peter (1995) Practical Ethics (Second Edition), Cambridge University Press
4. Verma Ved Parkash (1987), Neeti Shastra (in Hindi), New Delhi : Allied Publishers

Suggested Readings :

1. Hospers John, Human Conduct: An introduction to the Problems of Ethics

2. Hursthome Rosaline (1061), Virtue Ethics, Harcourt: New York.

3. Frankena W., (1994) Ethics, New Delhi: Englewood Cliffs, Prentice Hall, India

4. Macbott J.D. (1966) An Introduction to Ethics Hutchinson: London

*************
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 135

PSYCHOLOGY
B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021
SEMESTER-III

Objectives:
(I) The course introduces to the students the general concepts and historical viewpoints in experimental
psychology. The students would also get an understanding of the Nervous System, Psychophysics,
Learning. This course will also give an insight into psychophysics, statistics and cognitive aspects of
Psychology.

(II) Pedagogy of the Course Work :

80% Lectures (including expert lectures).
20% assignments, discussion and seminars and tests.

Paper: EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY

Max. Marks : 80
Theory : 70 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES :

There shall be 9 questions in all. The first question shall be short answer type containing 12 short questions
spread over the whole syllabus and each to be answered in about 25 to 30 words. The candidate is required
to attempt any 7 short answer type questions i.e. 2 marks of each. It shall carry 14 marks and shall be
Compulsory question. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 Units. Each Unit shall have two questions and
the candidates shall be given internal choice i.e. the candidates shall attempt one question from each Unit
– 4 in all. Each question will carry 14 marks.

Unit I

The Nervous System: Structure and functioning of the neuron; division of nervous system –
Central Nervous System and Peripheral Nervous System; Structure and functioning of the brain.

Unit II

Sensation
Concept and types; Vision-The Visual Stimulus, Structure and Functioning of the Eye , Theories
of Colour Vision; Audition: The Auditory Stimulus,Structure and Functioning of the Ear, Theories
of Hearing.
Unit III

Psychophysics
Thresholds; Psychophysical Methods of Limits, Constant stimuli and Average Error.

Unit IV

Learning
Concept, Classical Conditioning, Operant Conditioning, Observational Learning.
136 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

PSYCHOLOGY PRACTICALS

Max. Marks : 20
Time : 3 Hrs.
Four practicals have to be performed out of six :

1. Two Point Threshold

2. Muller Lyer Illusion
3.
Differential Threshold
4. Method of Paired Comparison
5. Maze Learning
6. Bilateral Transfer of Training

Suggested Readings :

1. Baron, R.A. (2003): Psychology. New Delhi : Pearson Education.

2. Ciccarelli, D. (2008): Introduction to Psychology. Delhi: Pearson.
3. Das, J.P. (1998): The Working Mind: An Introduction to Psychology. New Delhi: Sage.
4. Feldman, R.S. (1998) : Understanding Psychology. New Delhi : Tata McGraw Hill.
5. Garrett, H.E. (1966) : Statistics in Psychology and Education. New Delhi : Vakils, Feffer and Simons.
6. Garrett, H.E. (1966) : Statistics in Psychology and Education. New Delhi : Vakils, Feffer and Simons.
7. Guilford, J.P. and Fruchter, B. (1981) : Fundamental Statistics in Psychology and Education.
Singapore: McGraw Hill.
8. Kerlinger, F. N. (1964) : Foundations of Behavioural Research. New York: Rinehart and Winston.
9. Morgan, C.T., King, R.A., Weisz, J.R. and Schopler, J. (1987) : Introduction to Psychology. Singapore:
McGraw Hill.

-----------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 137

PSYCHOLOGY
SEMESTER-IV

Objectives:

(I) The course introduces to the students the general concepts and historical viewpoints in General Psychology.
The students would also get an understanding of the principles and theories in different areas like Sensation,
Perception and Thinking. The course also introduces the elementary statistics.

(II) Pedagogy of the Course Work :

80% Lectures (including expert lectures).
20% assignments, discussion and seminars and tests.

Paper : EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY

Max. Marks : 80
Theory : 70 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES :

There shall be 9 questions in all. The first question shall be short answer type containing 12 short questions spread over
the whole syllabus and each to be answered in about 25 to 30 words. The candidate is required to attempt any 7 short
answer type questions i.e. 2 marks of each. It shall carry 14 marks and shall be Compulsory question. Rest of the
paper shall contain 4 Units. Each Unit shall have two questions and the candidates shall be given internal choice i.e.
the candidates shall attempt one question from each Unit – 4 in all. Each question will carry 14 marks.

Unit I
Memory
Sensory Register; Short-Term and Long -Term Memory; Levels of Processing; Measurement of Memory; Forgetting with
special reference to retro-active and pro-active inhibition

Unit II
Perception:Concepts , Types of Perception of Form,Space and Movement
Attention: Nature, Types anf Factors.

Unit III

Thinking :Nature, Tool & Types and Factors

Problem Solving: Nature ,Stages and Factors.
Creativity: Concept; Torrance’s Theory of Creativity.

Unit IV

Statistics
Normal Probability Distribution: Properties and Applications: Hypothesis Testing – Type I and Type II Errors;
Chi-square Test Application to one – way and Two-way classifications.

Note : The use of non-programmable calculators and statistical tables are allowed in the examination.
138 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

PSYCHOLOGY PRACTICALS
Max Marks : 20
Time : 3 Hrs.

Four practicals have to be performed out of the following :

1. Division of Attention
2. Span of Attention
3. Comparing Recall and Recognition as Measures of Memory
4. Retroactive Interference
5. Concept Formation.

Suggested Readings:

1. Baron, R.A. (2003): Psychology, New Delhi : Pearson Education.

2. Ciccarelli, D. (2008): Introduction to Psychology, Delhi: Pearson.
3. Das , J.P. (1998):The Working Mind: An Introduction to Psychology, New Delhi: Sage.
4. Feldman, R.S. (1998) :Understanding Psychology, New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill.
5. Garrett, H.E. (1966): Statistics in Psychology and Education, New Delhi Vakils, Feffer And Simons.
6. Guilford, J.P., and Fruchter, B. (1981):Fundamental Statistics in Psychology and Education Singapore:
McGraw Hill.
7. Jain, S. (2000) : Introduction to Psychology, New Delhi: Kalyani
8. Kerlinger, F.N. (1964): Foundations of Behavioural Research, New York Holy, Rinehart and Wintson
9. Morgan, C.T., King, R.A., Weisz, J.R. and Schopler, J. (1987): Introduction to Psychology, Singapore:
McGraw Hill

****************
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 139

GEOGRAPHY
B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021
SEMESTER-III

Paper –V: GEOGRAPHY OF INDIA

Max. Marks : 70
Theory : 60 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours
Objectives:
To foster an understanding of the physical and cultural landscape of India and its spatial diversity
Course Content
Unit-I
Introduction: India in the context of South Asia, Asia and the World. (05 lectures)
Physiography: Relief, drainage, climate, vegetation, soils. (15 lectures)
Unit-II
Agriculture: Characteristics and problems of Indian agriculture; irrigation, major crops (rice, wheat, maize,
sugarcane, cotton, jute and tea), Food security with special reference to India. (15 lectures)
Natural hazards in India: Flood, Drought and Earthquake. (05 lectures)
Unit III
Population: Distribution and density, Growth, Migration, Urbanization (05 lectures)
Mineral and Power Resources: Iron ore, manganese, mica, copper and gold; Coal, Petroleum, Hydroelectricity
and Non- conventional Power resources. (15 lectures)
Unit IV
Industries: Distribution and localization factors of major industries (Iron and Steel, Cotton Textiles, Sugar,
Fertilizers, Automobile). (15 lectures)
Trade &Transport: Rail, Road, Airways and Waterways; International Trade (05 lectures)
Note : 1. A compulsory question containing 15 short answer type questions shall be set
covering the whole syllabus. The students shall attempt any 10 parts. The answer of each
part should be in about 25 words. Each part will carry 2 marks (Total 20 marks).
2. The whole syllabus will be divided into 4 Units. Eight questions will be set out of the
whole syllabus, two from each Unit. The students will be required to attempt one question
from each Unit. Each question will carry 10 marks (Total 40 marks). These will be in
addition to the compulsory question.
3. Special credit will be given to suitable use of maps and diagrams. Use of unmarked map
stencils and colour pens/pencils are allowed.
4. Six hours Theory Classes in a week are compulsory.
5. Internal assessment will be based on (i) class tests,(5%) (ii) academic activities, Seminar,
Project, Assignment (3%) and (iii) attendance(2%).
6. For USOL, reappear/improvement candidate(s) who have not been assessed earlier for
Internal Assessment, the question paper(s) in their case shall be of Maximum Marks
allotted to the paper(s) concerned. The paper-setter must put note (6) in the question
paper.
140 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

List of Readings:
Essential Reading:

1. Deshpande, C.D. : India: A Regional Interpretation, Indian Council of Social Science

Research, New Delhi, 1992.

2. Johnson, B.L.C. : India: Resources and Development, Arnold Heinemann, London,

1980.

3. Johnson, B.L.C. : South Asia, Heinemann, London, 1981.

4. Khullar, D.R. : India: A Comprehensive Geography, Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi,

2011.

5. Majid Hussain : Geography of India, Tata McGraw-Hill, Delhi, 2013.

6. Spate, O.H.K. and ATA : India & Pakistan: Land, People and Economy, Methuen, London,
Learmonth, 1967.

7. Tiwari, R.C : Geography of India, Pravalika Publications, Allahabad, 2013.

Further Readings :

1. Singh, Gopal : A Geography of India, Atma Ram & Sons, New Delhi, 1995

2. Singh, Jagdish : India: A Comprehensive Systematic Geography, Gyanodaya

Prakashan, Gorakhpur, 2nd Edition, 2003.

3. Singh, R.L. : India: A Regional Geography (Ed.), National Geographical Society of

India, Varanasi, 1971.

4. Singh, Savindra : Environmental Geography, Pravalika Publications, Allahabad, 2014

5. Sharma, T.C. and O. : Economic and Commercial Geography of India, Vikas Publishing,
House, New Delhi, 2005.

6. Tirtha, Ranjit & Gopal : Emerging India, Conpub Ann Arbour Publishers, Michigan, 1992.
Krishan

Pedagogy:

• Use of visual aids especially maps.

• Students should be encouraged to use an atlas in the classrooms.
• Audio-video shows on different parts of India.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 141

Paper-VI: CARTOGRAPHY-III Max. Marks : 30

Time : 3 Hours

Distribution of Marks:
Written paper of 3 hours duration : 20 marks
Viva and Practical record (5 + 5) : 10 marks

Objectives:

• To apprise the students with symbolization of different types of geographical data and depiction of
various spatial data.
• To provide training in application of various graphical methods of depicting geographic data.
• To train the students to interpret the topographical sheets at different scales.

Course Content:
UNIT-I

Nature of Geographic Data: Spatial and Attribute (Climatic, Population, Agriculture and Industrial)
Symbolization & Scaling of Geographical Data: Point, Line and Area
(4 lectures, 4 lab sessions)

UNIT-II

Choice, Use and Representation of Data using Point Symbols: Columnar Diagrams (Simple, Multiple,
Compound, Percentage); Dot, Circle and Sphere
(6 lectures, 12 lab sessions)

UNIT-III

Choice, Use and Representation of the following Point Symbols: Graphs (Line Graph, Climograph, Hythergraph,
Ergograph, Wind Rose, Combined and Bar Graph)
(8 lectures, 20 lab sessions)

UNIT-IV
Choice, Use and Representation of Data using: Line Symbols (Isopleth and Flow Lines); and Area Symbols
(Choropleth)
(6 lectures, 12 lab sessions)

Note:

1. The written and practical examination including viva-voce shall be conducted at the respective college
itself except USOL. However, the format of the question paper shall be uniform. A separate paper of
20 marks shall be prepared on the spot by the examiners from the prescribed syllabus.
142 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

2. Practical examination at the respective colleges shall be conducted by one internal and one external
examiner. The external examiner shall be appointed by the Principal of the respective colleges in
consultation with the senior most teachers of Geography in the college.

3. For students of USOL, a written theory paper for 20 marks shall be conducted by the University along
with the University examination. A separate paper of 20 marks shall be prepared for USOL students
from the prescribed syllabus.

4. A compulsory question containing 6 short answer type questions shall be set covering the whole
syllabus. The students shall attempt any 4 parts. The answer of each part should not exceed 25 words.
Each part will carry 1 mark (Total 4 Marks).

5. The whole syllabus has been divided into 4 Units. Eight questions will be set out of the whole
syllabus, i.e. 2 from each Unit. Each question will carry 4 marks (Total 16 marks). The students will
be required to attempt one question from each Unit. These will be in addition to the compulsory
question.

6. Three hours Practical Classes in a week are compulsory.

7. Evaluation of Practical Record will be done at the time of viva-voce examination. A minimum of 12
sheets are to be prepared by the students. There will be no laboratory exercise at that time.

8. There will be no viva-voce examination for the candidates appearing through USOL. They will be
required to submit their Practical Note Book (Practical files) with the University School of Open
Learning (Department of Geography) at least 10 days before the commencement of their examination.
Their Note Books (Practical files) will be evaluated by two examiners (including at least one from the
USOL).

9. For the students of University School of Open Learning, there will be an internal assessment of
10 marks in lieu of the viva-voce examination.

10. A fresh practical note book shall be prepared by failed/improvement/reappear candidates.

11. For practical classes, the number of students in one group shall not exceed fifteen.

12. For USOL, reappear/improvement candidate(s) who have not been assessed earlier for Internal
Assessment, the question paper(s) in their case shall be of Maximum Marks allotted to the paper(s)
concerned. The paper-setter must put note (12) in the question paper.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 143

List of Readings

Essential Readings:

1. Khullar, D.R. : Essentials of Practical Geography, New Academic Publishig Co., Jalandhar,
2009.

2. Robinson, A.H. : Elements of Cartography, 6th Edition, John Wiley, New York, 2009.

nd
3. Sarkar, Asish : Practical Geography: A Systematic Approach, 2 Edition, Orient BlackSwan,
Hyderabad, 2011.

4. Singh, Gopal : Mapwork & Practical Geography, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi, 2009.

5. Singh, R.L. & P.B. : Map Work and Practical Geography, Central Book Depot,
Singh Raghunandan Allahabad, 2007.

Further Readings:

1. Birch, T.W. : Maps: Topographical & Statistical, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1949.

2. Garnett, A. : Geographical Interpretation of Topographical Maps, George Harrap & Co.,

London, 1953.

3. Monkhouse, F.J. : Maps and Diagrams, Methuen & Co., London, 1994 reprint.

4. Rather, G.M. : A Text of Practical Geography, Arina Publishers, New Delhi, 2011

Pedagogy:
• The students need to be trained in the use of symbols to depict various geographic data.
• A well equipped cartographic laboratory with necessary instruments to prepare exercises.
• Students should be encouraged to use computers while preparing practical exercises.

---------------------
 144 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

GEOGRAPHY
B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021
SEMESTER-IV

Paper-VII: GEOGRAPHY OF PUNJAB

Max. Marks : 70
Theory : 60 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours
Objectives:
• To understand the regional setting of Punjab state in detail through physical and political maps.
• To examine the cultural patterns of the regions.
• To study the distribution of major crops, industries and transport links in the state.
• To understand the intra regional variations in select aspects.

Course Content:
Unit –I
Introduction: Location, Evolution, Cultural Regions (Majha, Doaba & Malwa) and Administrative Divisions of
the State. (15 lectures)
Unit –II
Physical Base: Relief, Drainage, Climate, Soils and Vegetation (12 lectures)
Resources: Mineral and Power; Water with special reference to river water sharing. (8 lectures)

Unit-III
Agriculture: Main Characteristics and Problems; Agro-climatic Regions; Green Revolution & its Ecological
Implications; Irrigation; Main crops (wheat, rice, cotton, sugarcane) and their distribution, Livestock and dairying.
(20 lectures)

Unit –IV
Population: Distribution, Density, Growth, Migration, Sex Ratio, Urbanization. (7 lectures)
Industries: Main characteristics, Distribution Patterns of Major Industries (Cotton Textile, Sugar, Hosiery
Engineering) Industrial Concentration, Problems of Industrialization. (15 lectures)
Trade &Transport: Road, Rail and Air Transport; Inter-State Trade. (3 lectures)

Note : 1. A compulsory question containing 15 short answer type questions shall be set
covering the whole syllabus. The students shall attempt any 10 parts. The answer of each
part should be in about 25 words. Each part will carry 2 marks (Total 20 marks).
2. The whole syllabus will be divided into 4 Units. Eight questions will be set out of the
whole syllabus, two from each Unit. The students will be required to attempt one question
from each Unit. Each question will carry 10 marks (Total 40 marks). These will be in
addition to the compulsory question.
3. Special credit will be given to suitable use of maps and diagrams. Use of unmarked map
stencils and colour pens/pencils are allowed.
4. Six hours Theory Classes in a week are compulsory.
5. Internal assessment will be based on (i) class tests, (5%) (ii) academic activities, Seminar,
Project, Assignment (3%) and (iii) attendance (2%).
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 145

6. For USOL, reappear/improvement candidate(s) who have not been assessed earlier for
Internal Assessment, the question paper(s) in their case shall be of Maximum Marks
allotted to the paper(s) concerned. The paper-setter must put note (6) in the question
paper.

List of Readings

Essential Readings:

1. Mankoo, Darshan Singh : Geography of Punjab, 4th Edition, Kalyani

Publishers, Ludhaina 2009.
2. Mavi, H.S. & Tiwana, D.S. : Geography of Punjab, National Book Trust,
Delhi, 1993.
3. Singh, Jaspal : Geography of Punjab, Twenty First Century
Publications, Patiala, 2014
4. Singh, Malkit : Geography of Punjab, Rashmeet Parkashan, Jalandhar,
2004
Further Readings:

1. Deshpande ,C.D. : India: A Regional Interpretation , Indian Council of

Social Science Research, New Delhi, 1992.

2. Economic and Statistical Organization of Punjab : Statistical Abstract of Punjab, Economic and Statistical
Organization of Punjab, Chandigarh, 2014

3. Gosal, G.S. & Gopal Krishan : Regional Disparities in Level of Socio-Economic

Development in Punjab, Vishal Publications,
Kurukshetra , 1984.

4. Gupta S.P. : The Punjab: An Overview, ESS PEE Publications,

Chandigarh, 2004.

5. Kahlon, Simrit : Punjab: regional reflections, Man and Development, 29

(2), 2007.
6. Singh Pritam : Punjab Economy: The Emerging Patterns, Enkay
Publishers, New Delhi, 1995.

7. Singh, R.L. : India: A Regional Geography (Ed), National

Geographical Society of India, 1990, Reprint.

8. Spate, O.H.K. & Learmonth A.T.A. : India and Pakistan: A General and Regional
Geography, Methuen, London, 1967

Pedagogy

• Extensive and intensive use of maps to understand the regional setting.

• A component of field visit to some areas of each region may be planned for effective understanding
of the region.
 146 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

Paper-VIII: CARTOGRAPHY-IV Max. Marks : 30

Time : 3 Hours

Distribution of Marks:
Written paper of 3 hours duration : 20 marks
Viva and Practical record (5 + 5) : 10 marks
Objectives :

• To apprise the students with symbolization of different types of geographical data and depiction of
various spatial data.
• To provide training in application of various graphical methods of depicting geographic data.
• To train the students to interpret the topographical sheets at different scales.

Course Content:
UNIT-I
Topographical Maps: Nomenclature (Classification), Study and Interpretation; Significance and Application in
Geographical Studies
(4 lectures, 4 lab sessions)
UNIT-II
Profiles: Serial, Composite, Superimposed and Projected
Longitudinal and Transverse; Profiles of rivers
(8 lectures, 16 lab sessions)
UNIT-III
Elementary Remote Sensing : Definition, Concept, History, Application Areas and Types of platforms
(10 lectures, 8 lab sessions)
UNIT-IV
Introduction to Concept of GIS and Computer Cartography.
Definition, Development, Database (Spatial and Non Spatial) GIS Components (Hardware & Software) and
Application.
Preparation of Line Graphs, Bars and Pie Charts using Computers.
(10 lectures, 10 lab sessions)
Note:

1. The written and practical examination including viva-voce shall be conducted at the respective college
itself except USOL. However, the format of the question paper shall be uniform. For college students,
a separate paper of 20 marks shall be prepared on the spot by the examiners from the prescribed
syllabus.
2. Practical examination at the respective colleges shall be conducted by one internal and one external
examiner. The external examiner shall be appointed by the Principal of the respective colleges in
consultation with the senior most teachers of Geography in the college.
3. For students of USOL, a written theory paper for 20 marks shall be conducted by the University along
with the University examination. A separate paper of 20 marks shall be prepared by the University for
USOL students from the prescribed syllabus.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 147

4. A compulsory question containing 6 short answer type questions shall be set covering the whole
syllabus. The students shall attempt any 4 parts. The answer of each part should not exceed 25 words.
Each part will carry 1 mark (Total 4 Marks).
5. The whole syllabus has been divided into 4 Units. Eight questions will be set out of the whole
syllabus, i.e. 2 from each Unit. Each question will carry 4 marks (Total 16 marks). The students will
be required to attempt one question from each Unit. These will be in addition to the compulsory
question.
6. Three hours Practical Classes in a week are compulsory.
7. Evaluation of Practical Record will be done at the time of viva-voce examination. A minimum of 12
sheets are to be prepared by the students. There will be no laboratory exercise at that time.
8. There will be no viva-voce examination for the candidates appearing through USOL. They will be
required to submit their Practical Note Book (Practical files) with the University School of Open
Learning (Department of Geography) at least 10 days before the commencement of their examination.
Their Note Books (Practical files) will be evaluated by two examiners (including at least one from the
USOL).
9. For the students of University School of Open Learning, there will be an internal assessment of
10 marks in lieu of the viva-voce examination.
10. A fresh practical note book shall be prepared by failed/improvement/reappear candidates.
11. For practical classes, the number of students in one group shall not exceed fifteen.
12. For USOL, reappear/improvement candidate(s) who have not been assessed earlier for Internal
Assessment, the question paper(s) in their case shall be of Maximum Marks allotted to the paper(s)
concerned. The paper-setter must put note (12) in the question paper.
List of Readings

Essential Readings:
nd
1. Bhatta, Basudeb : Remote Sensing and GIS, Oxford, 2 Edition, New Delhi, 2011
rd
2. Guha, P.K. : Remote Sensing For The Beginner, East-West Press, 3 Edition, New Delhi,
2013..

3. Khullar, D.R. : Essentials of Practical Geography, New Academic Publishing Co., Jalandhar,
2009.

4. Robinson, A.H. : Elements of Cartography, 6th Edition, John Wiley, New York, 2009.

nd
5. Sarkar, Asish : Practical Geography: A Systematic Approach, 2 Edition, Orient BlackSwan,
Hyderabad, 2011.

6. Singh, Gopal : Mapwork & Practical Geography, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi, 2009.

7. Singh, R.L. & : Map Work and Practical Geography, Central Book Depot,
Singh, P.B. Raghunandan Allahabad, 2007.
148 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

Further Readings:

1. Birch, T.W. : Maps: Topographical & Statistical, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1949.

2. Garnett, A. : Geographical Interpretation of Topographical Maps, George Harrap & Co.,

London, 1953.

3. Joseph, George : Fundamentals of Remote Sensing, Universities Press (India) Private Limited,
2nd Edition, Hyderabad, 2005

4. Monkhouse, F.J. : Maps and Diagrams, Methuen & Co., London, 1994 reprint.

5. Panda, B.C. : Remote Sensing: Principles and Applications, Viva Books, New Delhi, 2008

6. Rather, G.M. : A Text of Practical Geography, Arina Publishers, New Delhi, 2011

Pedagogy:

• They should learn to comprehend the topographical maps by deriving slopes and drawing profiles.
• A well equipped cartographic laboratory with necessary instruments to prepare exercises.
• Students should be encouraged to use computers while preparing practical exercises.

*************
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 149

GANDHIAN STUDIES
B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021
SEMESTER-III

SOCIAL THOUGHT OF MAHATMA GANDHI

Max. Marks : 100 marks

Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours

Course Objectives :
The paper is designed to acquaint the students with the Social Thought of Mahatma Gandhi.

Pedagogy of the Course Work :

90% Lectures (including expert lectures)
10% Unit tests, Snap tests, assignments, attendance and class room participation

Note : 1. The syllabus has been divided into four (4) units.

2. There shall be 9 questions in all.

3. The first question is compulsory and shall be short answer type containing 15 short
answer type questions spread over the whole syllabus and each to be answered in about
25 to 30 words. The candidate is required to attempt any 9 short answer type
questions carrying 18 marks i.e. 2 marks of each. It shall carry 18 marks and shall be
compulsory question.
4. Rest of the paper shall contain four (4) units and each unit shall have two questions
and the candidates shall be given internal choice i.e. the candidates shall attempt one
question from each unit – 4 in all. All questions shall carry 18 marks.

5. For the private candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment, the
marks secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum
marks of the paper in lieu of internal assessment.
The paper setter must put note (5) in the question paper.

UNIT-I
Fundamentals of Gandhi’s Social Thought

1. Truth
2. Non-violence
1. Sarvodaya
150 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

UNIT-II
Man and State

4. Human Rights
5. Ideal Society, State and Rama Rajya

UNIT-III
Gandhi and Ethics

6. Education
7. Theory of Civilization
8. Morality and Religion

UNIT-IV
Gandhi and Social Justice

9. Drive against Untouchability :

(a) Caste System
(b) Communal Award
(c) Poona Pact

10. Women Empowerment

Essential Readings :

1. Bandyopadhyaya, J. : Social and Political Thought of Mahatma Gandhi, (Bombay :

Allied Publisher) 1969.

2. Bharathi, K.S. : Social and Political Thought of Mahatma Gandhi ( New Delhi :
Concept) 1995.

3. Gandhi, M.K. : An Autobiography or The Story of My Experiments with Truth

(Ahmedabad: Navjivan Publishing House), 2001

4. Gandhi, M.K. : Satyagraha in South Africa (Ahmedabad: Navajivan Publishing House),

1992

5. Gandhi, M.K. : Hind Swaraj (Ahmedabad: Navajivan Publishing House), 1999

6. Mishra, Anil Dutta : Reading Gandhi, (New Delhi : Pearson), 2012

7. Varma, V.P. : Political Philosophy of Mahatma Gandhi & Sarvodaya, Agra (Laxmi
Narain Aggarwal), 1998.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 151

Further Readings :

1 Bandyopadhyaya, : Social and Political Thought of Mahatma Gandhi, (Allied Publishers,

Jayantaja Bombay), 1969.

2 Nanda, B.R. : Making of a Nation : India’s Road to Independence (New Delhi: Harper
Collins), 1998.

3. Suda, J.P. : Main Currents of Social and Political Thought of Modern India, Vol. II,
Meerut (K. Nath & Co.) 1973.

4. Unnithan, T.K.N. : Gandhi and Social Change, New Delhi ( Arnold Heinemann India), 1973.

***************
152 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

GANDHIAN STUDIES
B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021

SEMESTER-IV

POLITICAL THOUGHT OF MAHATMA GANDHI

Max. Marks : 100 marks

Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours
Course Objectives :
The paper is designed to acquaint the students with the Political Thought of Mahatma Gandhi.
Pedagogy of the Course Work :
90% Lectures (including expert lectures)
10% Unit tests, Snap tests, assignments, attendance and class room participation

Note : 1. The syllabus has been divided into four (4) units.

2. There shall be 9 questions in all.

3. The first question i s c o m p u l s o r y a n d shall be short answer type containing 15

short answer type questions spread over the whole syllabus and each to be answered in
about 25 to 30 words The candidate is required to attempt any 9 short answer type
questions carrying 18 marks i.e. 2 marks of each. It shall carry 18 marks and shall be
compulsory question.

4. Rest of the paper shall contain four (4) units and each unit shall have two questions and
the candidates shall be given internal choice i.e. the candidates shall attempt one question
from each unit – 4 in all. All questions shall carry 18 marks.

5. For the private candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment, the
marks secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks
of the paper in lieu of internal assessment.
The paper setter must put note (5) in the question paper.

UNIT-I
Fundamentals of Gandhi’s Political Thought
1. Truth & Non-violence
2. Theory of Ends & Means
3. State : Ideal Society and State
UNIT-II
Democracy & Decentralization

4. Panchayat Raj/Gram Swaraj

5. Freedom & Equality
6. Rights and Duties
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 153

UNIT-III

Religion and Politics

7. Satyagraha : Meaning, Essentials, Forms & Significance

8. Satyagraha & Passive Resistance
9. Spiritualization of Politics

UNIT-IV

Contemporary Relevance

10. Communal Harmony

11. Assessment and Contemporary Relevance

Essential Readings
1. Bhattacharyya, Buddhadeva : Evolution of Political Thought of Gandhi,
Calcutta: Calcutta Book House, 1969.

2. Brown, Judith, M. : Gandhi’s Rise to Power: Indian Politics 1915-1922

(London: Cambridge University Press), 1972.

3. Dhawan, G.N. : Political Philosophy of Mahatma Gandhi,

Ahmedabad (Navajivan Publishing House) 1990, 4th
Edition.

4. Gandhi, M.K. : An Autobiography or The Story of My Experiments

with Truth (Ahmedabad: Navajivan Publishing
House), 2001

5. Gandhi, M.K. : Satyagraha in South Africa (Ahmedabad: Navajivan

Publishing House), 1992

6. Gandhi, M.K. : Hind Swaraj (Ahmedabad: Navajivan Publishing

House), 1999

7. Mishra, Anil Dutta : Reading Gandhi, New Delhi (Dorling Kindersley,

Pearson), 2012

8. Varma, V.P. : The Political Philosophy of Mahatma Gandhi &

Sarvodaya, Agra (Laxmi Narain Aggarwal), 1981.
154 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

Further Readings:

1 Bandyopadhyaya, : Social and Political Thought of Mahatma Gandhi, (Allied Publishers,

Jayantaja Bombay), 1969.

2 Iyer, Raghaavan N. : The Moral & Political Thought of Mahatma Gandhi, London, Oxford
University Press, 1973.

3. Mishra, Anil Dutta : Perspectives on Human Rights (New Delhi, Radha Publications )2002.
(ed.)

4. Nanda, B.R. : Making of a Nation : India’s Road to Independence (New Delhi: Harper
Collins), 1998.

************
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 155

JOURNALISM & MASS COMMUNICATION

B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021
SEMESTER-III

PRINT JOURNALISM
Max. Marks: 100
Theory 70 marks
Internal Assessment 10 marks
Time 3 Hours
Practical 20 marks

A. Objectives:
This course will introduce students to the basic techniques of sourcing news stairs and features. They
will also be trained in the art and science of writing and presenting print media content.

B. Pedagogy of the Course Work:

80 % Lectures (including expert lectures).
20 % assignments, discussion and seminars.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES:

There shall be 9 questions in all. The first question shall be short answer type containing 10 short questions
spread over the whole syllabus and each to be answered in about 50 to 75 words. The candidate is required
to attempt any 7 short answer type questions i.e. of 2 marks each. It shall carry 14 marks and is a
compulsory question. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 Units. Each Unit shall have two questions and the
candidates shall be given internal choice i.e. the candidates shall attempt one question from each Unit – 4 in
all. Each question will carry 14 marks.

Unit-I: Definition, nature and types of news and features

Unit-II: Sources of News, Idea generation in features, Story Structure

Unit-III: Role and responsibility of a sub-editor; basic copy editing; importance and writing of
headlines.

Unit-IV: Font design & structure, vocabulary and Principles of Design

PRACTICALS Max. Marks : 20

1. Prepare a Current Affairs file of news and features. 20 Marks

 156 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

Books Recommended :

ESSENTIAL READING

1 Bruce D. Itule, Dougles A Anderson,, (2006), News Writing and Reporting for Today’s Media, Mc Graw Hill

2 De Bono, E. (2007) How to Have Creative Ideas. Random House

3 Ludwig, Mark D., (2005), Modern News Editing, Willy Blackwell, New York

4 Meera, R. (2009) Feature Writing. New Delhi: PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.

5 Melvin Mencher, (2007), News Reporting & Writing, McGraw Hill

6 Miller, B & Paola, S. (2012) Tell it Slant: Creating, Refining and Publishing Creative Non-fiction. McGraw-
Hill
7 Sims, N. (2008) True Stories: A Century of Literary Journalism. Northwestern University Press

8 Stephen G. Bloom, (2002), Writing Narrative Journalism: Inside the Writers mind, Iowa State University
Press.
9 Tim Harrower, (2006), Inside Reporting, A Practical guide to the Craft of Journalism, McGraw Hill.

ADDITIONAL READING

1
Anaa McKane, (2006), News Writing, Sage.

2 Bell, James Scott,( 2008), Revision and Self Editing (Write great Fiction), Writers Digest Books, New York

3 Bowles, D., & Borden, (2000), Creative Editing, (3rd ed.) Belmont, CA: Wadsworth

4 Boynton, R.S. (2005) Introduction to The New Journalism: Conversations with America's Best Nonfiction
Writers on Their Craft. Vintage Books.

5 Johnson, C., (2005), 21st Century: Feature Writing. New York: Allyn and Bacon
6
K.Tim Walkmeyer,( 2009), Online News Writing, Wiley Blackwell,
7 Om Gupta, (2006), Encyclopedia of Journalism and Mass Communication, Gyan Books Pvt. Ltd. ND
8 Prof. Ramesh Chanha, (2004), Analysis of Media and Communication Trends, Gyan Books Pvt. Ltd. ND
9 Rachel Bard, (2005), News Writing Guide, Universe.
10 Rajan, Nalin (Eds), (2007), 21st Century Reporting in India, Indiana, New Delhi.
11 Rajnish, (2007), Review Reporting and Journalism, Indiana, New Delhi.
12 Wray, C., (2005), Writing for Magazines, (2nd ed.). Boston: McGraw Hill.
------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 157

JOURNALISM & MASS COMMUNICATION

B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021
SEMESTER- IV

RADIO & TV JOURNALISM

Max. Marks: 100
Theory 70 marks
Internal Assessment 10 marks
Time 3 Hours
Practical 20 marks
A. Objectives :
The course will introduce students to the basic techniques of writing & presenting for the radio and
TV medium.
B. Pedagogy of the Course Work :
80 % lectures (including expert lectures).
20 % assignments, discussion and seminars

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES:

There shall be 9 questions in all. The first question shall be short answer type containing 10 short questions
spread over the whole syllabus and each to be answered in about 50 to 75 words. The candidate is required
to attempt any 7 short answer type questions i.e. of 2 marks each. It shall carry 14 marks and is a
compulsory question. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 Units. Each Unit shall have two questions and the
candidates shall be given internal choice i.e. the candidates shall attempt one question from each Unit – 4 in
all. Each question will carry 14 marks.

Unit-I: Basic principles of gathering, treatment and presentation of news for Radio; Basic principles of
gathering, treatment and presentation of news for Television

Unit-II: Reporting and writing for Radio and TV; Pronunciation and modulation in Radio/TV reporting: Pitch,
volume, tempo, vitality.

Unit-III: Introduction to the stages of Radio/TV Production (pre-production, production, post production)

Unit-IV: Camera Perspective, Principles of Camera Composition

PRACTICALS
Max. Marks : 20
1. Compilation of 5-minute weekly TV news bulletins 10 Marks

2. Compilation of 10-minute weekly radio bulletins. 10 Marks

158 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

ESSENTIAL READING

1 Fedler, Fred, bender, John R., Davenport, huanda, Drager, Michael W., (2005), Reporting for the
media. Oxford University Press, New York.

2 Kaushik, Sharda, (2000), Script to Screen: An Introduction to TV Journalism, Macmillan, New

Delhi,

3 Machin, David & Niblock, Sarah, ( 2006), News production: Theory and Practice, Routledge,
New York

4 Shukla, A.K, (2008), Handbook of Journalism and Mass Communication. Rajat Publications, New
Delhi

ADDITIONAL READING

1 Caywood, Clark L., (2004), The Handbook of Strategic Public Relations and Integrated
Communications, Tata McGraw Hill, New York.

2 Shrivastava, K.M, (2005), Broadcast Journalism in the 21st century New Dawn Press Group, New
Delhi.

3 Shrivastava, K.M, (2005), Broadcast Journalism in the 21st century New Dawn Press Group, New
Delhi.

4 Zettl, Herbert, 2003, The Handbook of Strategic Public Relations and Integrated Communications.
Tata McGraw Hill, New York,

-------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 159

POLICE ADMINISTRATION
B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021
SEMESTER-III

Police Personnel Administration

(A) Course Objectives:

The objective of this course is to give inputs to the students on the various aspects of personnel relevant to
police administration. Effort is made to impart knowledge to the candidates about the meaning, nature, scope
and significance of Police Personnel Administration in India. In addition, job analysis, job description, pay
policy, compensation and fringe benefits have been discussed. Further, the recruitment, training and
promotion system in Police Service in India has been included in the syllabus. The students are also taught
about the performance appraisal, police ethics, corruption in police, code of conduct and discipline along with
doctrine of pleasure.

(B) Pedagogy of the Course Work:

90 per cent of the Course Content would be delivered through Lecture Method and rest 10 per cent would
comprise of :

i. Internal Test-5%;
ii. Academic activities (Seminar, Project, Assignment)-3%;
iii. Attendance-2%

(C) Instructions for Paper Setters and Candidates:

• The maximum marks for the paper will be 100. The question paper will be of 90 marks and internal
assessment of 10 marks.
• Time allowed will be 3 hours.
• There shall be 9 questions in all.
• The first question shall be compulsory and be short answer type containing 12 short questions spread
over the whole syllabus and to be answered in about 25 to 30 words. The candidate is required to
attempt any 9 short answer type questions carrying 2 marks each (9x2 = 18 marks).
• Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. Each unit shall have two questions and the candidates shall be
given internal choice i.e. the candidates shall have two questions and the candidates shall attempt one
question from each unit i.e. four questions in all. Each question will carry 18 marks (4x18 = 72
marks).
 160 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

(D) Course Content:

Unit-I

Meaning, Nature and Scope of Police Personnel Administration; Significance of Police Personnel
Administration in India; Career System in Police Administration.

Unit-II

Job Analysis and Job Description of Police Personnel – Concept and Significance; Pay Policy, Compensation
and Fringe Benefits.

Unit-III

Recruitment: Meaning and Methods; Recruitment of Police Personnel in India; Training: Meaning and Types;
Training of IPS Officers and State Police Services in India; Promotion: Meaning and Principles; Promotion of
Police Personnel in India.

Unit-IV

Performance Appraisal; Police Ethics and Code of Conduct; Corruption – Meaning and Causes; Corruption in
Police Force; Disciplinary Actions; Doctrine of Pleasure – Safeguards against Arbitrary Punishment.

Essential Readings:

1. Administrative Reforms : Report on Personnel Administration, 11th Report,

Commission Government of India, New Delhi.

2. Goel, S.L. : Public Personnel Administration, Deep & Deep

Publication Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2006.

3. Mamoria, C.B. : Personnel Management, Himalaya Publishing

House, Mumbai, 2007.

4. Zehra, Kaneez : Training of I.P.S., Ashish Publishing House, New

Delhi, 1993.

5. Muthuswamy, P. : Swamy’s Manual on Disciplinary Proceedings,

Swamy Publishers (p) Ltd., Madras, 1986.

Further Readings

1. Saxena, A.P. : Training and Development in Government, The

Indian Institute of Public Administration, New
Delhi, 1974.
2. Singh, Sahib Bhayana, : Public Personnel and Financial Administration,
Singh, Swinder and New Academics, Jalandhar, 1990.
Dogra, R.K.
3. Ghosh, P. : Personnel Administration in India, Sudha
Publications Private Limited, New Delhi, 1973.
--------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 161

POLICE ADMINISTRATION
B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021

SEMESTER-IV

Law and Order Administration

(A) Course Objectives:

The principal objective of the syllabi is to acquaint the students with the basics of Law and Order
Administration in India. Specifically, the students will be imparted the knowledge about the meaning, nature,
scope and significance of Law and Order Administration in India along with some basic issues and emerging
patterns. The endeavour is to discuss in detail the role and significance of Primary and Auxiliary Agencies of
Law and Order Administration. Further, the role of Law and Order Administration in crowd management,
communal riots, agrarian and industrial conflicts has also been discussed. The students are also taught about
the challenges before Law and Order Administration. In addition, the concept of National Security along with
challenges to it, in contemporary terms have been included in the syllabus.

(B) Pedagogy of the Course Work:

90 per cent of the Course Content would be delivered through Lecture Method and rest 10 per cent would
comprise of :
i. Internal Test-5%;
ii. Academic activities (Seminar, Project, Assignment)-3%;
iii. Attendance-2%

(C) Instructions for Paper Setters and Candidates:

• The maximum marks for the paper will be 100. The question paper will be of 90 marks and internal
assessment of 10 marks.
• Time allowed will be 3 hours.
• There shall be 9 questions in all.
• The first question shall be compulsory and be short answer type containing 12 short questions spread
over the whole syllabus and to be answered in about 25 to 30 words. The candidate is required to
attempt any 9 short answer type questions carrying 2 marks each (9x2 = 18 marks).
• Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. Each unit shall have two questions and the candidates shall be
given internal choice i.e. the candidates shall have two questions and the candidates shall attempt one
question from each unit i.e. four questions in all. Each question will carry 18 marks (4x18 = 72
marks).

(D) Course Content:

Unit-I

Meaning, Nature and Scope of Law and Order Administration; Significance of Law and Order Administration
in India; Law and Order Administration – Some Basic Issues and Emerging Patterns.

Unit-II

Role, Significance and interrelationships of Law and Order Administration Agencies at the District level : The
Police; Civil Administration; Court of Law; Prisons; and Health.
 162 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

Unit-III

Role of Law and Order Administration in Crowd Management, Communal Riots and Industrial & Agrarian
Conflicts. Challenges before Law and Order Administration.

Unit-IV

National Security: Concept and Significance. Challenges to National Security in India – Contemporary Issues.

Essential Readings:

1. Bailey, David, H. : The Police and Political Development in India,

Princeton University Press, New Jersey, 1969.

2. Sharma, K.K. : Law and Order Administration, National Book

Organization, New Delhi, 1985.

3. Srivastava, Aparna : Role of Police in a Changing Society, A.P.H.

Publishing Corporation, New Delhi, 1999.

4. Ghosh, S.K. and : Encyclopaedia of Police in India, Volume - I,

Rustamji, K.F. Ashish Publishing House, New Delhi, 1993.

5. Bharti, Dalbir : Police Evam Log: Donon ke Adhikar Va Zimmedarian,

A.P.H. Publishing Corporation, New Delhi, 2007.

6. Singh, Yogendra : Social Change in India: Crisis and Resilience,

Har-Anand Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2007.

Further Readings

1. Mayhall, Pamela D.et.al. : Police-Community Relations and the Administration of

Justice, Prentice-Hall Inc., New Jersey, 1995.

2. Ghosh, S.K. : Keeping the Peace: For Whom the Bell Tolls (Police
Then and Now), Ashish Publishing House,
New Delhi, 1989.

3. Vadackumchery, James : Human Behaviour and Law Enforcement, Ashish

& Kattakayam, John Publishing House, New Delhi, 1995.

4. Owens, R.Glynn and : Violence: A Guide for the Caring Professions, Croom
Ashcraft, J. Barrie Helm, New Hampshire, USA, 1985.

5. Singh, K.P. ` : Police Gyan Vigyan, The Bright Law House Delhi, 2003.

***************
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 163

WOMEN’S STUDIES
B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021

SEMESTER-III

Paper : FEMINIST THEORY

Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 Marks
Internal Assessment : 10 Marks
Time : 3 Hours

Objective :
This course offers the prominent theories that feminists have formulated to explain the matrix of gender
inequality from the nineteenth century to the present. It further seeks to introduce the student to the key
debates within feminist theories as well as the shifts in feminism.

Note : The students are expected to have a general understanding of the various strands of feminism and
not of any specific feminist thinker in this course.
Course Contents :

Unit-I : Feminism
(a) Definition,

(b) Emergence of Feminism with special focus on

o Women in French Revolution,
o Suffrage Movement in the U.S.A. (with reference to Seneca Falls Convention and
Declaration of Sentiments),
o Suffrage Movement in the U.K.

(c) Three waves of Feminism.

Unit-II : Strands of Feminism-I

(a) Liberal Feminism,

(b) Socialist Feminism,

(c) Marxist Feminism.

Unit-III : Strands of Feminism-II

(a) Radical Feminism

(b) Post modern Feminism
(c) Psycho-analytic Feminism (Freudian).
164 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

Unit-IV : Strands of Feminism-III

(a) Black Feminism

(b) Cultural Feminism
(c) Eco-Feminism.

NOTE :

- In each of the papers, the candidate will be assessed for 90 marks on the basis of a written
examination and for 10 marks internal assessment.

- There shall be 9 questions in all. The first question shall be compulsory containing 15 short questions
spread over the whole syllabus to be answered in about 25 to 30 words each. The candidate is required
to attempt any 09 short answer type questions carrying 2 marks each (18 marks). Rest of the paper
shall contain 4 units. Each Unit shall have two questions and the candidate shall attempt one question
from each unit-4 in all. Each question will carry 18 marks.

Essential Readings :

Agarwal, Bina, The Gender and Environment Debate: Lessons from India, Feminist Studies, Vol. 18,
No.1, Spring 1992, pp 119-158.

Anderson, Margaret, Thinking About Women, Macmillan, New York, 1993.

Beasley, Chris, What is Feminism?, Sage, London, 1999.

Bell Hooks, Ain’t I a Woman: Black Women and Feminism, Pluto Press, London, 1982.

Chatterjee, Mohini, Feminism and Gender Equality, Aavishkar, Jaipur, 2005.

Collins, Patricia Hill, Black Feminist Thought: Knowledge, Consciousness and the Politics of
Empowerment, Routledge, New York, 1999.

Desai, Leela, Issues in Feminism, Pointer Pub., Jaipur, 2004.

Molyneux, Maxinne and Steiberg, Deborah Lynn, Mies and Shiva’s Ecofeminism: A New Testament,
Feminist Review, No. 49, Spring 1995, pp 86-10.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 165

Further Readings :

Banks, Olive, Faces of Feminism: A Study of Feminism as a Social Movement,

St. Martin’s Press, New York, 1981.

Freeman, Jo (ed.), Women: A Feminist Perspective, Palo Alto, California : Mayfield, 1975.

Kosambi, Meera, Crossing Thresholds: Feminist Essays in Social History, Permanent Black,
New Delhi, 2007.

Mishra, Binod (ed.), Critical Responses to Feminism, Sapru & Sons, New Delhi, 2006.

Shukla, Bhaskar A., Feminism : From Mary Wollstonecraft to Betty Friedan, Sapru & Sons,
New Delhi, 2007.

Spender, Dale, Feminist Theorists: Three Centuries of Women’s Intellectual Traditions,

The Women’s Press, London, 1982.

*************
166 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

WOMEN’S STUDIES
B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021

SEMESTER-IV

Paper : Status of Women in India – II

Max. Marks : 100

Theory : 90 Marks
Internal Assessment : 10 Marks
Time : 3 Hours

Objective : This course aims to sensitize the student with the status of women in contemporary India, with
a special focus upon the factual situation apart from the major issues confronting Indian women.

Unit-I : Demographic Trends

(a) Sex Ratio, Age Specific Sex Ratio : Trends

(b) Change in Sex Ratio : Causes and Consequences

(c) Fertility Rates

(d) Definitions: Infant Mortality Rate, Child Mortality Rate, Total Mortality Rate, Maternal Mortality
Rate;
Causes of Gender Differentials in Mortality Rates

Unit-II : Women and Education

(a) Gender Gaps in Literacy Rates, School Enrolment and Dropout Rates and Right to Education

(b) Women in Higher Education : Gender Gaps

(c) Obstacles to Women’s Education : Socio Cultural, Economic and Infrastructural

Unit-III : Women and Health

(a) Why Health is a Gender Issue?

(b) Definition : Health & Reproductive Health

(c) Factors affecting Women’s Health Status

(d) Issues relating to women’s health status : Nutritional health status of women and girl child in
India.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 167

Unit-IV : Women and Work :

(a) Changing definition of Household work.

(b) Gender differential in Work Participation Rates

(c) Sexual Division of Labour

(d) Sexual Harassment at the Workplace

(e) Obstacles to Women’s Workforce Participation : Cultural, Skill development etc.

NOTE :

- In each of the papers the candidate will be assessed for 90 marks on the basis of a written
examination and for 10 marks internal assessment.

- There shall be 9 questions in all. The first question shall be compulsory containing 15 short questions
spread over the whole syllabus to be answered in about 25 to 30 words each. The candidate is
required to attempt any 09 short answer type questions carrying 2 marks each (18 marks). Rest of the
paper shall contain 4 units. Each Unit shall have two questions and the candidate shall attempt one
question from each unit-4 in all. Each question will carry 18 marks.

Essential Readings :

1. Chatterjee, Meera , A Report on Indian Women from Birth to Twenty, NIPCCD, New Delhi, 1999.

2. Gopalan, Sarala and Shiva, Mira, National Profile on Women, Health and Development, VHAI &
WHO, 2000.

3. Gopalan, Sarala, Towards Equality - The Unfinished Agenda : Status of Women in India -2001,
National Commission for Women, New Delhi, 2002.

4. Menon-Sen, Kalayani and Shiva Kumar, A.K., Women in India ! How Free?, How Equal?
Report Commissioned by the Office of the United Nations Resident Coordinator in India, New Delhi,
2001.

5. National Human Development Report, 2001, Planning Commission, Govt. of India, March, 2002.
168 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

Further Readings :

1. Ali, Aruna Asaf, Resurgence of Indian Women, Nehru Memorial Museum and Library, New Delhi,
Radiant ,1991.

2. Ali, Azra Asghar, The Emergence of Feminism Among Indian Muslim Women, 1920-1947,
Oxford, Karachi, 2000.

3. Anand, Meena Dalit Women : Fear and Discrimination, Isha Books, Delhi, 2005.

4. Bhattacharya, Rinki (ed.), Behind Closed Doors : Domestic Violence in India, Sage, New Delhi,
2004.

5. Choudhary, Prem, Contentious Marriages : Eloping Couples : Gender, Caste and Patriarchy in
Northern India, OUP, New Delhi, 2007.

6. Desai, Neera and Krishnaraj, Maithreyi (ed.), Women and Society in India, Ajanta Publication, New
Delhi, 1987.

7. Kumar, Hajira (ed.), Status of Muslim Women in India, Aakar Books, Delhi, 2002.

8. Mohanti, Bedabati, Violence Against Women: An Analysis of Contemporary Realities, Kanishka

Publication, New Delhi, 2005.

9. Mohini, Giri, V., Deprived Devis : Women’s Unequal Status in Society Gyan, New Delhi, 2006.

10. Rajawat, Mamta, Dalit Women : Issues and Perspectives, Anmol Pub, New Delhi, 2006.

*****************
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 169

HUMAN RIGHTS & DUTIES

B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021

SEMESTER-III

PAPER : HUMAN RIGHTS & DUTIES IN INDIA

Max. Marks : 100 Marks

Theory : 90 Marks
Internal Assessment : 10 Marks
Time : 3 Hours
Objective:
The course is designed to make students aware about the human rights and duties framework in India. An
attempt has been made to deal the issue within the ambit of evolution of the concepts of human rights and
duties; Constitutional structure and Implementation mechanisms.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES:

Note: For written paper, the students will be required to attempt five questions in all. Question No.
I will be compulsory comprising of 12 short answer type questions of 2 marks each and will
cover the entire syllabus. The students are required to attempt nine short answer type
questions out of 12 i.e. 9x2 = 18 marks.

In addition to it, Questions No. II to IX will consist of long answer (Essay Type) questions
i.e. 2 questions from each Unit with internal choice carrying 18 marks each i.e. 4x18=72.

UNIT I: EVOLUTIONARY PHASE

(i) Evolution of the concept of Human Rights in India
(ii) The notion and significance of Duties in India
(iii) Values and relevance of composite culture of India: non-violence; secularism and fraternity

UNIT II: CONSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK

(i) The Preamble
(ii) Fundamental Rights
(iii) Directive Principles of State Policy
(iv) Fundamental Duties

UNIT III: KEY AREAS IN THE CONTEMPORARY PHASE

(i) Right to food security
(ii) Right to Education
(iii) Right to Information
(iv) Right to clear environment

UNIT IV: IMPLEMENTATION OF HUMAN RIGHTS

(i) Constitutional Machinery: Role of Judiciary

(ii) Statuary Machinery: National Human Rights Commission and State Human Rights Commissions
 170 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

Essential Readings:

1. Aarti Singh Introduction to Human Rights and Duties: An Introuction to Human Rights: Concepts in
Human Rights and the United Nations (2016), Lambert Acdemic Publishing (LAP).
2. Kaur, Amrit Pal, Promotion of Human Rights Law & Implementation,(2014) New Era Law
Publications, New Delhi.
3. Lexis Manp/Kumar Sinha, Implementation of Basic Human Rights (2013), Nexis, New Delhi.
4. Brownlie Ian, et al.(eds), Basic Documents on Human Rights, (2006) Oxford.
5. David Robertson, A Dictionary of Human Rights, Europa Publications, (2004), London.
6. Ray, Arun National Human Rights Commission of India: Formation Functioning and Future
Prospects (Vol.# 2), (2004), Atlantic Publication, New Delhi.
7. Nirmal, C.J., Human Rights in India: Historical, Solcial and Political Perspectives (2002) Oxford
New Delhi.

8. Gandhi, P.R. (ed), Blackstone’s International Human Rights Documents (2001),Universal, Delhi.

9. Basu, D.D., Introduction to the Constitution of India, (1997), New Delhi: Prentice Hall of India.

10. Henry J. Steiner, et al., (eds.), International Human Rights in Context, Chapter 10, (1996) Clarendon
Press, Oxford.

11. Brundland Report, Our Common Future, (1986), Oxford.

Further Readings:

1. Kapoor, S.K:, Human Rights under International Law and Indian Law, (2014) Central Law
Publications, Allahabad.

2. Kapoor, S.K:, Human Rights under International Law, (2009) Central Law Publications, Allahabad.

3. Paul, R.C., Situation of Human Rights in India, (2000) Commonwealth New Delhi: Publishers.

4. Rao, Ashiwini, Status of Human Rights in India, (2010) New Delhi, Pacific.

5. South Asian Human Rights Documentation Centre : Human Rights and Humanitarian Law, (2008)
South Asian Human Rights Documentation Centre, New Delhi.

6. South Asian Human Rights Documentation Centre: Introducing Human Rights, New Delhi, (2006)
South Asian Human Rights Documentation Centre, New Delhi.

----------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 171

HUMAN RIGHTS & DUTIES

B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021

SEMESTER-IV

PAPER : HUMAN RIGHTS ISSUES IN INDIA

Max. Marks : 100 Marks
Theory : 90 Marks
Internal Assessment : 10 Marks
Time : 3 Hours
Objective:

The Paper deals with a few specific issues in India along with some key responses emerging from the Indian
society for the protection and Promotion of human rights.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES:

Note: For written paper, the students will be required to attempt five questions in all. Question No.
I will be compulsory comprising of 12 short answer type questions of 2 marks each and will
cover the entire syllabus. The students are required to attempt nine short answer type
questions out of 12 i.e. 9x2 = 18 marks.

In addition to it, Questions No. II to IX will consist of long answer (Essay Type) questions
i.e. 2 questions from each Unit with internal choice carrying 18 marks each i.e. 4x18=72.

UNIT I: HUMAN RIGHTS & LABOUR

(i) Bonded Labour

(ii) Unorganized labour
(iii) Child Labour

UNIT II: STRUCTURAL PROBLEMS AND IMPACT ON HUMAN RIGHTS

(i) Poverty
(ii) Illiteracy
(iii) Unemployment

UNIT III: HUMAN RIGHTS & CRIMINAL JUSTICE

(i) Concept of Criminal Justice System in India

(ii) Rights of the accused
(iii) Rights of the victim

UNIT IV: SOCIAL AUDITING FOR HUMAN RIGHTS

(i) Definition, significance of social auditing

(ii) Agent of Social Auditing including Human Rights Defenders
(iii) Role of Media in social auditing
(iv) Role of Civil Society in social auditing
 172 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

Essential Readings:

1. Pavithran, K.S., Human Rights in India: Discourses and Contestations (2018) Gyan Publishing,
Mumbai.
2. Singh Karamjeet and Kaur Navleen, Gender Mainstreaming in Higher Education: An Inclusive
Approach (2018), Bharti, Publications, New Delhi.
3. Gupta Namita, Human Rights in India: Contemporary Issues and Challenges (2017) Regal Publication,
New Delhi.
4. Aggarwal, H.O., Human Rights, (2014), Central Law Publications, New Delhi
5. Anuradha, K.P., Human Rights Issues in India (2010), Adhyayan Publishers & Distributors, New
Delhi.
6. Satish C. Shastri(ed), Human Rights, Development and Environmental Law: An Anthology, (2007),
Jain Book Agency, Delhi.

7. Amrita Aggarwal, Human Rights for Survival of Civilization, (2004) Kalinga Publications.

8. V.R.Krishna lyer, Human rights – A judge’s Miscellany, (1995) B. R. Publishing Corporation, Delhi.

9. Kalpana Kannabiran, Crafting Human Rights Cultures, (2006), NALSAR University of Law.

10. Upendra Baxi (ed.), The Right to be Human, (1987), Lancer International, New Delhi.

11. R.C.Mishra, Human Rights and Policing, Authors Press, (2005), New Delhi.

Further Readings:

1. K.I. Vibhute, Criminal Justice A Human Rights Perspective of the Criminal Justice Process in India,
(2004), Eastern Book Company, Lucknow.

2. Khanna, S.K., Children and the Human Rights, (1998), Commonwealth, New Delhi.

3. Pandit Kamalkar, Human Rights and Criminal Justice, (2010), Asia Law House, Hyderbad.

4. Pachauri, S.K., Children and Human Rights, (1999), APH Publications, Delhi.

5. Pachauri, S.K. Women and Human Rights, (1999), APH Publications, New Delhi.

*****************
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 173

RELIGIOUS & SIKH STUDIES

B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021
SEMESTER-III

PAPER- III, SIKH RELIGION AND HISTORY

Max. Marks :100
Written : 90
Internal : 10
Time : 03 hrs.
Objectives:
The course is designed for the students who want to pursue semester based graduate degree programme with
Religious Studies as an elective subject. It is open to any student drawn from multiple disciplinary
backgrounds after completion of 10+2 course. As one of the elective subject at the graduate level curriculum,
it purports to develop a broad understanding of Indian Religions and awareness about the origin, features and
purpose of different religions.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR PAPER-SETTER AND CANDIDATES:
Note: (i) For written paper, the students will be required to attempt five questions in all. Question No.
I will be compulsory comprising of 12 short answer type questions of 2 marks each and will cover the
entire syllabus. The students are required to attempt nine answer type questions out of twelve. Question
No. I would carry 18 marks (9X2).
In addition to it, Questions No. II to IX will consist of eight long answer (Essay Type) questions which
will be further divided into four units with each Unit having two questions to ensure internal choice to
the candidate. In all, each question in this section shall carry 18 marks and this section shall carry 72
marks (4X18).

Course Contents
Unit - I
Life, Teachings and Contribution: Guru Nanak Dev, Guru Angad Dev, Guru Amar Das, Guru Ram Das and
Guru Arjun Dev; Martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev.

Unit - II
Life, Teachings and Contribution: Guru Hargobind, Guru Har Rai, Guru Harkrishan,Guru Teg Bahadur and
Guru Gobind Singh; Martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur.

Unit - III
Life, Teachings and Contribution:Bhagats and Bhatts

Unit - IV
Compilation of the Adi Granth; Foundation of the Khalsa
 174 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

Essential Readings
• nzfwqsgkb e"o, vka (w[y ;zgka) y'i gfsqek, pkDheko ftÙ/Ù nze-57 wkou 2003, gpbhe/ÙB fpUo', gzikph
:{Bhtof;Nh, gfNnkbk
• niw/o f;zx, vka (;zgka) y'i gfsqek, gqrN:' ykb;k ftÙ/Ù nze, gpbhe/ÙB fpUo', gzikph :{Bhtof;Nh,
gfNnkbk
• okfizdo f;zx ikbh, f;y fJfsjk; dhnK MbehnK, ikbh fbNo/Nuo jkT{; fdZbh-nwohek
• jouoB f;zx, vka, y'i gfsqek, r[o{ BkBe ftÙ/Ù nze, gpbhe/ÙB fpT{o' gzikph :{Bhtof;Nh, gfNnkbk
• nzfwqsgkb e"o , vka , y'i gfsqek, pkDh ;zgkdBk ftÙ/Ù nze, gpbhe/ÙB fpT{o' gzikph :{Bhtof;Nh,
gfNnkbk
• vka jofizdo f;zx fYb', r[o{ okwdk;, o{jh gqekÙB, r[o{ s/r pjkdo Bro, nzfwqs;o
• vka nzfqws bkb gkb, r[o{ noiB d/t- ihtB s/ pkDh, ;zrw gpbhe/ÙB
• r[ow[y f;zx, r[o{ noiB d/tL ihtB doÙB s/ pkDh, o[jh gqekÙB, nzfwqs;o
• ;fspho f;zx, “r[o Gkoh” ihtBh r[o{ jfor'fpzd ih, gpbhe/ÙB fpT{o' gzikph :{Bhtof;Nh, gfNnkbk
• y'i gfsqek, r[o{ nwodk;- gzikph :{Bhtof;Nh, gfNnkbk
• Banerjee, I.B., Evolution of the Khalsa, 2 vols., A. Mukherjee & Co., 1972 (2nd edn.).
• Grewal, J.S., Guru Nanak in History, Chandigarh: Panjab University, 1979.
• Mcleod, W.H., Guru Nanak and the Sikh Religion, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1968.
• G.S. Talib: Guru Nanak; His personality & Vision

Further Reading

• fJzd{G{ÙB p?Boih, ykb;/ dh T[sgsh, gpbhe/ÙB fpT{o' gzikph :{Bhtof;Nh, gfNnkbk

• fgnko f;zx, (;zgka) ;qh r[o{ s/r pjkdo (cko;h ;o's), r[o{ BkBe d/t :{Bhtof;Nh, nzfwqs;o

• vka osB f;zx iZrh, vka r[oÙoB iZrh, r[o{ s/r pjkdo pkDh, r[ows gqekÙB, gfNnkbk

• Grewal, J.S., The Sikhs of the Punjab, The New Cambridge History of India, New Delhi: Cambridge
University Press, 1999 (2nd ed.).
• Teja Singh and Ganda Singh, A Short History of the Sikhs: 1469-1765, Vol.I, Patiala: Punjabi
University, 1983 (rep.).
• Mann, Gurinder Singh, The Making of the Sikh Scripture, New York: 2001.

-------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 175
RELIGIOUS & SIKH STUDIES
B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021
SEMESTER-IV

PAPER- IV SIKH LITERATURE AND INSTITUTIONS

Max. Marks :100
Written : 90
Internal : 10
Time : 03 hrs
Objectives:
The course is designed for the students who want to pursue semester based graduate degree programme with
Religious Studies as an elective subject. It is open to any student drawn from multiple disciplinary
backgrounds after completion of 10+2 course. As one of the elective subject at the graduate level curriculum,
it purports to develop a broad understanding of Indian Religions and awareness about the origin, features and
purpose of different religions.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR PAPER-SETTER AND CANDIDATES:
Note: (i) For written paper, the students will be required to attempt five questions in all. Question No.
I will be compulsory comprising of 12 short answer type questions of 2 marks each and will cover the
entire syllabus. The students are required to attempt nine answer type questions out of twelve. Question
No. I would carry 18 marks (9X2).
In addition to it, Questions No. II to IX will consist of eight long answer (Essay Type) questions which
will be further divided into four units with each Unit having two questions to ensure internal choice to
the candidate. In all, each question in this section shall carry 18 marks and this section shall carry 72
marks (4X18).

Course Contents
Unit - I
Unity of Guruship; Institution of Gurdwara

Unit -II
Different sects within the Sikh Movement (Udasis, Minas, Dhirmalya , Ram Raiyas) origin and development

Unit - III
Study of Japji and Chandi Di Var (Message and Formation)

Unit - IV
Study of Janam Sakhis; Tika; Parmarath; Gost. (Definition and Features) (Two out of three)
 176 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

Essential Readings
• Bfozdo e"o GkNhnk ns/ i;ftzdo e"o fYbA', vka (;zgka) gqw[Zy f;Zy ;z;EktK, r[o{ BkBe d/t

:{Bhtof;Nh, nzfwqqs;o

• skoB f;zx, r[opkDh dhnK ftnkfynk gqDkbhnK, gpbhe/ÙB fpUo', gzikph :{Bhtof;Nh, gfNnkbk

• doÙB f;zx, vka, Xow nfXn?B ns/ f;Zy nfXn?B, gpbhe/ÙB fpUo', gzikph :{Bhtof;Nh, gfNnkbk

• pqjw irdhÙ f;zx, ig[ih, ftukoXkok, gqpzX s/ gkm, tko; Ùkj ckT{v/ÙB, nzfwqs;o

• okw f;zx, vka ig[ih d/ gzi yzv, gpbhe/ÙB fpT{o', gzikph :{Bhtof;Nh, gfNnkbk

• gofwzdo f;zx, feogkb f;zx, uzvh dh tko, bkj"o p[e Ùkg, b[fXnkDk

• osB f;zx iZrh, uzvh dh tko, r[owfs gqekÙB gfNnkbk

• jopz; f;zx frnkBh, uzvh dh tko ;Nhe, ;fjrb fgqfNo˜ ibzXo

Further Reading

• Grewal, J.S., The Sikhs of the Punjab, The New Cambridge History of India, New Delhi:
Cambridge University Press, 1999 (2nd ed.).
• Grewal, J.S., Sikh Ideology, Polity and Social Order, New Delhi: Manohar, 1996.
• Mcleod, W.H., Sikhs and Sikhism, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1999.
• Jagraj Singh: A complete guide to Sikhism, Unistar Chandigarh, 2011

***********
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 177

ENVIRONMENT CONSERVATION
B.A. /B.Sc.(GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021
SEMESTER-III

Paper : Air Pollution and Climate Change

Theory Practical Theory Internal Practical Practical Total

Hours Hours Marks Assessment Marks Internal Marks
Marks Assessment
Marks
6 4 65 10 20 5 100

The number of hours for theory and practical per week shall be 6 hours and 4 hours respectively.

Note: The practical will include survey and its project reports carrying 5 marks, and 20 marks will be
allotted to laboratory practicals.
Instructions for paper setters :-
There will be 9 questions in all, two each from section I to 1V. All questions will carry equal marks
(13 marks each). Question No. I will be short answer type & will cover the whole syllabus.
Candidates will attempt five questions in all, selecting one each from section I to IV and the first
compulsory question.

Paper : AIR POLLUTION AND CLIMATE CHANGE

Unit-I

Atmosphere: Composition of atmosphere, Air Pollution: Sources, Classification (Natural and anthropogenic
sources; primary and secondary pollutants), Smoke, Smog, Particulate Matter and Acid rain. Effects of air
pollution on human health, plants, animals and material. Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981.

Unit-II

Green House Effect: Definition, Green house gases, Sources of green house effect, Global Warming.
Stratospheric ozone layer depletion. Role of agriculture to green house effect (paddy and livestock, biomass
burning) in GHE.
Unit-III

Noise pollution: Definition, Sources, Noise standards, Silence Zones, Consequences of noise pollution.
Radioactive Pollution: Definition, Sources, effect on human health.
Mineral Resources: Types and Importance of minerals; Mineral extraction and environmental problems
(limestone mining in Moussourie hills, coal mining in Jharkhand).

Unit-IV

Control: Measures and techniques to control air pollution in vehicles and industries, Green building
concept, CDM (Clean Development Mechanism), Carbon sequestration. Control of noise pollution.
 178 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

PRACTICAL

To monitor the level of Dust fall, SPM in surrounding atmosphere.

To monitor the level of NOx and SO2 in surrounding atmosphere.

To prepare a survey report on different sources causing air pollution in local area.

To prepare a survey report on noise pollution in your locality.

To visit, collect data and prepare report regarding air and water pollution from sugar mill, thermal plant,
cement factory in the adjoining area like Nawanshahr, Ropar, and Hoshiarpur.

------------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 179

ENVIRONMENT CONSERVATION
B.A. /B.Sc.(GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021

SEMESTER-IV

Paper : SOLID WASTE AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT

Theory Practical Theory Internal Practical Practical Total

Hours Hours Marks Assessment Marks Internal Marks
Marks Assessment
Marks
6 4 65 10 20 5 100

The number of hours for theory and practical per week shall be 6 hours and 4 hours respectively.

Note: The practical will include survey and its project reports carrying 5 marks, and 20 marks will be
allotted to laboratory practicals.
Instructions for paper setters :-
There will be 9 questions in all, two each from section I to 1V. All questions will carry equal marks
(13 marks each). Question No. I will be short answer type & will cover the whole syllabus.
Candidates will attempt five questions in all, selecting one each from section I to IV and the first
compulsory question.

Unit-I

Solid waste: Sources, nature and characteristics; categories of solid waste, Biodegradable and non-
biodegradable waste; Plastic nuisance. Solid waste disposal: Sanitary landfills, Composting, optimum
conditions for composting, Pyrolysis, Incineration and Refuse Derived Fuels. Fly Ash utilization, MSW
Handling Rules, 2000.

Unit-II

Natural disasters: Floods, earthquakes, Tsunami, land slides, drought, forest fire and Tropical cyclones.
Disaster management: pre-disaster phase, actual disaster phase, post- disaster phase.

Unit-III

Bioenergy and waste water treatment: Biogas plant: Construction and working of biogas plants, its
advantages and disadvantages. Vermi-culture and Vermi-composting, Biofertilisers, Biofuels.

Waste water treatment (STP and ETP), A brief account of primary, secondary and tertiary treatment.

Unit-IV

Organic farming: Definition, Need of Organic Farming, Methods: Soil management, weed management,
control of pests. Its advantages. Organic Food, its benefits.

Waste lands: Definition, Categories of waste lands, Desertification, ways of reclamation.

 180 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

PRACTICAL
A visit to Composting/Vermicomposting Unit.
To prepare a survey report of municipal waste of your city (Generation to disposal).
Classify the waste of your municipality waste (Source based and Waste based)
To visit any landfill site and prepare a tour report.
To prepare a list of herbicides / pesticides / insecticides commonly used in this area
To make a list of various botanical pesticides available in the market
Assignments/project as assigned by the teacher

Books Recommended
1. Critchfield, Howard J., General Climatology, Second Edition, Prentice-Hall, Inc., 1982.
2. Houghton, J., Global Warming, The Complete Briefing, 3rd Edition, Cambridge Univ. Press, 2006.
3. Hill, M. K., Understanding Environmental Pollution, Cambridge Univ. Press, 2008.
4. Malsin, M., Global Warming, A Very Short Introduction, Oxford Univ. Press, 2009
5. Tchobanogloas, G., Integrated Solid Waste Management: Engineering, Principle and Management.
McGraw Hill, USA. 1993.
6. Singh, H.M., Solid Waste Management. Alfa Publications, Delhi. 2010.
7. Bhatnagar R.K. & Palta R.K., Earthworm Vermin Culture & Vermi Composting, Kalyani, Pub. 2007.
8. Ranganathan L.S, Vermi biotechnology: From Soil Health to Human Health, Updesh Purodit Pub.
Jodhpur, 2006.
9. Aggarwal, A. K., Water Pollution, APH Publications, New Delhi, 2008.
10. American Public Health Association, Standard Methods for Examination of Water and Wastewater,
APHA, New York, 2003.
11. Sengupta, B., John, S. & Abraham, T. Forth Estate, A Handbook on Air, Water and Land Pollution.
IDMA Foundation for Sustainable Development and BR Publications Corporation, Delhi. 2006.
12. Aggarwal, A. K., Noise Pollution. APH Publications, New Delhi, 2008.
13. Veeresh, G. K., Organic Farming. Foundation Books, Delhi, 2006.
14. Gehlot, D., Organic Farming: Components and Management, Agrobios, Jodhpur, 2010.
15. Singh, K. K. & Aleyer, L., Disaster Management: Manmade Disasters. APH Publications. 2010.
16. Dhunna, M., Disaster Management, Vayu Education of India, Delhi, 2009.
16. Sharma & Sharma, Natural Disasters, APH Publications, 2009.
17. Dara, S.S., A Textbook of Environmental Chemistry. 2nd Edition. S. Chand & Company Ltd., Ram
Nagar, New Delhi, 2010.

*******************
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 181

MATHEMATICS
B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021
SEMESTER-III

Paper-I : ADVANCED CALCULUS-I

Max. Marks : 30
Time : 3 Hours
Int. Assesment : 4 Marks
Note : 1. The syllabus has been split into two Units : Unit-I and Unit-II. Four questions will be set
from each Unit.

2. A student will b e a s k e d t o attempt five questions in all selecting at least two

questions from each unit. Each question will be of 6 marks.

3. The teaching time shall be five periods (45 minutes each) per paper per week including
tutorials.

4. If internal assessment is to be conducted in the form of written examinations, then there

will be only one written examination in a Semester.

Unit-I

Limit and continuity of functions of two and three variables. Partial differentiation. Change of
variables. Partial derivation and differentiability of real-valued functions of two and three variables. Schwarz
and Young’s theorem. Statements of Inverse and implicit function theorems and applications.

Vector differentiation, Gradient, Divergence and Curl with their properties and applications.

Unit-II

Euler’s theorem on homogeneous functions. Taylor’s theorem for functions of two and three
variables. Jacobians. Envelopes. Evolutes. Maxima, minima and saddle points of functions of two and three
variables. Lagrange’s multiplier method.

References

1. Gabriel Klaumber : Mathematical Analysis, Marcel Dekkar, Inc. New

York, 1975.
2. T.M. Apostol : Mathematical Analysis, Narosa Publishing House,
New Delhi, 1985.
3. R.R.Goldberg : Real Analysis, Oxford & I.B.H. Publishing Co., New
Delhi, 1970.
4. D. Soma Sundaram and B. Choudhary : A First Course in Mathematical Analysis, Narosa
Publishing House, New Delhi, 1997.
5. P. K. Jain and S. K. Kaushik : An Introduction to Real Analysis, S. Chand & Co.,
New Delhi, 2000.
6. Gorakh Prasad : Differential Calculus, Pothishala Pvt.Ltd., Allahabad.
 182 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

7. J. D. Murray & M. R. Spiegel : Theory and Problems of Advanced Calculus, Schaum

Publishing Co., New York.
8. S.C.Malik : Mathematical Analysis, Wiley Eastern Ltd., New
Delhi.
9. Shanti Narayan : A Course of Mathematical Analysis, S. Chand and
Company, New Delhi
10. J. D. Murray & M.R. Spiegel : Vector Analysis, Schaum Publishing Company, New
York.
11. N.Saram and S.N. Nigam : Introduction to Vector Analysis, Pothishala Pvt. Ltd.,
Allahabad.
12. Shanti Narayan : A Text Book of Vector Calculus, S. Chand & Co.,
New Delhi.

Paper II : DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS- I

Max. Marks : 30
Time : 3 Hours
Int. Assesment : 3 Marks

Note: 1. The syllabus has been split into two Units: Unit-I and Unit-II. Four questions will be set
from each Unit.
2. A student will be asked to attempt five questions selecting at least two questions from each
Unit. Each question will carry 6 marks.
3. The teaching time shall be five periods (45 minutes each) per paper per week including
tutorial.
4. If internal assessment is to be conducted in the form of written examinations, then there will
be only one written examination in a Semester.

Unit-I

Exact differential equations. First order and higher degree equations solvable for x, y, p. Clairaut’s
form. Singular solution as an envelope of general solutions. Geometrical meaning of a differential equation.
Orthogonal trajectories. Linear differential equations with constant coefficients.

Unit-II
Linear differential equations with variable coefficients- Cauchy and Legendre Equations. Linear
differential equations of second order- transformation of the equation by changing the dependent variable/the
independent variable, methods of variation of parameters and reduction of order. Simultaneous Differential
Equations
References
1. Erwin Kreyszig : Advanced Engineering Mathematics, John Wiley &
Sons Inc., New York, 1999.
2. D.A. Murray : Introductory Course on Differential Equations, Orient
Longmen, (India), 1967.
3. A.R. Forsyth : A Treatise on Differential Equations, Macmillan and
Co. Ltd., London.
4. Ross, S.L. : Differential Equations, John Willey & Sons, 2004.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 183

Paper III : STATICS

Max. Marks : 30
Time : 3 Hours

Note: 1. The syllabus has been split into two Units: Unit-I and Unit-II. Four questions will be set
from each Unit.
2. A student will be asked to attempt five questions selecting at least two questions from each
Unit. Each question will carry 6 marks.
3. The teaching time shall be five periods (45 minutes each) per paper per week including
tutorial.
4. If internal assessment is to be conducted in the form of written examinations, then there will
be only one written examination per paper in a Semester

Unit-I

Basic notions. Composition and resolution of concurrent forces – Parallelogram law of forces, Components of
a force in given directions, Resolved parts of a force, Resultant of any number of coplanar concurrent forces,
Equilibrium conditions for coplanar concurrent forces, equilbrium of a body resting on a smooth inclined
plane. Equilibrium of three forces acting at a point – Triangle law of forces, theorem, Lami’s
theorem. Parallel Forces.

Unit-II

Moments and Couples – Moment of a force about a point and a line, Centre of Parallel forces,
theorems on moment of a couple, Equivalent couples, Varignon’s theorem, generalized theorem of moments,
resultant of a force and a couple, resolution of a force into a force and a couple, reduction of a system of
coplanar forces to a force and a couple. Equilibrium conditions for any number of coplanar non-concurrent
forces.

Friction: definition and nature of friction, laws of friction, equilibrium of a particle on a rough plane,
Problems on ladders, rods, spheres and circles.

References

1. S.L. Loney : Statics, Macmillan and Company, London.

2. R.S. Verma : A Text Book on Statics, Pothishala Pvt. Ltd., Allahabad.

3. K.R.Chaudhery and : Elements of Mechanics, Statics and Dynamics. S Chand and

A.C.Aggarwal Company

4. S. L. Loney : The elements of Statics and Dynamics, 5th edition, Cambridge

University Press, 1947.

--------------------
 184 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

MATHEMATICS
B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021
SEMESTER-IV

Paper I: ADVANCED CALCULUS II

Max. Marks : 30
Time : 3 Hours

Note: 1. The syllabus has been split into two Units: Unit-I and Unit-II. Four questions will be set
from each Unit.
2. A student will be asked to attempt five questions selecting at least two questions from
each Unit. Each question will carry 6 marks.
3. The teaching time shall be five periods (45 minutes each) per paper per week including
tutorial.
4. If internal assessment is to be conducted in the form of written examinations, then there
will be only one written examination per paper in a Semester

Unit-I

Definition of a sequence, Bounds of a sequence, Convergent, divergent and oscillatory sequences,

Algebra of limits, Monotonic Sequences, Cauchy’s theorems on limits, Subsequences, Bolzano-Weirstrass
Theorem, Cauchy’s convergence criterion.

Sequential continuity and Uniform continuity of functions of single variable.

Unit-II

Series of non-negative terms. P-Test. Comparison tests. Cauchy’s integral test. Cauchy’s Root
test. Ratio tests : Kummer’s Test, D’Alembert’s test, Raabe’s test, De Morgan and Bertrand’s test, Gauss
Test, Logarithmic test. Alternating series. Leibnitz’s theorem. Absolute and conditional convergence,
Rearrangement of absolutely convergent series, Riemann’s rearrangement theorem

References:

1. D. Soma Sundaram : A First Course in Mathematical Analysis, Narosa Publishing

and B. Choudhary House, New Delhi 1997.
2. P. K. Jain and : An Introduction to Real Analysis, S. Chand & Co., New
S. K. Kaushik Delhi 2000.
3. Murray R. Spiegel : Theory and Problems of Advanced Calculus, Schaum
Publishing Co., New York.
4. S.C.Malik : Mathematical Analysis, Wiley Eastern Ltd., New Delhi.
5. O.E.Stanaitis : An Introduction to Sequences, Series and Improper Integrals,
Holden – Dey, Inc., San Francisco, California.
6. Earl D. Rainville : Infinite Series, The Macmillan Company, New York.
7. N. Piskunov : Differential and Integral Calculus, Peace Publishers, Moscow.
---
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 185

Paper II : DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS- II

Max. Marks : 30
Time : 3 Hours
Int. Assesment : 3 Marks

Note: 1. The syllabus has been split into two Units: Unit-I and Unit-II. Four questions will be set
from each Unit.
2. A student will be asked to attempt five questions selecting at least two questions from each
Unit. Each question will carry 6 marks.
3. The teaching time shall be five periods (45 minutes each) per paper per week including
tutorial.
4. If internal assessment is to be conducted in the form of written examinations, then there will
be only one written examination in a Semester.

Unit-I

Series solution of differential equations-Power Series method, Bessel and Legendre equations.

Bessel functions of First and Second kind. Legendre function. Generating function. Recurrence
relation and orthogonality of Bessel and Legendre function.

Partial Differential Equations: Origin of first order Partial Differential Equations, Linear Equation of
first order, Integral surfaces passing through a given curve, surfaces orthogonal to a given system of surfaces.

Unit-II

Inverse Laplace transforms- Linearity property, Shifting properties, Change of Scale Property.
Inverse Laplace transforms of derivatives and integrals, Convolution theorem.

Applications of Laplace Transforms - Solution of differential equations with constant coefficients,

Solution of differential equations with variable coefficients, Solution of simultaneous differential equations.

Laplace Transformation-Linearity of the Laplace transformation. Existence theorem for Laplace

transformations, Shifting Theorems, Laplace transforms of derivatives and integrals, Multiplication of ,
Division by .

References:

1. Erwin Kreyszig : Advanced Engineering Mathematics, John Wiley & Sons Inc.,
New York, 1999.
2. D.A. Murray : Introductory Course on Differential Equations, Orient Longmen,
(India) 1967.
3. A.R. Forsyth : A Treatise on Differential Equations, Macmillan and Co. Ltd.,
London.
4. Sneddon, I.N. : Elements of Partial Differential Equations, McGraw Hill, 1957.

5. J. D. Murray & : Schaum Series, Laplace Transforms.

M. R. Spiegel
 186 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

6. Ross, S.L. : Differential Equations, John Willey & Sons, 2004.

7. Earl D. Rainville : Infinite Series, The Macmillan Company, New York.

8. N. Piskunov : Differential and Integral Calculus, Peace Publishers, Moscow.

Paper III : DYNAMICS

Max. Marks : 30
Time : 3 Hours

Note: 1. The syllabus has been split into two Units: Unit-I and Unit-II. Four questions will be set
from each Unit.
2. A student will be asked to attempt five questions selecting at least two questions from each
Unit. Each question will carry 6 marks.
3. The teaching time shall be five periods (45 minutes each) per paper per week including
tutorial.
4. If internal assessment is to be conducted in the form of written examinations, then there will
be only one written examination per paper in a Semester

Unit-I

Motion of a particle with constant acceleration, acceleration of falling bodies, motion under gravity, motion of
a body projected vertically upwards: Newton’s Laws of Motion, Motion of two particles connected by a string,
motion along a smooth inclined plane, constrained motion along a smooth inclined plane. Variable
acceleration: Simple harmonic motion, elastic string.

Unit-II

Curvilinear motion of a particle in a plane: Definition of velocity and acceleration, projectiles, motion in a
circle.

Work, power, conservative fields and the potential energy, work done against gravity, potential energy of a
gravitational field.

Relative motion, relative displacement, velocity and acceleration, motion relative to a rotating frame of
reference.

Linear momentum, angular momentum, conservation of angular momentum, impulsive forces, principle of
impulse and momentum, motion with respect to centre of mass of a system of particles, collisions of elastic
bodies, loss of energy during impact.

References:

1. S.L. Loney : An Elementary Treatise on the Dynamics of a Particle and of

Rigid bodies, Cambridge University Press, 1956.
2. K.R.Chaudhery and : Elements of Mechanics, Statics and Dynamics. S Chand and
A.C.Aggarwal Company
3. S. L. Loney : The elements of Statics and Dynamics, 5th edition, Cambridge
University Press, 1947.
4. Donald T. GreenWood : Principles of Dynamics, Second Edition, Prentice Hall of India.
5. M . Ray : A Text Book on Dynamics , S. Chand and Company- 1989
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 187

COMPUTER SCIENCE
SEMESTER-III

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

THIRD SEMESTER Exam . Ext. Int. Max.

Hrs Marks
Paper – CS05 Theory-A Computer Organization 3 30 5 35

Object Oriented Programming

Paper –CS06 Theory-B using (C++) 3 30 5 35
Paper – PCS03 Practical-C Practical Based on Paper – CS06 3 30 -- 30

Note : Practical marks will include the appropriate weightage for proper maintenance of Lab. Record.

Paper-CS05 : Computer Organization

Objective : To teach the students the basics of computer organization,

Microprocessor & basic know how about system maintenance.
Note : (i) The question paper will consist of Four units.
(ii) Examiner will set total of NINE questions comprising TWO questions from each unit and
ONE compulsory question of short answer type covering the whole syllabi.

(iii) The students are required to attempt ONE question from each unit and the compulsory
question.
(iv) All questions carry equal marks unless specified.

UNIT - I
Representation of Information : Number system: Binary, Decimal, Hexadecimal, Octal; Conversions; integer
and floating point representation, character codes (ASCII, EBCDIC), error detection and correction codes:
Parity bit method, Hamming code; Boolean algebra.

UNIT – II
Basic Building Blocks :Combinatorial logic design : Gates, Half Adder, Full Adder, Encoder, Decoder,
Multiplexer : Sequential Building Block : Flip-Flops, Registers, Counters: Synchronous and Asynchronous
Counters, Bus.

Microinstructions : Register Transfer, Arithmetic, Logical and Shift Operations; Instruction : Instruction
Format, Instruction Cycle; Interrrupt: Interrupt types, Interrupt Cycle.
 188 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

UNIT – III

Micrprocessor : Architecture of 8086/8088 Processor Model; Instruction Set; Addressing Modes: Registgers
used in Mircoprocessor.

Assembly Language : Features of Assembly Language, Machine Language vs Assembly Language, Pseudo
Instruction; use of Assembly for programs: Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication using Subroutines and Basic
Input/Output.

UNIT – IV

System Maintenance : Introduction to various physical components of a computer, Physical Inspection and
Diagnostics on PC, types of displays and other peripheral devices, installing software; Functional description
of various Internal and External cards; Viruses: Types of Computer Viruses, Detection of Viruses, Protection
from Viruses.

Suggested Readings :
Essential :
1. Mano, M.M. : Computer System Architecture, 3rd Ed., Dec., 1998, PHI.

Further Reading :

2. Tannenbaum, A.S. : Structured Computer Organization, 3rd Ed., Oct., 1993, PHI.

3. Gear, C.W. : Computer Organisation and Programming, McGraw Hill, 1975.

4. Langholz, G., Grancioni, : Elements of Computer Organization, Prentice Hall International,

J. & Kandel, A. 1988.

5. Hayes : Computer Architecture and Organization, McGraw Hill, International

Edition.

6. Sloan, M.E. : Computer Hardware and Organization, 2nd Edition, Galgotia Pvt. Ltd.

-----
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 189

Paper-CS06 : Object Oriented Programming (using C++)

Objective : To teach the students the implementation of various object oriented

programming concepts through C++ programming

Note : (i) The question paper will consist of Four units.

(ii) Examiner will set total of NINE questions comprising TWO questions from each unit and
ONE compulsory question of short answer type covering the whole syllabi.

(iii) The students are required to attempt ONE question from each unit and the compulsory
question.
(iv) All questions carry equal marks unless specified.

UNIT – I

Basic Concepts of Object Oriented Programming(OOP) : Object, Class, Encapsulation, Data Hiding,
Inheritance, Polymorphism. Analysis and design of system using Object Oriented Approach, Benefit of OOPs.

Structure of a C++ Program : Include files, Declaration of class, Main function, I/O streams.

Classes : Class Declaration : Data Members, Member Functions, Private and Public members, data hiding and
encapsulation, arrays within a class.
Objects : Creating Objects, Accessing class data members, Accessing member functions, Methods of passing
arguments to functions.
UNIT – II

Object Concepts: Arrays of Objects, Objects as function arguments: Pass by value, Pass by Reference,
Pointers to Objects.

Functions in C++ : Member function definition inside the class declaration and outside the class declaration,
scope resolution operator, Private and Public member function, Nesting of member functions, Static and
Friend functions.

UNIT – III

Constructors and Destructors: Constructors: Declaration and Definition, Default Constructors, Parameterized
Constructors, Copy Constructors. Destructors: Definition and use.

Inheritance – Extending Classes : Concept of inheritance, base class, derived class, defining derived classes,
visibility modes, private, public, protected; single inheritance : privately derived, publicly derived; making a
protected member inheritable, access control to private and protected members by member functions of a
derived class, multilevel inheritance, nesting of classes.

UNIT – IV

Polymorphism : Definition, types, Function overloading, Operator Overloading, Virtual functions and pure
virtual functions.
 190 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

Suggested Readings :

Essential :

1. Stroustrup : The C ++ Programming Language, Addison Wesley.

2. E. Balaguruswamy : Object Oriented Programming with C++, TMH.

Further Reading :

3. Robert Lafore : OOP in Turbo C++, Galgotia.

4. Herbert Schildt : Schildt’s Advanced Win 95 Prog. in C & C++, TMH.

5. Herbert Schildt : C++ The Complete Reference, TMH.

Paper – PCS03 : Practical Based on Paper CS06

****************
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 191

COMPUTER SCIENCE
SEMESTER-IV

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

FOURTH SEMESTER Exam . Ext. Int. Max.

Hrs Marks
Paper – CS07 Theory-A Database Concepts 3 30 5 35

Paper –CS08 Theory-B Data Structures 3 30 5 35

Paper – PCS04 Practical-C Practical Based on Paper – CS08 3 30 -- 30
Note : Practical marks will include the appropriate weightage for proper maintenance of Lab. Record.

Paper-CS07: Database Concepts

Objective : To teach the underlying concepts of database system in depth to students.

Note : (i) The question paper will consist of Four units.

(ii) Examiner will set total of NINE questions comprising TWO questions from each unit and
ONE compulsory question of short answer type covering the whole syllabi.

(iii) The students are required to attempt ONE question from each unit and the compulsory
question.
(iv) All questions carry equal marks unless specified.

UNIT – I

Basic Concepts: A Historical perspective, File Systems vs. DBMS, Characteristics of the Data Base Approach,
Abstraction and Data Integration, Database users, Advantages and Disadvantages of DBMS, Implication of
Database approach; Data Independence.

UNIT – II
Relational Data Model: Relational model concepts, Integrity constraints over Relations, Conventional
Data Models : An overview of Network and Hierarchical Data Models. The 12 Rules (Codd’s Rule) for
an RDBMS; Entity Relationship model.

UNIT – III

Relational Algebra and Calculus: Storage Organization for Relations, Relational Algebra: Operations - union,
intersection, difference, Cartesian product, projection, selection, division and relational algebra queries;
Relational Calculus: Tuple oriented and domain oriented relational calculus and its operations.
 192 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

UNIT – IV

Advance concepts: Client-Server Architecture, 3-tier Architecture of database, Distributed databases,

Normalization: First, second and third Normal Form, Boyce Codd Normal Form; Database Integrity: entity and
referential; Security: , Concurrency, Recovery

Suggested Reading
Essential :

1. Date, C.J., 1981 : An Introduction to Data Base Systems, Vols. I and II, Addison-Wesley.

Further Readings

2. Ullman, Jeffrey D., : Principles of Data Base Systems, 2nd Edition, Galgotia Publ. Pvt. Ltd.
1982.
3. Whittington, R.P. : Data Base System Engineering, Clavendon Press.
4. Pratt, P., 1987 : Data Base Systems Management and Design, Boyd and Fraser
Publ.
Comp.

----
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 193

Paper-CS08 : Data Structures

Objective : To teach the students various data structures and operations performed on them using
algorithms. The students will be capable to implement these operations using any programming
language.

Note : (i) The question paper will consist of Four units.

(ii) Examiner will set total of NINE questions comprising TWO questions from each unit and
ONE compulsory question of short answer type covering the whole syllabi.

(iii) The students are required to attempt ONE question from each unit and the compulsory
question.
(iv) All questions carry equal marks unless specified.

UNIT – I

Basic Concepts: Introduction to Complexity, Data Structure and Data Structure operations. Applications of
Data Structure, Basic data Structures; Arrays: Introduction, Types of Array, Memory representation,
Applications and operations. Stacks: Introduction, memory representation, Applications and operations

UNIT – II

Linked List: Operations:-traversing, searching, inserting, deleting, operations on header linked list, circular
linked list, doubly linked list, memory representation, Applications, polynomial manipulation; Queue:
Introduction, Types, Memory Representation and Applications.

UNIT – III

Trees – Definition and Basic concepts, Representation in Contiguous Storage, Binary Tree, Binary Tree
Traversal, Binary Search tree; Graphs: Introduction, Memory Representation, Graph Traversal (DFS and
BFS) ]

UNIT – IV

Searching: Binary and Linear Search; Sorting: Bubble sort, Insertion sort, Selection sort, Merge Sort, Quick
sort.

Suggested Readings :

Essential :

1. Lipschuitz L. Seymour, 2001 : Data Structure, Schaum Outline Series, TMH, New Delhi.

Further Readings :
2. Tannenbaum, Aaro M., 1990 : Data Structure Using C, Pearson.

Paper – PCS04 : Practical Based on Paper CS08 – Implement Data Structures Operations using C / C++.
***********
194 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

STATISTICS
B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021
SEMESTER-III

Note : 1. A candidate shall offer these subjects in B.A./B.Sc. only if he/she takes up Mathematics as
a subject in B.A./B.Sc.

2. A candidate shall offer B.A./B.Sc. 2nd year only if he/she had taken up the corresponding
subject in B.A./B.Sc. 1st year.

3. There are two papers w i t h codes 201 and 202 in the subject of Statistics in
B.A./B.Sc. 3rd semester. These are to be taught simultaneously throughout the semester.

4. 8 lectures (of 45 minutes each) for theory per week and 4 lectures (of 45 minutes each) for
practical per week amounting in all to 12 lectures per week for two papers (one theory
and one practical) shall be allotted for the teaching.

Paper- 201 : STATISTICAL INFERENCE

Maximum Marks : 75
Theory : 65
Internal Assessment : 10
Time allowed : 3 hours

Objective: The objective of the course is to provide a systematic account of testing and closely related
theory of point estimation and confidence sets, together with their applications.

Notes :

1. There will be in all nine (9) questions, all of equal marks. The first question is compulsory and
will be of short answer type covering the entire syllabus. Out of the remaining eight (8) questions,
four (4) questions will be set from each Unit. The candidate will be required to attempt five
questions in all including the compulsory first question and two questions from each Unit.

2. Simple non-programmable calculator is allowed.

3. Statistical tables and log tables will be provided on request.

UNIT-I

Concept of a statistic and its sampling distribution. Point estimate of a parameter, concept of unbiasedness,
consistency, efficiency and sufficiency (only the definitions and examples). Maximum likelihood
estimation (standard distributions) Standard errors of sample mean and sample proportion. Sampling
distribution of sum of independent binomial and Poisson random variables. Independence of sample mean
and variance in random sampling from a normal distribution (without derivation).

Statements and sampling distributions of chi-square, t & F distributions and their relationships.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 195

UNIT-II
Statistical Tests and Interval Estimation : Null and alternative hypothesis, two types of errors, level of
significance and p-value. Testing for the mean and variance of a normal distribution, testing of equality of
means and variances of two univariate normal distributions, and their related confidence intervals. Testing
the significance of sample correlation coefficient.

Large Sample Tests : Use of central limit theorem for testing and interval estimation of a single mean and
a single proportion, difference of two means and two proportions. Fisher’s Z-transformation and its uses.
Chi-square test for goodness of fit and testing of independence of attributes, Yale’s correction.

References :

1. Goon A.M., Gupta M.K., : Fundamentals of Statistics, Vol. I, World Press, Calcutta.
Dasgupta. B. (2005)

2. Miller, I. and Miller, M. (2002) : John E. Freund’s Mathematical Statistics (6th addition, low
price edition), Prentice Hall of India.

Additional References :

1. Mood A.M., Graybill F.A. and : Introduction to the Theory of Statistics, McGraw Hill.
Boes D.C. (1974)
2. Bhat B.R., Srivenkatramana T : Statistics : A Beginner’s Text, Vol. I, New Age International (P) Ltd.
and Rao Madhava K.S. (1997)
3. Snedecor G.W and Cochran : Statistical Methods. lowa State University Press.
W.G. (1967)
4. Spiegel, M.R , Stephens, : Schaum’s outlines Statistics, (4th edition) Tata McGraw Hill Education
L.J. and Kumar N. (2010) Private Limited

Paper- 202: PRACTICAL (SEMESTER-III)

Maximum Marks : 25
Time allowed : 3 hours

(Viva voce : 5 marks; record of the year : 5 marks; Annual Paper : 15 marks)

Note : The Practical Question Paper will contain five questions from the following topics. A student
will be required to attempt three questions, each of 5 marks, in three hours duration.

1. Drawing random samples from standard distributions : Uniform, Exponential and Normal.
2. Tests of significance based on t, chi-square and F for one sample, two samples and paired sample
problems; significance of correlation coefficient. Use of Z-Transformation for testing ρ = ρ0.
3. Large sample tests for means and proportions, tests of goodness of fit and independence of
attributes in contingency tables.
4. Confidence intervals for one and two sample problems (mean, variance and proportion).

-------------------
196 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

STATISTICS
B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021
SEMESTER-IV

Note : 1. A candidate shall offer this subject in B.A./B.Sc. only if he/she takes up Mathematics as a
subject in B.A./B.Sc.
2. A candidate shall offer this subject in B.A./B.Sc. 2nd year only if he/she had taken up the
corresponding subject in B.A./B.Sc. 1st year.

3. There are two papers code named papers 203 and 204 in the subject of Statistics in
B.A./B.Sc. 4th semester. These are to be taught simultaneously throughout the semester.

4. 8 lectures (45 minutes each) for theory per week and 4 lectures (45 minutes each) for
practical per week amounting in all to 12 lectures per week for two papers (one theory
and one practical) shall be allotted for the teaching.

Paper - 203 : SAMPLE SURVEYS, DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF EXPERIMENTS

Maximum Marks : 75
Theory : 65
Internal Assessment : 10
Time allowed : 3 hours

Objective: The objective of this course is to acquaint the students about the need & merits of sampling over
census and the implementation of various sampling schemes along with their merits, demerits and comparisons
in appropriate practical situations. The students will get exposure to various statistical designs leading to the
analysis of variance, elimination of heterogeneity of the data and construction of designs.
Notes :
1. There will be in all nine (9) questions, all of equal marks. The first question is compulsory and
will be of short answer type covering the entire syllabus. Out of the remaining eight (8) questions,
four (4) questions will be set from each Unit. The candidate will be required to attempt five
questions in all including the compulsory first question and two questions from each Unit.

2. Simple non-programmable calculator is allowed.

3. Statistical tables and log tables will be provided on request.

UNIT-I
Concepts of population and sample, need for sampling, census and sample surveys, basic concepts in
sampling. Sample selection and sample size. Sampling and non-sampling errors.

Some basic sampling methods for estimation of population mean, variance and standard error of estimates :
simple random sampling (SRS) with and without replacement, stratified random sampling under various
allocations and systematic sampling.

UNIT-II
Linear Models : concepts of fixed effect, random effect and mixed effect models. Analysis of variance for
one way, two-way (with one observation per cell and with multiple but equal observations per cell)
classifications under the fixed effect models.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 197

Need for design of experiment, three fundamental principles of design, basic designs-CRD, RBD, LSD
and their analysis.

References:

1. Goon A.M., Gupta M.K., Das Gupta. B. : Fundamentals of Statistics, Vol. II, World Press,
(2005) Calcutta.
2. Singh, D. and Chaudhary, F.S (1986). : Theory and Analysis of Sample Survey
Designs, John Wiley and sons.

Additional References:

1. Sukhatme, B.V (1984) : Sample Survey Methods and Its Applications,

Indian Society of Agricultural Statistics.
2. Murthy M.N (1967) : Sampling Theory and Methods, Statistical
Publishing Society, Calcutta.
3. Sampath S. (2000) : Sampling Theory and Methods, Narosa Publishing
House.
4. Dass M.N. and Giri (1986) : Design and Analysis of Experiments, Springer
Verlag.
5. Cochran W.G. and Cox G.M (1992) : Experimental Designs, John Wiley and Sons.
6. Montgomery, D. C. (2000) : Design and Analysis of Experiment, John Wiley,
New York.

Paper - 204: PRACTICAL (SEMESTER-IV)

Maximum Marks : 25
Time allowed : 3 hours

(Viva voce : 5 marks; record of the year : 5 marks; Annual Paper : 15 marks)

Note : The Practical Question Paper will contain five questions from the following topics. A student
will be required to attempt three questions, each of 5 marks, in three hours duration.
1. Selection of sample and determination of sample size : Simple random sampling (SRS),
stratified SRS, allocation problems in stratified SRS and systematic sampling.
2. Analysis of variance for one-way and two-way classifications. Analysis of CRD, RBD and
LSD.

****************
 198 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

APPLIED STATISTICS
SEMESTER-III

Note : 1. This course shall not be opted for along with courses in B.A./B.Sc Mathematics and/or
B.A./B.Sc. Statistics.
2. The candidate opting for this course will not be eligible for admission to M.A./M.Sc.
Statistics.
3. There is one paper with code 201AS in B.A./B.Sc. Semester-III having a total of 100 marks.
4. 9 Lectures of 45 minutes each per week shall be allotted for the teaching.

PAPER - 201AS: MATHEMATICAL METHODS - II

Maximum Marks : 100

Theory : 90
Internal Assessment : 10
Time allowed : 3 hours

Objective: The objective of the course is to provide an exposure to the Coordinate Geometry of three
dimensions, Calculus of several variables and theory of Matrices.

Note : There will be in all nine (9) questions. The first question is compulsory and will be of short
answer type covering the whole syllabus. This question will have (9) parts of 2 marks each. Of the
remaining eight (8) questions, four (4) questions will be set from each Unit. The candidates will
be required to attempt five (5) questions in all including the compulsory first question and two
questions from each Unit.

UNIT-I

Coordinate Geometry of 3 Dimensions : Cartesian, spherical coordinates, equations of line, plane, sphere
and ellipsoid.
Matrices and Linear Algebra : Determinants, algebra of matrices, rank of a matrix, inverse of a
matrix, symmetric matrices (upto 4 × 4 matrices only).

UNIT-II

Matrices and Linear Algebra : Systems of Linear equations and their solutions.
Calculus of Several Variables : Functions of two variables, Partial derivatives and double integrals.
Applications to evaluation of area.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 199

Books Prescribed

1. Ayres F. (1999) : First Year College Mathematics, Schaum Series, Mc Graw

Hill, New York.

2. Ayres F. (1980) : Matrices, Schaum Series, Mc Graw Hill, New York.

Books suggested for supplementary Reading

1. Kindle J.H. (1990) : Analytical Geometry, Schaum Series, Mc Graw Hill, New York.

2. Ayres F. (1999) : Calculus, Schaum Series, Mc Graw Hill, New York.

3. Spiegel M.R. (2002) : Advanced Calculus, Schaum Series, Mc Graw Hill, New York.

---------------
 200 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

APPLIED STATISTICS

SEMESTER-IV

Note : 1. This course shall not be opted for along with courses in B.A./B.Sc Mathematics and/or
B.A./B.Sc. Statistics.
2. The candidate opting for this course will not be eligible for admission to M.A./M.Sc.
Statistics.
3. There is one paper with code 202AS in the subject of Applied Statistics in B.A./B.Sc.
Semester IV, having a total of 100 marks.
4. 9 Lectures of 45 minutes each per week shall be allotted for the teaching.

PAPER- 202 AS: STATISTICAL METHODS

Maximum Marks : 100
Theory : 90
Internal Assessment : 10
Time allowed : 3 hours

Objective: The objective of the course is to make the students conversant with various techniques used in
summarization and analysis of data. The focus will be both on theoretical as well as practical approach.

Note :
1. There will be in all nine (9) questions. The first question is compulsory and will be of short
answer type covering the whole syllabus. This question will have (9) parts of 2 marks each.
Of the remaining eight (8) questions, four (4) questions will be set from each Unit. The
candidates will be required to attempt five (5) questions in all including the compulsory
first question and two questions from each Unit.

2. Simple non-programmable calculator is allowed.

3. Statistical tables and log tables will be provided on request.

UNIT-I

Compilation, classification, tabulation and diagrammatic representation of statistical data. Concepts of

Statistical population, random sample and frequency curve, measures of location, dispersion, skewness and
kurtosis.

Two dimensional random variable, joint probability distributions, marginal and conditional probability
distributions, conditional expectation, covariance and correlation coefficient.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 201

UNIT-II

Measures of association and contingency, correlation and linear-regression involving two variables.
Bivariate normal distributions.

Statement of weak law of large numbers and central limit theorem for independent and identical random
variables. Sampling distributions of means, chi-square, t and F in sampling from normal populations
(without proof).

Books recommended

1. Goon, A.M., Gupta, M.K. and : Fundamentals of Statistics, Vol.1 Chapter 1 to 6, 9, 10,
Dasgupta, B (2005). 13 (only the relevant portion from these chapters as
suggested by the body of the syllabus).

2. P.L.Meyer, (1971) : Introductory Probability and Statistical Applications, Addison

Wesley. American Pub. Co.

***************
 202 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

PHYSICS
B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (3rd and 4th Semester) EXAMINATION, 2020-2021

General Instructions for teachers, students and paper setters:

1. There will be three papers of theory and one laboratory (practical course). Each of the theory papers is
allocated 25 marks including 3(three) marks for the Internal Assessment. The Practical examination is
of 25 marks including 3 (three) marks for the Internal assessment. The exams will be conducted every
semester.

2. The number of lectures per week will be three for each theory paper and six for practicals.

3. The examination time for each theory paper as well as practical paper will be three hours.

4. Each theory paper will consist of seven questions comprising of three sections. First two sections will
comprise of three questions from each of Units I and II of syllabus, and the third section will comprise
of one compulsory question of ten short answer type parts covering whole syllabus. The question paper
will be set for 44 marks - All the questions in first and second sections will carry 9 (nine) marks each
and the compulsory question will carry 8 marks. Student will attempt two questions from each of the
first two sections and any eight parts of the compulsory questions. After evaluation of the answer books
out of 44 marks, the marks will be given out of 22 marks.

5. The numerical problems/exercises in the question paper should be 25-30%.

6. The use of Non-programmable calculators will be allowed (paper setter should explicitly mention this in
the question paper) in the examination centre but these will not be provided by the University/College.
Mobile phones and pages are not allowed in the examination hall.

7. External examiners will be sent for Practical examinations.

 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 203

PHYSICS

SEMESTER-III

Papers, marks and teaching hours allocation:

Paper A : Statistical Physics and Thermodynamics – I Total Teaching hrs. 30
Paper B : Optics and Lasers –I Total Teaching hrs. 30
Paper C : Quantum Physics-I Total Teaching hrs. 30
Physics Practicals Total Teaching hrs. 45

Paper A : STATISTICAL PHYSICS AND THERMODYNAMICS-I (30 Hrs.)

UNIT-I

Basic ideas of Statistical Physics, Scope of Statistical Physics, basic ideas about probability, distribution of
four distinguishable particles in two compartments of equal size. Concept of macrostates, microstates,
thermodynamic probability, effects of constraints on the system, distribution of n particles in two
compartments, deviation from the state of maximum probability, equilibrium state of dynamic system,
distribution of distinguishable n particles in k compartments of unequal sizes.

UNIT-II

Phase space and its division into elementary cells, three kinds of statistics. The basic approach in the three
statistics. Maxwell-Boltzman statistics applied to an ideal gas in equilibrium, experimental verification of
Maxwell-Boltzman’s law of distribution of molecular speeds.
Need of quantum statistics--B.E. statistics, derivation of Planck’s law of radiation, deduction of Wien’s
displacement law and Stefan’s law from Planck’s law, F.D. statistics, Comparison of M.B., B.E. and F.D.
statistics.

Books Suggested :

Essential Readings :

1. “Statistical Physics and Thermodynamics”, V.S. Bhatia, (Shoban Lal Nagin Chand, Jalandhar).
2. “A Treatise on Heat” Saha and Srivastava (Indian Press, Ahmedabad, 1972).

Further Readings:

1. Thermal Physics by C. Kittel & H. Kroemer, CBS Pub., 1987.

2. Thermal Physics, S.C. Garg, R.M. Bansal, and C.K. Ghosh, TMH, 2000.
204 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

Paper-B : OPTICS AND LASERS-I (30 Hrs.)

UNIT-I

Interference : Concept of coherence, spatial and temporal coherence, coherence time, coherence length,
area of coherence. Conditions for observing interference fringes. Interference by wavefront division and
amplitude division. Young’s double slit experiment. Lloyd’s mirror and Fresnel’s biprism, phase
change on reflection. Newton’s rings,Michelson interferometer—working, principle and nature of
fringes. Interference in thin films, Role of interference in anti-reflection. Multiple beam interference,
Fabry-Perot interferometer, nature of fringes, finesse.

UNIT-II

Diffraction : Huygen-Fresnal theory half period zones, zone plates. Distinction between Fresnel and
Fraunhofer diffraction. Fraunhofer diffraction due to single slit and intensity distribution,double slits &
multiple slits(qualitative). Fraunhofer diffraction at rectangular (qualitative discussion)and circular
apertures. Effects of diffraction in optical imaging, resolving power of microscope and telescope,
diffraction grating, its use as a spectroscopic element, resolving power, Moire’s fringes.
Polarization : Concept and analytical treatment of unpolarised, plane polarized and elliptically polarized
light. Double refraction, Nicol prism, sheet polarisers, retardation plates. Production and analysis of
polarized light (quarter and half wave plates).

Books Suggested :

Essential Readings:
1. Optics, Jenkins and White, McGraw Hill.
2. Optics, Ajoy Ghatak, McMillan India.
3. Physics for Degree Students, C. L. Arora and P .S. Hemne, S. Chand & Co., 2014.
Further Readings:
1. Optics, Born and Wolf, Pergamon.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 205

Paper-C : QUANTUM PHYSICS-I (30 Hrs.)

UNIT-I
Formalism of Wave Mechanics :
(i) Plancks’s formula of Black body radiation and energy quantization,
Wave-particle duality – Photoelectric effect, X-ray diffraction, Compton effect, Pair production,
Photon and gravity.
De Brogile waves, wave packet, Phase velocity and Group velocity, Electron microscope,
Particle in a box, Particle diffraction, Davisson-Germer experiment, Interferferometry with
particles.
Uncertainty principle with illustrations, Principle of complementarity.
(Chapters 2 and 3 of book 1 or Chapters 1-3 of book 2)
(ii) Quantum mechanics, Wave equation, Plausible arguments leading to time-dependent Schrodinger
equations, Born’s interpretation of Wave function, complex character, continuity and boundary
conditions, probability interpretation, normalization, Probabilty current, Probability conservation
equation, Principle of superposition.
(iii) Fundamental postulates of quantum mechanics. Eigenvalues and eigenfunctions. Operator
formalism, Position, momentum and energy operators, expectation values, Ehrenfest theorem,
Hermitian operators.
(Chapter 5 of book 1 and book 2)
UNIT-II

Problems in One and Three Dimensions :

(a) Steady-state Schrodinger equation, Appliction to stationary states for one dimension, Potential step.
potential barrier, Tunnel effect examples, Scanning Tunneling microscope, rectangular potential
well, Linear harmonic oscillator.
(Chapter 5 of book 1 and book 2)

(ii) SchrÖdinger equation for spherically symmetric potential, spherical harmonics, hydrogen atom
energy levels and eigenfunctions, Principal, Orbital and Magnetic quantum numbers, Electron
probability density.
(Chapter 6 of book 1 and book 2)
Books Suggested :
Essential Readings :
1. Concept of Modern Physics, A. Beiser, S. Mahajan and S. R. Choudhury, Tata McGraw Hill, 6th Edition.
2. Quantum Physics of Atoms, Molecular, R. Eisberg & R.Resnick, Second Edition, John Wiley, 2002.
3. Physics for Degree Students, C.L. Arora and P.S. Hemne, S. Chand & Co., 2014

Further Readings :
1. Modern Physics, J. Bernstein, P.M. Fishbane, S.G. Gasiorowicz, Pearson, 2000.
2. Elements of Modern Physics, S.H. Patil, McGraw Hill, 1998.
3. Quantum Mechanics, E. Merzbacaher, II Ed., John Wiley.
 206 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

PHYSICS PRACTICALS

The students are required to perform all the Nine experiments from each of the Units I and Unit II .The Practical
examination will be held along with the fourth semester examination.

The aim of the project work is to develop the scientific and technical temper in the students and as such it may
consist of development of a laboratory experiment,fabrication of a device or electronic circuit etc. The student will
prepare a project report of about 10 pages. Assessment of the project work will be done on the basis of the effort put
in the execution of the project, report prepared and viva-voce.

General Guidelines for Physics Practical Examinations :

Total : 50 marks

1. The distribution of marks is as follows :

(i) One full experiment out of section–A requiring the student to take some data, 20
analyse it and draw conclusions. (Candidates are expected to state their results
with limits of error).
(ii) One exercise based on experiment or Computer Programming from the Unit 7
assigned to the student for the semester
(iii) Viva-Voce and Record (Practical file) 10

(iv) Project 8
(v) Internal Assessment 5

Note for Examiners :

2. The marks scored under each head must be clearly written on the answer sheet.

3. There will be one session of 3 hours duration. The paper will have two sections. Section–A will consist
of 4 experiments from each of Units I and Unit II, out of which an examinee will mark 3 experiments
from either of units and one of these is to be allotted by the external examiner.
4. Section–B will consist of exercises/computer based activities which will be set by the external examiner
on the spot. The length of the exercises should be such that any of these could be completed in one
hour.
5. The examiner should take care that the experiment allotted to an examinee from section-A and exercise
allotted from section–B are not directly related to each other.
6. Number of candidates in a group for practical examination should not exceed 20.
7. In a single group, no experiment be allotted to more than three examinees in the group.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 207

List of Experiments :
UNIT-I
A. Statistical Physics and Thermodynamics :
I. To study adiabatic expansion of a gas.
II. To measure thermal expansion of crystal using interference fringes.
III. To measure thermal conductivity in poor conductor by Lee’s method.
IV. Thermo emf calibration, comparison.
V. Total radiation law, temperature dependence of radiation.
VI. To study Probability distribution using coloured dice, coins.
B. Optics and Lasers :
VII. To determine the refractive index of a liquid using spectrometer.
VIII. To determine the Cauchy’s constants.
IX. To study the refractive index of a doubly refracting prism.
X. Study of rotation of plane of polarization with a polarimeter.
XI. To determine the wave length of a given light using biprism.
Exercises :
1. To measure the thermo e.m.f.
2. To determine the heating efficiency of an electric kettle with varying voltages.
3. To measure the angle of rotation of plane of polarization for the given liquid.
4. To determine the least count and setup the spectrometer for minimum deviation position of the prism.

Computer Based Activities : Elementary C language programs.

1. Motion of particle in a central force field.
2. Calculation of days between two dates of a year.
3. To check if triangle exists and the type of the triangle.

UNIT-II

C. Optics and Lasers :

I. To determine the wave length and dispersive power using plane diffraction grating (use Hg source).
II. To determine the resolving power of a telescope.
III. To determine the resolving power of a grating.
IV. Set up Newton’s rings to determine wave length of sodium light.
V. To measure an inaccessible height using sextant.
VI. To determine the principal points of a lens system.
VII. To determine the divergence and wave length of a given laser source.
 208 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

D. Quantum Physics:

VIII. To study the Photoelectric effect and determine the value of Planck’s constant.
IX. To study the gas discharge spectrum of hydrogen.
X. To study the absorption spectra of iodine vapours.
XI. To determine the ionization potential of mercury.

Exercises :

1. To measure the diameter of Newton’s rings.

2. Study of variation of light intensity using photovoltaic cell/inverse square law.
3. To determine the angle of wedge using interference method.
4. To measure the angle of elevation of a tall building.

Computer Based Activities : Elementary C language programs.

1. To find the sum of the sine and cosine series and print out the curve.
2. To find Sum and Product of Matrices
3. Motion of a projectile using computer simulation.

Text and Reference Books :

1. A Laboratory Manual of Physics for Undergraduate Classes, D.P. Khandelwal.

2. B.Sc. Practical Physics, C.L. Arora (S. Chand) & Co. (2014)
3. Numerical Analysis by C. Dixon.

4. Programming with C, Schaum series by Byron Gottfried & Jitender Chhabra.

------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 209

PHYSICS

SEMESTER – IV

Papers, marks and teaching hours allocation:

Paper A : Statistical Physics and Thermodynamics – II Total Teaching hrs. 30
Paper B : Optics and Lasers –II Total Teaching hrs. 30
Paper C : Quantum Physics-II Total Teaching hrs. 30
Physics Practicals Total Teaching hrs. 45

Paper A : STATISTICAL PHYSICS AND THERMODYNAMICS-II (30 Hrs.)

UNIT-I

Statistical definition of entropy, change of entropy of a system, additive nature of entropy, law of increase
of entropy, reversible and irreversible processes with examples. Work done in a reversible process.
Examples of increase of entropy in natural processes. Entropy and disorder.
Brief review of the terms and Laws of Thermodynamics, Carnot’s Cycle. Entropy changes in Carnot’s
Cycle. Applications of thermodynamics to thermoelectric effect, change of entropy along a reversible path
in a P.V. diagram, entropy of a perfect gas. Equation of state of ideal gas from simple statistical
consideration. Heat death of the universe.

UNIT-II

Derivation of Maxwell’s thermodynamical relations and applications, cooling produced by adiabatic

stretching, adiabatic compression, change of internal energy with volume. Expression for (Cp-Cv),
change of state and Clayperon Equation. Thermodynamical treatment of Joule-Thomson effect. Use of
Joule-Thomson effect for liquification of helium. Production of very low temperature by adiabatic
demagnetisation.

Books Suggested :

Essential Readings:

1. “Statistical Physics and Thermodynamics”, V.S. Bhatia, (Shoban Lal Nagin Chand, Jalandhar)
2. “A Treatise on Heat” Saha and Srivastava (Indian Press, Ahmedabad, 1972.)

Further Readings :

1. Thermal Physics by C. Kittel & H. Kroemer, CBS Pub., 1987

2. Thermal Physics, S.C. Garg, R.M. Bansal, and C.K. Ghosh, TMH, 2000.
210 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

Paper-B : OPTICS AND LASERS-II (30 Hrs.)

UNIT-I

Laser Fundamentals :
Interacation of light with matter : Absorption, spontaneous emission, stimulated emission, Wave
mechanical explanation, Properties of Spectral Lines, Temporal and spatial coherence,
Charatertistics of stimulated emission, Einstein coefficients and their relations, Light amplification and
threshold condition ,Population inversion, Kinetics of optical absorption (qualitative account only),
Qualitative account of Collisional broadening, Doppler broadening & Natural broadening,
Mechanism of Luminescence.
Lasing action, Components of Laser, Elementary theory of optical cavity, longitudinal and transverse
modes, Principal pumping schemes, Three level and four level laser schemes.

UNIT-II

Laser Systems : Types of lasers, Ruby and Nd : YAG lasers. He–Ne, Dye and CO2 lasers – construction,
mode of creating population inversion and output characteristics.
Applications of lasers—a general outline, Holography. Principle, recording of hologram and
reconstruction of image.
Fiber Optics : Photonics, Optical fibre, Construction, Numerical aperture, acceptance angle, skip distance,
Step index fibre – single mode and multimode, Graded index fibre, Losses in optical fibre, Material losses
and Rayleigh scattering, bending losses, Intermodal and intramodal dispersion.
Splicing techniques, Optical fibre based communication system, Medical applications.

Books Suggested :

Essential Readings :

1. Laser Fundamentals, W.T. Silfvast, Foundation Books.

2. Lasers and Non-linear Optics, B.B. Laud, Wiley Eastern Limited.
3. A text book of Optics, Subtahmanyam N., Lal B. and Avadhanulu, M. N., S. Chand & Co., 2012.
4. Optical Fiber Communication, Keiser, MH.

Further Readings :

1. Lasers, Svelto Pergmon.

 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 211
Paper-C : QUANTUM PHYSICS-II (30 Hrs.)
UNIT-I

Radiative transitions, selection rules and life times,

Spectrum of hydrogen atom.
Normal Neeman effect and experiment, Degeneracy of H-atom energy levels, fine structure, Electron
angular momentum, Larmor’s frequency, electron spin angular momentum, Exclusive principle, Stern-
Gerlach experiment, spin-orbit coupling, electron magnetic moment, total angular momentum, Hyperfine
structure, examples of one electron systems, Anomalous Zeeman effect, Lande-g factor (sodium D-lines).
Paschen-Back Effect, Stark Effect.
(Chapters 6 & 7 of Book 1, Chapters 8-10 of Book 2)

UNIT-II
Symmetric and Antisymmetric wave functions, exclusion principle, Many electron atoms, Slater
determinant, Electronic configurations, Hund’s rule, Spin-Orbit coupling, L-S coupling, J-J couplings, term
symbols. Atomic spectra of H, Na, He and Hg, selection rules.
X-ray spectra, nomenclature, Selection rules, Mosley law, Auger effect.
Molecular bonding, H2+ ion and H2 molecules, Complex molecules, molecular spectra, selection rules,
symmetric structures, rotational vibrational levels and spectra of diatomic molecules,vibration-rotation
spectra, electronic spectra of molecules, Franck Condon principle, fluorescence and phosphorescence,
Raman Effect, Magnetic resonance experiments.
(Chapters 7 & 8 of Book 1, Chapter 12 of Book 2)

Books Suggested :

Essential Readings :
1. Concepts of Modern Physics, A. Beiser, S. Mahajan and S. R. Choudhary, Tata McGraw Hill,
6th Edition.
2. Quantum Physics of Atoms, Molecular, R. Eisberg & R. Resnick, Second Edition, John Wiley, 2002.
3. Physics for Degree Students, C.L. Arora and P.S. Hemne, S.Chand & Co., 2014.
4. Elements of Modern Physics, S.H. Patil, McGraw Hill, 1998.

Further Readings :

1. Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy, C.N . Banwell, T.M.H., 1972

2. Atomic and Molecular Spectra, Rajkumar (Kedarnath Ramnath Prakashan, Meerut).
3. Atomic Spectra, H.G. Kuhn, Academic Press, N.Y.

PHYSICS PRACTICALS

The Practical examination will be held along with the fourth semester examinations. General Guidelines
for Physics Practical Examinations and syllabus is given in syllabus for Semester III.

**************
 212 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

CHEMISTRY
B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021
Scheme of Teaching and Examination

SEMESTER-III

Paper Course Teaching Hrs. Max. Marks

IX Inorganic Chemistry-A 30 3 periods per week 22+3 internal assessment
X Organic Chemistry-A 30 3 periods per week 22+3 internal assessment
XI Physical Chemistry-A 30 3 periods per week 22+3 internal assessment
XII Laboratory Practicals 6 periods per week 22+3 internal assessment

Total 15 periods/week 100

SEMESTER-IV

Paper Course Teaching Hrs. Max. Marks

XIII Inorganic Chemistry-B 30 3 periods per week 22+3 internal assessment
XIV Organic Chemistry-B 30 3 periods per week 22+3 internal assessment
XV Physical Chemistry-B 30 3 periods per week 22+3 internal assessment
XVI Laboratory Practicals 6 periods per week 22+3 internal assessment

Total 15 periods/week 100

Total Marks
SEMESTER-III- 100
SEMESTER-IV- 100

200
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 213

CHEMISTRY
SEMESTER-III

Paper Course Teaching Hrs. Max. Marks

IX Inorganic Chemistry-A 30 3 periods per week 22+3 internal assessment
X Organic Chemistry-A 30 3 periods per week 22+3 internal assessment
XI Physical Chemistry-A 30 3 periods per week 22+3 internal assessment
XII Laboratory Practicals 6 periods per week 22+3 internal assessment

Total 15 periods/week 100

Paper-IX: INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-A Time : 3 Hrs

Max. Marks : 22+3
60 Hrs. (2 Hrs/Week)
3 Periods/Week
OBJECTIVE OF THE COURSE

To teach the fundamental concepts of Chemistry and their applications. The syllabus pertaining to B.Sc.
(GENERAL) (Semester system) in the subject of Chemistry has been upgraded as per provision of the UGC
module and demand of the academic environment. The course contents have been revised from time to time as
per suggestions of the teachers of the Chemistry working in the Panjab University, Chandigarh and affiliated
colleges. The syllabus contents are duly arranged unit wise and contents are included in such a manner so that
due importance is given to requisite intellectual and laboratory skills.

UNIT-I (8 Hrs.)

Chemistry of Elements of First Transition Series:

Characteristic properties of d-block elements.

Properties of the elements of the first transition series, their simple compounds and complexes, illustrating
relative stability of their oxidation states, coordination number and geometry.

UNIT-II (7 Hrs.)

Chemistry of Elements of Second and Third Transition Series:

General characteristics, comparative treatment with their 3d-analogues in respect of ionic radii, oxidation
states, magnetic behaviour, spectral properties and stereochemistry.

UNIT-III (8 Hrs.)

Chemistry of Coordination Compounds-I

Werner’s coordination theory and its experimental verification, effective atomic number concept, chelates,
nomenclature of coordination compounds, isomerism in coordination compounds

UNIT-IV (7 Hrs.)

Chemistry of Coordination Compounds-II

Valence bond theory of transition metal complexes. Properties of Coordination compounds i.e. magenetic
properties, colours ( Qualitative approach only), use of coordination compounds.
 214 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

Instructions for paper setters and candidates:

i. Examiner will set total of NINE questions comprising TWO questions from each unit and ONE
compulsory question of short answer type covering whole syllabi.
ii. The students are required to attempt FIVE questions in all, ONE question from each unit and the
Compulsory question.
iii. Compulsory question carries six marks and remaining all questions carry four marks each.

Books Suggested

1. Cotton, F.A., Wilkinson, G., Gaus, P.L., Basic Inorganic Chemistry; 3rd edition, Pubs: John Wiley Sons.
1995.

2. Lee, J.D., Concise Inorganic Chemistry; 4th edition, Pubs: Chapman Hall Ltd., 1991.

3. Shriver, D.E., Alkins, P.W., Langford, C.H., Inorganic Chemistry; 4th edition, Oxford Publisher: Oxford
University Press, 2006.

4. Douglas, B. McDamiel, D., Alexander, J., Concepts and Models of Inorganic Chemistry; 3rd edition, Pubs:
John Wiley and Sons Inc., 1994.

5. Porterfield, W.W., Wesley, A., Inorganic Chemistry; Pubs: Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 1984.

6. Miessler, G.L., Larr, D.A., Inorganic Chemistry; 3rd edition, Pubs: Pearson Education Inc., 2004.

7. Jolly, W.L., Modern Inorganic Chemistry; 2nd edition, Pubs: McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited,
1991.

8. Purcell, K.F., Kotz, J.C., Inorganic Chemistry; Pubs: W.B. Saunders Company, 1977.

9. Puri, B.R., Sharma, L.R., Kalia, K.C., Principles of Inorganic Chemistry; 30th edition, Pubs: Milestones
Publisher, 2006-07.

Paper-X: ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-A Time : 3 Hrs

Max. Marks : 22+3
60 Hrs. (2
Hrs/Week)
3 Periods/Week

OBJECTIVE OF THE COURSE

To teach the fundamental concepts of Chemistry and their applications. The syllabus pertaining to B.Sc.
(GENERAL) (Semester system) in the subject of Chemistry has been upgraded as per provision of the UGC
module and demand of the academic environment. The course contents have been revised from time to time as
per suggestions of the teachers of the Chemistry working in the Panjab University, Chandigarh and affiliated
colleges. The syllabus contents are duly arranged unit wise and contents are included in such a manner so that
due importance is given to requisite intellectual and laboratory skills.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 215

UNIT-I (8 Hrs.)
Alcohols and Phenols:
Classification and nomenclature
Monohydric alcohols-Nomenclature, methods of formation by reduction of aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic
acids and esters. Hydrogen bonding. Acidic nature. Reactions of alcohols. Dihydric and Trihydric alcohols-
Nomenclature, methods of formation, chemical reactions of vicinal glycols and glycerol.

Preparation of phenols, physical properties and acidic character. Comparative acidic strengths of alcohols and
phenols, resonance stabilization of phenoxide ion. Reactions of phenols-electrophilic aromatic substitution,
acylation and carboxylation. Mechanisms of Fries rearrangement, Claisen rearrangement, Gatterman synthesis,
and Reimer-Tiemann reaction.

UNIT-II (8 Hrs.)

Aldehydes and Ketones I

Nomenclature and structure of the carbonyl group. Synthesis of aldehydes and ketones with particular
reference to the synthesis of aldehydes from acid chorides, synthesis of aldehydes and ketones using 1,3-
dithianes, synthesis of ketones from nitriles and from carboxylic acids. Physical properties.

UNIT-III (7 Hrs.)
Aldehydes and Ketones-II
Mechanism of nucleophilic additions to carbonyl group with particular emphasis on benzoin, aldol, Perkin and
Knoevenagel condensations. Condensation with ammonia and its derivatives. Wittig reaction, Mannich
reaction.
Use of acetals as protecting group. Oxidation of aldehydes, Baeyer-Villiger oxidation of ketones, Cannizzaro
reaction, MPV, Clemmensen, Wolff-Kishner, LiAIH4 and NaBH4 reductions.

UNIT-IV

Carboxylic Acids: (7 Hrs.)

Nomenclature, structure and bonding, physical properties, acidity of carboxylic acids, effects of substitutions
on acid strength. Preparations of carboxylic acids. Reactions of carboxylic acids. Hell-Volhard-Zelinsky
reaction. Synthesis of acid chlorides, esters and amides, Reduction of carboxylic acids. Mechanism of
decarboxylation. Methods of formation and chemical reactions of halo acids. Hydroxyl acids: Malic, tartaric
and citric acids(structural features only).

Methods of formation and chemical reactions of unsaturated monocarboxylic acids.

Dicarboxylic acids: Methods of formation and effects of heat and hydrating agents.

Instructions for paper setters and candidates:

i. Examiner will set total of NINE questions comprising TWO questions from each unit and ONE
compulsory question of short answer type covering whole syllabi.
ii. The students are required to attempt FIVE questions in all, ONE question from each unit and the
Compulsory question.
iii. Compulsory question carries six marks and remaining all questions carry four marks each.
 216 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

Books suggested

1. Morrison, R.T., Boyd, R.N., Organic Chemistry; 6th edition, Pubs: Prentice-Hall, 1992.

2. Wade Jr., L.G., Singh, M.S., Organic Chemistry; 6th edition, Pubs: Pearson Education, 2008.

3. Mukherji, S.M., Singh, S.P., Kapoor, R.P., Organic Chemistry; Pubs: Wiley Eastern Limited, 1985,
Vol. I, II, III.

4. Solomons, T.W., Fryhle, C.B., Organic Chemistry; 9th edition, Pubs: Wiley India, 2007.

5. Carey, F.A., Organic Chemistry; 4th edition, Pubs: McGraw-Hill, 2000.

6. Streitwieser, A., Clayton, Jr., Heathcock, H., Introduction to Organic Chemistry; 3rd edition, Pubs:
Macmillan Publishing Company, 1989.

Paper-XI: PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-A Time : 3 Hrs.

Max. Marks:22+3
60 Hrs. (2 Hrs./Week)
3 Periods/Week

OBJECTIVE OF THE COURSE

To teach the fundamental concepts of Chemistry and their applications. The syllabus pertaining to
B.Sc. (GENERAL) (Semester system) in the subject of Chemistry has been upgraded as per provision of the
UGC module and demand of the academic environment. The course contents have been revised from time to
time as per suggestions of the teachers of the Chemistry working in the Panjab University, Chandigarh and
affiliated colleges. The syllabus contents are duly arranged unit wise and contents are included in such a
manner so that due importance is given to requisite intellectual and laboratory skills.

UNIT-I (8 Hrs.)

Liquid State:
Intermolecular forces, structure of liquids (a qualitative description).
Structural differences between solids, liquids and gases.
Liquid Crystals : Difference between liquid crystal, solid and liquid. Classification, structure of nematic and
cholestric phases. Thermography and seven segment cell.

UNIT-II (7 Hrs.)

Chemical Equilibrium:
Equilibrium constant and free energy. Thermodynamic derivation of law of mass of mass action. Le -
Chatelier’s principle.
Reaction isotherm and Reaction isochore-Clapeyron equation and Clausius –Clapeyron equation, applications.

UNIT-III (8 Hrs.)

Thermodynamics-II:
Second Law of Thermodynamics: Need for the law, different statements of the law, Carnot cycle and its
efficiency, Carnot theorem. Thermodynamic scale of temperature.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 217

Concept of Entropy: Entropy as a state function, entropy as a function of V & T, entropy as a function of P &
T, entropy change in physical change, Clausius inequality, entropy as a criteria of spontaneity and
equilibrium. Entropy change in ideal gases and mixing of gases.

UNIT-IV (7 Hrs.)

Thermodynamics-III:
Third Law of Thermodynamics: Nernst heat theorem, statement and concept of residual entropy, evaluation of
absolute entropy from heat capacity data. Gibbs and Helmholtz functions; Gibbs function (G) and Helmholtz
functions (A) as thermodynamic quantities, A & G as criteria for thermodynamic equilibrium and spontaneity,
their advantage over entropy change. Variation of G and A with P, V and T.

Instructions for paper setters and candidates:

i. Examiner will set total of NINE questions comprising TWO questions from each unit and ONE
compulsory question of short answer type covering whole syllabi.

ii. The students are required to attempt FIVE questions in all, ONE question from each unit and the
Compulsory question.

iii. Compulsory question carries six marks and remaining all questions carry four marks each.

Books suggested

1. Atkins, P., Paula, J.de, Atkins Physical Chemistry; 8th edition, Pubs: Oxford University Press, 2008.

2. Puri, B.R., Sharma, L.R., Pathania, M.S., Principles of Physical Chemistry; 43rd edition, Pubs: Vishal
Publishing Co., 2008.

3. Barrow, G.M., Physical Chemistry; 6th edition, Pubs: McGraw Hill Companies Inc, 1996.

4. Rao, C.N.R., University General Chemistry; Pubs: Macmillan of India, 1985.

5. Berry, R.S., Rice, S.A., Ross, J., Physical Chemistry; 2nd edition, Pubs: Oxford University Press, 2000.

6. Albert, R.A., Silbey, R.J., Physical Chemistry; 1st edition, Pubs: John Wiley & Sons Inc., 1992.

7. Dogra, S.K., Dogra, S., Physical Chemistry Through Problems, Pubs: Wiley Eastern Limited, 1991.

8. Levine, I.N., Physical Chemistry; 5th edition, Pubs: Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd, 2002.

9. Moore, W. J., Basic Physical Chemistry; Pubs: Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd, 1983.

10. Metz, C.R., Theory and problems of Physical Chemistry; Schaum’s outline series, 2nd edition, Pubs:
McGraw-Hall Book Company, 1989.
 218 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

Paper-XII: LABORATORY PRACTICALS

Max. Marks:22+3
Inorganic Chemistry 6 Periods/week
Quantitative Analysis
Volumetric Analysis:
a) Estimation of calcium content in chalk as calcium oxalate by permanganometry.
b) Estimation of hardness of water by EDTA.
c) Estimation of ferrous and ferric by dichromate method.
d) Estimation of copper using sodium thiosulphate
Gravimetric Analysis
Analysis of Cu as CuSCN and Ni as Ni (dimethylgyoxime)2.
Physical Chemistry
Thermochemistry:
a) To determine the solubility of benzoic acid at different temperatures and to determine ∆H of the
dissolution process.
b) To determine the enthalpy of neutralization of a weak acid/weak base versus strong base/strong acid
and determine the enthalpy of ionization of the weak acid/weak base. pH of a Buffer solution,
Determination of ionization constant of a weak acid.
General Instruction to the Examiners:
Note: Practical examination will be of four hours duration & shall consist of the following questions:

Q.No. I. Inorganic Chemistry : 09 marks

Q.No. II. Physical Chemistry : 06 marks
Q.No. III. Viva-Voce : 04 marks
Ask four questions (2 marks each) related to chemistry practicals.
Q.No. IV. Note Book : 03 marks

Books Suggested (Laboratory Courses)

1. Furniss, B.S., Hannaford, A.J., Rogers, V., Smith, P.W.G., Tatchell, A.R., Vogel’s Text Book of Practical
Organic Chemistry; 4th edition, Pubs: Longman group, 1978.

2. Bansal, R.K., Laboratory Manual of Organic Chemistry; 3rd edition, Pubs:Wiley Eastern Limited, New
Delhi, 1994.

3. Furniss, B.S., Hannaford, A.J., Smith, P.W.G., Tatchell, A.R., Vogel’s Textbook of Practical Organic
Chemistry; 5th edition, Pubs: Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd. Delhi., 2006.

4. Khosla, B.D., Garg, V.C., Gulati, A., Senior Practical Physical Chemistry; 11th edition, Pubs: R. Chand &
Co., New Delhi, 2002.

5. Das, R.C., Behra, B., Experimental Physical Chemistry; Pubs: Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd.,
1983.

6. Levitt, B.P., Findlays Practical Physical Chemistry; 8th edition, Pubs: Longman Group Ltd., London &
New York, 1978.
-----------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 219

CHEMISTRY
SEMESTER-IV

Paper Course Teaching Hrs. Max. Marks

XIII Inorganic Chemistry-B 30 3 periods per week 22+3 internal assessment
XIV Organic Chemistry-B 30 3 periods per week 22+3 internal assessment
XV Physical Chemistry-B 30 3 periods per week 22+3 internal assessment
XVI Laboratory Practicals 6 periods per week 22+3 internal assessment

Total 15 periods/week 100

Paper-XIII: INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-B Time : 3 Hrs

Max. Marks : 22+3
60 Hrs. (2 Hrs/Week)
3 Periods/Week

OBJECTIVE OF THE COURSE

To teach the fundamental concepts of Chemistry and their applications. The syllabus pertaining to B.Sc.
(GENERAL) (Semester system) in the subject of Chemistry has been upgraded as per provision of the UGC
module and demand of the academic environment. The course contents have been revised from time to time as
per suggestions of the teachers of the Chemistry working in the Panjab University, Chandigarh and affiliated
colleges. The syllabus contents are duly arranged unit wise and contents are included in such a manner so that
due importance is given to requisite intellectual and laboratory skills.

UNIT-I (8 Hrs.)

Chemistry of Lanthanide Elements:

Electronic structure, oxidation states and ionic radii and lanthanide contraction, complex formation,
occurrence and isolation, lanthanide compounds.

Chemistry of Actinides:
General features and chemistry of actinides, chemistry of separation of Np, Pu and Am from U, similarities
between the later actinides and the later lanthanides.

UNIT-II (7 Hrs.)

Acids and Bases:

Arrhenius, Bronsted-Lowry, the Lux-Flood, solvent system and Lewis concepts of acids and bases.

UNIT-III (8 Hrs.)

Oxidation and Reduction:

Use of redox potential data – analysis of redox cycle, redox stability in water – Frost, Latimer and Pourbaix
diagrams. Principles involved in the extraction of the elements.
 220 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

UNIT-IV (7 Hrs.)

Non-aqueous Solvents:
Physical properties of a solvent, types of solvents and their general characteristics, reactions in non-aqueous
solvents with reference to liquid NH3 and liquid SO2.

Instructions for paper setters and candidates:

i. Examiner will set total of NINE questions comprising TWO questions from each unit and ONE
compulsory question of short answer type covering whole syllabi.

ii. The students are required to attempt FIVE questions in all, ONE question from each unit and the
Compulsory question.

iii. Compulsory question carries six marks and remaining all questions carry four marks each.

Books Suggested

1. Cotton, F.A., Wilkinson, G., Gaus, P.L., Basic Inorganic Chemistry; 3rd edition, Pubs: John Wiley Sons.
1995.

2. Lee, J.D., Concise Inorganic Chemistry; 4th edition, Pubs: Chapman Hall Ltd., 1991.

3. Shriver, D.E., Alkins, P.W., Langford, C.H., Inorganic Chemistry; 4th edition, Oxford Publisher: Oxford
University Press, 2006.

4. Douglas, B. McDamiel, D., Alexander, J., Concepts and Models of Inorganic Chemistry; 3rd edition, Pubs:
John Wiley and Sons Inc., 1994.

5. Porterfield, W.W., Wesley, A., Inorganic Chemistry; Pubs: Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 1984.

6. Miessler, G.L., Larr, D.A., Inorganic Chemistry; 3rd edition, Pubs: Pearson Education Inc., 2004.

7. Jolly, W.L., Modern Inorganic Chemistry; 2nd edition, Pubs: McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited,
1991.

8. Purcell, K.F., Kotz, J.C., Inorganic Chemistry; Pubs: W.B. Saunders Company, 1977.

9. Puri, B.R., Sharma, L.R., Kalia, K.C., Principles of Inorganic Chemistry; 30th edition, Pubs: Milestones
Publisher, 2006-07.

---
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 221

Paper-XIV: ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-B Time : 3 Hrs

Max. Marks : 22+3
60 Hrs. (2 Hrs/Week)
3 Periods/Week

OBJECTIVE OF THE COURSE

To teach the fundamental concepts of Chemistry and their applications. The syllabus pertaining to B.Sc.
(GENERAL) (Semester system) in the subject of Chemistry has been upgraded as per provision of the UGC
module and demand of the academic environment. The course contents have been revised from time to time as
per suggestions of the teachers of the Chemistry working in the Panjab University, Chandigarh and affiliated
colleges. The syllabus contents are duly arranged unit wise and contents are included in such a manner so that
due importance is given to requisite intellectual and laboratory skills.

UNIT-I (8 Hrs.)

Carboxylic Acid Derivatives:

Structure and nomenclature of acid chlorides, esters, amides and acid anhydrides. Relative stability &
reactivity of acyl derivatives. Physical properties, interconversion of acid derivatives by nucleophilic acyl
substitution.

Preparation of carboxylic acid derivatives, chemical reactions. Mechanisms of esterification and hydrolysis
(acidic and basic).

UNIT-II (8 Hrs.)

Ethers , Epoxides Fats, Oils and Detergents:

Nomenclature of ether and methods of their formation, physical properties. Chemical reaction-cleavage and
autoxidation, Ziesel’s method.

Synthesis of epoxides. Acid and base-catalyzed ring opening of epoxides, orientation of epoxide ring opening,
reactions of Grignard and organolithium reagents with epoxides.

Natural fats, edible and industrial oils of vegetable origin, common fatty acids, glycerides, hydrogenation of
unsaturated oils. Saponification value, iodine value, acid value. Soaps, synthetic detergents; alkyl and aryl
sulphonates.

UNIT-III (7 Hrs.)

Organic Compounds of Nitrogen:

Preparation of nitroalkanes and nitroarenes. Chemical reactions of nitroalkanes. Mechanisms of nucleophilic
substitution in nitroarenes and their reductions in acidic, neutral and alkaline media. Picric acid.

Structure and nomenclature of amines, physical properties. Stereochemistry of amines, Separation of a mixture
of primary, secondary and tertiary amines. Structural features effecting basicity of amines. Amine salts as
phase-transfer catalysis. Preparation of alkyl and aryl amines (reduction of nitro compounds, nitriles),
reductive amination of aldehydic and ketonic compounds. Gabriel-phthalimide reaction, Hofmann bromamide
reaction.
 212 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

UNIT-IV

Heterocyclic Compounds: (7 Hrs.)

Introduction: Moleculer Orbital picture and aromatic character of pyrrole, furan, thiophene, pyridine. Methods of synthesis
and chemical reactions with particular emphasis on the mechanism of electrophilic substitution. Mechanism of
nucleophilic substitution reactions in pyridine derivatives.Comparision of basicity of pyridine, piperidine and pyrrole.

Introduction to condensed-five and six-membered heterocycles. Preparation and reactions of indole, quinoline and
isoquinoline with special reference to Fisher indole synthesis. Skraup synthesis and Bischler-Napieralski synthesis.
Mechanism of electrophilic substitution reactions of indole, quinoline and isoquinoline.

Instructions for paper setters and candidates:

i. Examiner will set total of NINE questions comprising TWO questions from each unit and ONE
compulsory question of short answer type covering whole syllabi.

ii. The students are required to attempt FIVE questions in all, ONE question from each unit and the
Compulsory question.

iii. Compulsory question carries six marks and remaining all questions carry four marks each.
.
Books suggested

1. Morrison, R.T., Boyd, R.N., Organic Chemistry; 6th edition, Pubs: Prentice-Hall, 1992.

2. Wade Jr., L.G., Singh, M.S., Organic Chemistry; 6th edition, Pubs: Pearson Education, 2008.

3. Mukherji, S.M., Singh, S.P., Kapoor, R.P., Organic Chemistry; Pubs: Wiley Eastern Limited, 1985,
Vol. I, II, III.

4. Solomons, T.W., Fryhle, C.B., Organic Chemistry; 9th edition, Pubs: Wiley India, 2007.

5. Carey, F.A., Organic Chemistry; 4th edition, Pubs: McGraw-Hill, 2000.

6. Streitwieser, A., Clayton, Jr., Heathcock, H., Introduction to Organic Chemistry; 3rd edition,
Pubs: Macmillan Publishing Company, 1989.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 223

Paper-XV: PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-B Time : 3 Hrs

Max. Marks : 22+3
60 Hrs. (2 Hrs/Week)
3 Periods/Week

OBJECTIVE OF THE COURSE

To teach the fundamental concepts of Chemistry and their applications. The syllabus pertaining to B.Sc.
(GENERAL) (Semester system) in the subject of Chemistry has been upgraded as per provision of the UGC
module and demand of the academic environment. The course contents have been revised from time to time as
per suggestions of the teachers of the Chemistry working in the Panjab University, Chandigarh and affiliated
colleges. The syllabus contents are duly arranged unit wise and contents are included in such a manner so that
due importance is given to requisite intellectual and laboratory skills.

UNIT-I (8 Hrs.)
Phase equilibrium:
Statement and meaning of the terms – phase, component and degree of freedom, derivation of Gibbs phase
rule, phase equilibria of one component system—water, CO2 and S systems.

Phase equilibria of two component system –solid –liquid equilibria, simple eutectic – Bi-Cd system,
desiliverisation of lead.

Solid solutions—compound formation with congruent melting point (Mg-Zn) and incongruent melting point,
(NaCl-H2O) system. Freezing mixtures, acetone-dry ice.

Partially Miscible Liquids –Phenol-water, trimethylamine – water, nicotine –water systems.

Nernst distribution law-thermodynamic derivation, applications.

UNIT-II (7 Hrs.)

Electrochemistry –I:
Electrical transport –Conduction in metals and in electrolyte solutions, specific conductance and equivalent
conductance, measurement of equivalent conductance, variation of equivalent and specific conductance with
dilution.

Migration of ions and Kohlrausch Law, Arrhennius theory of electrolyte dissociation and its limitations, weak
and strong electrolytes, Ostwald’s dilution law, its uses and limitations. Debye-Huckel-Onsager’s equation for
strong electrolytes (elementary treatment only). Transport number, definition and determination by Hittorf
method and moving boundary method.

UNIT-III (8 Hrs.)

Electrochemistry-II:
Types of reversible electrodes – gas metal – ion, metal –insoluble salt – anion and redox electrodes. Electrode
reactions, Nernst equation, derivation of cell E.M.F. and single electrode potential, standard hydrogen
electrode – reference electrodes – standard electrode potential, sign conventions, electrochemical series and its
significance.
20
 224 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

UNIT-IV (7 Hrs.)

Electrolytic and Galvanic cells – reversible and irreversible cells, conventional representation of
electrochemical cells.

E.M.F. of a cell and its measurements. Computation of cell E.M.F. Calculation of thermodynamic quantities of
cell reactions (∆G, ∆H and K), Polarization, over potential and hydrogen overvoltage.
Concentration cell with and without transport, liquid junction potential, application of concentration cells,
valency of ions, solubility product and activity coefficient, potentiometric titrations.

Instructions for paper setters and candidates:

i. Examiner will set total of NINE questions comprising TWO questions from each unit and ONE
compulsory question of short answer type covering whole syllabi.

ii. The students are required to attempt FIVE questions in all, ONE question from each unit and the
Compulsory question.

iii. Compulsory question carries six marks and remaining all questions carry four marks each..

Books suggested

1. Atkins, P., Paula, J.de, Atkins Physical Chemistry; 8th edition, Pubs: Oxford University Press, 2008.

2. Puri, B.R., Sharma, L.R., Pathania, M.S., Principles of Physical Chemistry; 43rd edition, Pubs: Vishal
Publishing Co., 2008.

3. Barrow, G.M., Physical Chemistry; 6th edition, Pubs: McGraw Hill Companies Inc, 1996.

4. Rao, C.N.R., University General Chemistry; Pubs: Macmillan of India, 1985.

5. Berry, R.S., Rice, S.A., Ross, J., Physical Chemistry; 2nd edition, Pubs: Oxford University Press, 2000.

6. Albert, R.A., Silbey, R.J., Physical Chemistry; 1st edition, Pubs: John Wiley & Sons Inc., 1992.

7. Dogra, S.K., Dogra, S., Physical Chemistry Through Problems, Pubs: Wiley Eastern Limited, 1991.

8. Levine, I.N., Physical Chemistry; 5th edition, Pubs: Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd, 2002.

9. Moore, W. J., Basic Physical Chemistry; Pubs: Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd, 1983.

10. Metz, C.R., Theory and problems of Physical Chemistry; Schaum’s outline series, 2nd edition, Pubs:
McGraw-Hall Book Company, 1989.

---
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 225

Paper-XVI LABORATORY PRACTICALS

Max. Marks: 22+3
6 Periods/week

Organic Chemistry
Laboratory Techniques:
a) Determination of Rf values and identification of organic compounds. Separation of isometric
mixture of Ortho and paranitroaniline using hexane and ethyl acetate (8.5 : 1.5) by thin layer
chromatography.
b) Extraction of caffeine from tea leaves.

Qualitative Analysis:
Detection of elements (N, S and halogens) and functional groups (phenolic, carboxylic, carbonyl,
esters, carbohydrates, amines, amides, nitro and anilide), in simple organic compounds.

General Instruction to the Examiners:

Note: Practical examination will be of four hours duration & shall consist of the following questions:
Q.No. I. Organic Chemistry: (analysis of organic compound) : 09 marks
Q.No II. TLC experiment, Extraction of caffeine) : 06 marks
Q.No. III. Viva-Voce : 04 marks
Ask four questions (2 marks each) related to chemistry practicals.
Q.No. IV. Note Book : 03 marks

Books Suggested (Laboratory Courses)

1. Furniss, B.S., Hannaford, A.J., Rogers, V., Smith, P.W.G., Tatchell, A.R., Vogel’s Text Book of
Practical Organic Chemistry; 4th edition, Pubs: Longman group, 1978.

2. Bansal, R.K., Laboratory Manual of Organic Chemistry; 3rd edition, Pubs : Wiley Eastern Limited, New
Delhi, 1994.

3. Furniss, B.S., Hannaford, A.J., Smith, P.W.G., Tatchell, A.R., Vogel’s Textbook of Practical Organic
Chemistry; 5th edition, Pubs: Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd. Delhi., 2006.

4. Khosla, B.D., Garg, V.C., Gulati, A., Senior Practical Physical Chemistry; 11th edition, Pubs: R.Chand &
Co., New Delhi, 2002.

5. Das, R.C., Behra, B., Experimental Physical Chemistry; Pubs: Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd.,
1983.

6. Levitt, B.P., Findlays Practical Physical Chemistry; 8th edition, Pubs: Longman Group Ltd., London &
New York, 1978.

**************
 226 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

BOTANY
B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (3rd and 4th Semester) EXAMINATION, 2020-2021

Third Semester Time Theory Int Max

Assess. Marks
Theory Paper-A: Diversity of Seed Plants and their 3 hrs. 36 04 40
Systematics-I

Theory Paper-B: Structure, Development and Reproduction 3 hrs 36 04 40

in Flowering Plants-I

One practical pertaining to entire syllabus included in both 3 hrs. 18 02 20

theory papers

Fourth Semester

Theory Paper-A: Diversity of Seed Plants and their 3 hrs. 36 04 40

Systematics-II

Theory Paper-B: Structure, Development and 3 hrs 36 04 40

Reproduction in Flowering Plants-II

One practical pertaining to entire syllabus included in both 3 hrs. 18 02 20

theory papers

Total 200

Note:

1. The number of teaching hours for theory and practical per semester shall be 60 hrs. and 100 hrs.
respectively.

2. There will be a two theory papers (A & B) in each semester. Each paper will consist of 9 questions.
Question No. 1 will be compulsory and will consist of 8 parts (one mark each) comprising 4 MCQ
and the rest 4 parts will be of fill-in the blanks covering the entire syllabus in both the theory papers
A & B. The remaining 8 questions in papers A & B shall include two questions from each unit.
Candidates shall be required to attempt one question from each Unit. Question No. 1 will carry 8
marks and the rest of 8 questions will be of 7 marks each.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 227

BOTANY
B.Sc.(General) Third Semester (Examination December, 2020)

THEORY PAPER- A: DIVERSITY OF SEED PLANTS AND THEIR SYSTEMATICS- I

Objective: This paper deals with highly advance and evolved group of plants with naked seeds i.e.
Gymnosperms. The course work of this paper gives a fair idea about the general features, economic
importance and study of fossil as well as living gymnosperms.

Teaching Methodology: Teaching methodology includes series of lectures making use of charts,
transparencies, LCD, Models, slides, practical demonstrations, extension lectures from experts, field visits,
discussions, quiz competitions etc. In practicals, students would be provided with fresh/preserved materials for
their morphological and anatomical studies making use of microscopes and binoculars and hands-on
tools/equipment etc. Students will be taken for field excursions to various hill stations/forests to familiarize
them with the flora of the area covering various plant forms.

UNIT-I

General characteristics and economic importance of gymnosperms; differences between gymnosperms and
angiosperms; differences between manoxylic and pycnoxylic wood.

UNIT-II

Fossil gymnosperms : Geological time Scale, Brief account of fossils, their formation and types (excluding
details).

Lyginopteris: Introduction, external structure of stem; internal structure of primary stem, root and leaf;
reproduction.

Williamsonia: Introduction, external morphology; internal structure; reproductive organs, male and female
flowers.

UNIT-III

Structure, reproduction (male and female strobilus; structure of ovule; development of male and female
gametophytes; pollination, fertilization, development of embryo and structure of seed) and life cycle of
Cycas.

UNIT-IV

Structure, reproduction (male and female strobilus; structure of ovule; development of male and female
gametophytes; pollination, fertilization, development of embryo and structure of seed) and life cycle of:

a) Pinus
b) Ephedra
 228 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

Suggested Reading:

1. Bhatnagar, S.P. and Moitra, A. Gymnosperms, New Age International Limited, New Delhi, 1996.
2. Chopra, G.L. Text book of Gymnosperms, S. Nagin, Delhi, 1976.
3. Dhand, N. Systematics of Spermatophyta. Trueman Publications, Jalandhar, 2012
4. Pandey, B.P. College Botany, Vol. II. S. Chand & Company Ltd., New Delhi, 1994.
5. Singh, V., Pande, P.C. and Jain, D.K. A Text Book of Botany: Diversity and Systematics of Seed
Plants, Rastogi Publications, Meerut, 2013.
6. Sporne, K.R. The Morphology of Gymnosperms, Hutchinson & Co (Publishers) Ltd., London, 1965.
7. Srivastava, H.N. Diversity of Seed Plants and their Systematics, Vol. III. Pradeep Publications,
Jalandhar, 2014.

PAPER –B: STRUCTURE, DEVELOPMENT AND REPRODUCTION IN FLOWERING PLANTS-I

Objective: This paper deals with the basic body plan and diversity in flowering plant forms. The course work
of this paper covers vegetative and reproductive morphology of these plants and will familiarize the students
with plants bearing the enclosed seeds.

Teaching Methodology: Teaching methodology includes series of lectures making use of charts,
transparencies, LCD, Models, slides, practical demonstrations, extension lectures from experts, field visits,
discussions, quiz competitions etc. In practicals, students would be provided with fresh/preserved materials for
their morphological and anatomical studies making use of microscopes and binoculars and hands-on
tools/equipment etc.

UNIT-I

The basic body plan of a flowering plant.

Diversity in plant form in annuals, biennials and perennials.
Root system: Tap root and adventitious root system and their various types; structural and anatomical
modifications for storage, respiration and reproduction.

UNIT-II

Stem : Modifications of aerial and underground stem.

Leaf: Venation, phyllotaxy, simple and compound leaves, functions and modifications; internal structure
(dicot and monocot leaves).
UNIT-III

Flower : As a modified shoot, functions; structure of anther and pistil; structure and development of male and
female gametophytes.
UNIT-IV
Double fertilization and its significance; different types of ovules and embryo-sacs.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 229

Suggested Readings :

1. Bhojwani, S.S. and Bhatnagar, S.P. The Embryology of Angiosperms, 5th edition. Vikas Publishing
House Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2009.

2. Goyal J.P. and Saini, A. Angiosperms: Structure Development and Reproduction, Trueman Book Co.
Jalandhar & New Delhi, 2006.

3. Pandey, S.N., Chadha, A. Plant Anatomy and Embryology, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., Delhi,
1996.

4. Singh, V. Plant Anatomy and Embryology of Angiosperms, Global Media Publications, Delhi 2010.
5. Singh, V., Pande, P.C. and Jain, D.K. A Text Book of Botany: Structure Development and
Reproduction in Angiosperms, Rastogi Publications, Meerut, 2013.

6. Srivastava, H.N. Structure, Development and Reproduction in Flowering Plants, Vol. IV. Pradeep
Publications, Jalandhar, 2014.

Suggested laboratory exercises:

1. Cycas:
i) Habit, armour of leaf bases on the stem, young and old foliage leaves, scale leaves, male
cone, megasporophyll, seed.
ii) Preparation of permanent stained slides of Cycas (T.S. leaflet, rachis and coralloid root).

2. Pinus:
i) Dwarf shoot; Male cone; Female cones (first year, second year and third year); Seed.
ii) Preparation of permanent slide of T.S. needle and pollen grains.
iii) Study through permanent slides :
a) L.S. male cone
b) L.S. female cone
c) L.S. ovule

3. Ephedra:
i) Habit and structure of male and female cones
ii) Preparation of permanent slide of T.S. stem (young).
iii) Study through permanent slides:
a) L.S. female cone
b) L.S. male cone
 230 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

4. Modifications of root, stem and leaf.

5. Study through preparation of permanent slides :

i) V.S. dicot leaf
ii) V.S. monocot leaf

Guidelines for Botany Practical Examination:

Max. Marks: 20
Practical: 18
Int. Assessment: 2
Time: 3 hours

1. Cut T.S. of specimen A. Make its permanent stained slide. Identify, draw its well labeled
diagram and show it to the examiner. 6
2. Identify, write illustrated morphological note on specimen B (from gymnosperms) and C
from root/stem/leaf modifications. 4
3. Identify slides D and E giving at least two reasons. 4
4. Practical note book and Viva-voce 2+2=4

**************
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 231

BOTANY
B.Sc. (GENERAL) Fourth Semester (Examination May, 2021)

PAPER-A: DIVERSITY OF SEED PLANTS AND THEIR SYSTEMATICS-II

Objectives: This paper deals with highly advance and evolved group of plants i.e. Angiosperms. The study of
gradual transition from seedless plants to seed plants would make students familiar with origin of structural and
functional complexity in plant kingdom. The systematics part of this paper is in fact backbone of the study of
Botany. Without having knowledge of taxonomy and species concept, no further research work can be pursued.
The identification, nomenclature and classification of the concerned plants make the first step of any research
work in Botany.

Teaching Methodology: Teaching methodology includes series of lectures making use of charts,
transparencies, LCD, Models, slides, practical demonstrations, extension lectures from experts, field visits,
discussions, quiz competitions etc. In practicals, students would be provided with fresh materials for their
morphological and anatomical studies making use of microscopes and binoculars and hands-on tools/equipment
etc. Students will be taken for field excursions to various hill stations/forests to familiarize them with the flora
of the area covering various families of flowering plants.

UNIT-I

General characters of Angiosperms. Plant nomenclature and International Code of Botanical Nomenclature :
Common names and scientific names, principles and rules; taxonomic ranks; type concept (Holotype, Isotype,
Syntype, Paratype, Lectotype, Neotype and Topotype); principle of priority, aims and objectives of plant
taxonomy.

A brief account of Bentham and Hooker’s System of classification, its merits and demerits.

UNIT-II

Terminology pertaining to floral description.

General account and diagnostic features of the following families (excluding economic importance) :

Liliaceae : Asphodelus/Asparagus
Gramineae (Poaceae) : Triticum
Ranunculaceae : Ranunculus and Delphinium
Brassicaceae : Brassica

UNIT-III

General account and diagnostic features of the following families (excluding economic importance):

Rutaceae : Citrus and Murraya

Malvaceae : Hibiscus
Fabaceae : Lathyrus, Cassia and Acacia
Umbelliferae (Apiaceae) : Coriandrum
 232 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

UNIT-IV

General account and diagnostic features of the following families (excluding economic importance) :

Compositae (Asteraceae) : Helianthus/Ageratum

Asclepiadaceae : Calotropis
Solanaceae : Solanum and Petunia
Labiatae (Lamiaceae) : Ocimum
Chenopodiaceae : Chenopodium

Suggested Readings:

1. Chopra, G.L. Angiosperms: Systematic and Life Cycle, Pradeep Publications, Jalandhar, 1987.
2. Dhand, N. Systematics of Spermatophyta, Trueman Publications, Jalandhar, 2012.
3. Maheshwari, J.K. Flora of Delhi, CSIR, New Delhi, 1963.
4. Singh, G. Plant Systematics: Theory and Practice, Oxford and IBH Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1999.
5. Singh, V., Pande, P.C. and Jain, D.K. A Text Book of Botany: Diversity and Systematics of Seed
Plants, Rastogi Publications, Meerut, 2013.
6. Srivastava, H.N. Diversity of Seed Plants and their Systematics, Vol. III, Pradeep Publications,
Jalandhar, 2006.
7. Vasishta, P.C. Taxonomy of Angiosperms. R. Chand & Co., New Delhi, 1997.

----
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 233

PAPER-B: STRUCTURE, DEVELOPMENT AND REPRODUCTION IN FLOWERING

PLANTS-II

Objectives: This paper deals with structure development and reproduction in flowering plants – the most
fascinating group of plants on earth. The course material of this paper deals with internal structure of various
plant parts, their growth patterns and abnormalities in structural development. The vast range of variation
found in this group of plants provides a platform to students for acquiring basic knowledge of flowering plants
which makes a foundation of applied branches like horticulture, floriculture, olericulture and arboriculture.

Teaching Methodology: Teaching methodology includes series of lectures, making use of charts,
transparencies, LCD, Models, slides, practical demonstrations, extension lectures from experts, field visits,
discussions, quiz competitions etc. In practicals, students would be provided with fresh/preserved materials for
their morphological and anatomical studies making use of microscopes and binoculars and hands-on
tools/equipment etc.
UNIT-I

Tissue systems: Meristematic, shoot apex, root apex; simple and complex permanent tissues, special tissues;
internal structure of primary dicot stem & root (Helianthus); secondary growth in dicot stem & root
(Helianthus); internal structure of monocot stem & root (Zea mays); differences between dicot stem and
monocot stem; differences between dicot root and monocot root.

UNIT-II
Anomalous stem structure in Boerhaavia, Nyctanthes, Mirabilis and Dracaena.
Various methods of vegetative propagation; micropropagation, basic technique and its importance.

UNIT-III

Types of pollination, advantages and disadvantages of self and cross-pollination; contrivances for self and
cross-pollination, various agencies to bring about cross-pollination, characters of flowers pollinated by
different agencies.
UNIT-IV

Seed formation: Development of endosperm and embryo. Fruit development, maturation and parthenocarpy.
Significance of seed: Suspended animation; ecological adaptation and dispersal strategies.

Suggested Readings:

1. Esau, K. Anatomy of Seed Plants, 2nd edition, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1977.
2. Fahn, A. Plant Anatomy, 2nd Edition, Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1974.
3. Goyal J.P. and Saini, A. Angiosperms: Structure Development and Reproduction, Trueman Book Co.
Jalandhar & New Delhi, 2006.
4. Singh, V. Pande, P.C. and Jain, D.K. A Text book of Botany: Structure Development and Reproduction
in Angiosperms, Rastogi Publications, Meerut, 2013.
5. Srivastava, H.N.. Structure, Development and Reproduction in Flowering Plants, Vol. IV. Pradeep
Publications, Jalandhar, 2014.
6. Vasishta, P.C. A Text book of Plant Anatomy, S. Nagin & Co., Delhi, 1979.
 234 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

Suggested Laboratory Exercises:

1. Preparation of permanent stained slides to show:

a. Anomalous internal structure of stem in Boerhaavia, Nyctanthes, Mirabilis and Dracaena.

b. T.S. dicot stem & root (Helianthus)
c. T.S. monocot stem & root (Zea mays)
d. Types of Placentation

2. Description of flowers in technical terms, drawing F.D., V.S., T.S. ovary, writing F.F. and reference
to their respective families of the genera mentioned in different families in theory syllabus.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 235

Guidelines for Botany Practical Examination Max. Marks: 20

Practical : 18
Int. Assess. 02
Time : 3 hours

1. Cut T.S. of specimen A. Make its permanent stained slide. Identify and draw its well labeled diagram
and show it to the examiner. 5

2. Describe specimen B or C in technical terms and proper sequence. Draw F.D. and V.S. of flower B or
C. Cut T.S. of ovary and V.S. of flower and show them to the examiner. Write F.F. also. Refer
specimen B or C to its respective family. 5

3. Identify slides D and E giving at least one reason. 2

4. Practical note book 2
5. Plant Album 2
6. Viva-voce 2

*******************
236 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

ZOOLOGY
B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021
SEMESTER-III

Paper I : Biodiversity (Chordates) & Evolution-I 40 (36+ 4) marks

Paper II : Biochemistry & Physiology-I 40 (36 + 4) marks
Practical (Covering the entire syllabus) of 4 hours duration 20 (18+ 2) marks

Total : 100 marks

Note : The number of hours for Theory and Practical per week shall be 6 hours and 4 hours
respectively.

OBJECTIVES OF THE COURSE

The syllabus pertaining to B.Sc. (General) Part-II, in the subject of Zoology has been upgraded as
per provision of the UGC module and demand of the academic environment. The course contents have
been revised from time to time as per suggestions of the teachers of the Zoology working in the Panjab
University, Chandigarh and affiliated colleges.

The syllabus contents are duly arranged section wise as well as unit wise. The contents are
included in such manner so that due importance may be given to skill oriented components.

The course contents are also given due stress for excursion/field trips to Zoological Parks, Sea-
shores, Hill Stations, Museum, Fossil Park and Apiary/godowns for better academic outlook. The
Department of Zoology, P.U., Chandigarh usually organizes workshop/seminars from time to time for
updating the teachers.

PAPER–I : BIODIVERSITY (CHORDATES) & EVOLUTION-I (ZOO 301)

Max. Marks : 40
Theory Exam. : 36 Marks
Internal Assessment : 4 Marks
Time : 3 Hours

Note : Nine questions are to be set. Question No.1 is compulsory consisting of short answer type
questions covering the whole syllabus. It will have 8 parts of 1 mark each. Two questions are
to be set from each Unit. One question is to be attempted from each Unit. In all, Five
questions are to be attempted including compulsory one. 50% of the questions are to be split
up into 2-4 sub-parts.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 237
UNIT-I

Chordates – Origin, Parental care and migration.

Protochordates –Urochordata-Type Study – Herdmania except development,
Cephalochordata- Type Study – Amphioxus (except development)

Classification of the animals up to orders relating to the following groups along with brief ecological notes of
the following :
Protochordates : Herdmania, Molgula, Pyrosoma, Doliolum, Salpa, Oikopleura &
Branchiostoma (excluding development).

UNIT-II

Cyclostomata – External Characters of Petromyzon & affinities of Cyclostomata

Pisces- Scales & fins, Type study-Labeo.
Cyclostomata : Myxine, Petromyzon & Ammocoetes larva.
Chondrichthyes : Zygaena(Hammer headed shark), Pristis (saw fish), Narcine (electric
ray), Trygon, Rhinobatus and Chimaera(rabbit fish).
Actinopterygii : Polypterus, Acipenser, Lepisosteus, Muraena, Mystus, Catla,
Hippocampus, Syngnathus, Exocoetus, Anabas, Diodon, Tetradon,
Echeneis and Solea.
Dipneusti (Dipnoi) : Protopterus (lung fish)

UNIT-III

Amphibia – Type study-Hoplobatrachus Tigerinus.

Classification of the animals up to orders relating to the following groups along with brief ecological notes of
the following :

Amphibia : Uraeotyphlus, Necturus, Amphiuma, Amblystoma and its Axolotl Larva,

Triton, Salamandra, Hyla, Rhacophorus.

UNIT-IV

Concept and evidences of organic evolution.

Theories of organic evolution.
Origin of life.

Suggested Readings

1. Parker, T.J. and Haswell, : Text Book of Zoology, Vol. II (Verterbrates), ELBS
W.A and Macmillan Press Ltd., 1981.

2. Dobzhansky, T., Ayala, F.J., : Evolution, WH Freeman, 1952.

Stebbins, G.L. and Valentine,
J.W.
3. Colbert, E.H. : Evolution of Vertebrates, IInd edition, Wiley Eastern
Ltd., 1989.
 238 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

4. Dhami, P.S. and Dhami, J.K. : Vertebrates, R. Chand & Co., New Delhi, 1998.

5. Bhamrah, H.S. and Juneka, K. : Cytogenetics & Evolution, Anmol Publication

Pvt. Ltd., 1993.

PAPER II : BIOCHEMISTRY AND PHYSIOLOGY-I (ZOO 302)

Max. Marks : 40
Theory Exam. : 36 marks
Internal Assessment : 4 marks
Time : 3 hours

Note : Nine questions are to be set. Question No.1 is compulsory consisting of short answer type
questions covering the whole syllabus. It will have 8 parts of 1 mark each. Two questions
are to be set from each Unit. One question is to be attempted from each Unit. In all, Five
questions are to be attempted including compulsory one. 50% of the questions are to be split
up into 2-4 sub-parts.

UNIT-I

Biochemistry and its scope;

Carbohydrates, proteins, lipids and nucleic acids: their classifications and functions.

UNIT-II

Enzymes : Nature, nomenclature, mode of action, their classification,

coenzymes and cofactors.

Carbohydrate metabolism : The Embden Meyerhoff, Parnas pathway (glycolysis), the

tricarboxylic acid cycle, the hexose monophosphate shunt,
glycogenesis and glycogenolysis.

UNIT-III

Digestion : Digestion of dietary constituents, regulation of digestive

processes and absorption. extra and intra cellular digestion,
enzymatic digestion and symbiotic digestion.

Respiration : Exchange and transport of respiratory gases, Oxygen dissociation

curve of haemoglobin, Bohr effect, chloride shift, Haldane
effect and control of breathing.

UNIT-IV

Blood : Composition and functions of blood and lymph. Function of

hemoglobin, blood clotting. Blood groups including Rh. Factor.

Heart : Origin and regulation of heart beat, cardiac cycle,

electrocardiogram, cardiac output, blood pressure and
micro-circulation.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 239

Suggested Readings

1. Taneja, S.K. : Biochemistry & Animal Physiology, Trueman

Book Co.,1997.

2. Guyton, A.S. : Text Book of Medical Physiology, 7th edition,

W.B. Saunders Company, 1994.

3. Robert, K., Murray, R.K., : Harper’s Biochemistry, 22nd edition,

Daryl, M., Granner, K., Prentice – Hall International, Inc.,1990
Victor, W. and Woodwell.

4. Nelson, D.L. and Cox, M.M. : Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry, 5th edition,
W.H., Freeman and Company, New York, 2008.

PRACTICALS : Practical based on Theory Papers ZOO 301 & 302 (ZOO 251)

1. Classification up to orders habits, habitats, distinctive characters and economic importance(if any)
of the following animals :
Urochordata : Herdmania, Molgula, Pyrosoma, Doliolum, Salpa & Oikopleura.
Cephalochordata : Amphioxus.
Cyclostomata : Myxine, Petromyzon & Ammocoetes Larva.
Chondrinchthyes : Zygaena (Hammer headed shark), Pristis (Saw fish), Narcine
(Electric ray), Trygon, Rhinobatus and Chimaera (Rabbit fish).
Actinoptergii : Polypterus, Acipenser, Lepisosteus, Muraena, Mystus, Catla,
Hippocampus, Syngnathus, Exocoetus, Anabas, Diodon,
Tetradon, cheneis and Solea.
Dipneusti (Dipnoi) : Protopterus
Amphibia : Uraeotyphlus, Necturus, Amphiuma, Ambystoma and its Axolotl
larva, Triton, Salamandra, Hyla, Rhacophorus.

2. Demonstrate the dissection of following animals through video clipping, charts, models etc.
Herdmania : General anatomy
Labeo : Digestive, reproductive systems, heart, afferent
and efferent branchial arteries and cranial nerves.

3. Study of the skeleton of Labeo, Hoplobatrachus Tigerinus(frog)

4. Study of the following prepared slides :
T.S. Amphioxus through various regions.
Spicules & pharynx of Herdmania & pharynx of Amphioxus.
5. Study of the following prepared slides :
Histology of frog (compound tissues).
6. Recording of blood pressure of man
7. Demonstration of equipment used for estimating haemoglobin content.
8. Demonstrate the presence of amylase in saliva, denaturation by pH and temperature.
9. Field study : Visit to a fossil Park/Museum. Familarity with the local vertebrate fauna and report.
 240 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

Guidelines for conduct of Practical Examination

Max. Marks : 20
Practical Exam. : 18 marks
Internal Assessment : 2 marks
Time : 3 hours

1. Draw a labeled sketch of --------system of given animal and explain it to the examiner. (2)

2. Identify the given bones A & B. Make labelled sketches of their respective ________views. (2)

3. Minor experiment of physiology related to blood /osmosis /diffusion. (1½)

4. Perform the given physiology experiment, write the procedure and show it to the examiner such as
identification of some food stuffs/presence of chloride or glucose in urine etc./Salivary
Amylase/Blood. (2)

5. Identify the slides F-H giving two reasons for each identification. (2)

6. Identify and classify the specimens F to I upto orders. Write a short note on habitat of F, special
feature of G, feeding habit of H and economic importance of specimen I. (4½)

7. Viva-voce. (2)

8. Note book and Project Report. (2)

--------------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 241

ZOOLOGY
B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021
SEMESTER-IV

Paper I: Biodiversity (Chordates) & Evolution – II 40 (36 + 4) marks

Paper II : Biochemistry & Animal Physiology-II 40 (36 + 4) marks
Practical (Covering the entire syllabus) of 4 hours duration 20 (18 +2) marks
--------
Total : 100 marks

Note : The number of hours for Theory and Practical per week shall be 6 hours and 4 hours respectively.

OBJECTIVES OF THE COURSE

The syllabus pertaining to B.Sc. (General) Part-II, in the subject of Zoology has been upgraded as per
provision of the UGC module and demand of the academic environment. The course contents have been
revised from time to time as per suggestions of the teachers of the Zoology working in the Panjab University,
Chandigarh and affiliated colleges.

The syllabus contents are duly arranged section wise as well as unit wise. The contents are included
in such manner so that due importance may be given to skill oriented components.

The course contents are also given due stress for excursion/field trips to Zoological Parks, Sea-
shores, Hill Stations, Museum, Fossil Park and Apiary/godowns for better academic outlook. The Department
of Zoology, P.U., Chandigarh usually organizes workshop/seminars from time to time for updating the
teachers.

PAPER – I : BIODIVERSITY (CHORDATES) & EVOLUTION- II (ZOO 401)

UNIT-I

Reptilia- Type study-Uromastix, Poisonous and non-poisonous snakes, Poison apparatus in snakes.

Classification of the animals up to orders relating to the following groups along with brief ecological
notes of the following :

Reptilia : Chelone(turtle) and Testudo(Tortoise), Hemidactylus (wall lizard), Calotes, Draco,

Varanus, Phrynosoma, Chamaeleon, Typhlops, Python, Eryx, Bungarus, Naja,
Hydrus, Vipera, Crocodilus, Gavialis and Alligator.

UNIT-II

Aves-Type study-Pigeon, Flight adaptations in birds.

Classification of the animals up to orders relating to the following groups along with brief ecological notes of
the following :

Aves : Ardea, Milvus, Pavo, Tyto, Alcedo, Eudynamis and Casuarius.

 242 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

UNIT- III

Mammals-Type study-Rat, Dentition in mammals.

Mammalia : Ornithorhynchus, Echidna, Didelphis, Macropus (Kangaroo), Loris, Macaca,

Manis (Scaly ant eater), Hystrix (porcupine), Funambulus (Squirrel) Panthera,
Canis,Herpestes (Mongoose), Capra, Pteropus.

UNIT-IV

Concept of micro, macro and mega-evolution.

Biological concept of species.
Fossils and dating of fossils.
Evolution of man.

Suggested Readings

1. Parker, T.J. and Haswell, : Text Book of Zoology, Vol. II (Verterbrates), ELBS
W.A and Macmillan Press Ltd., 1981.

2. Dobzhansky, T., Ayala, F.J., : Evolution, WH Freeman, 1952.

Stebbins, G.L. and Valentine,
J.W.

3. Colbert, E.H. : Evolution of Vertebrates, IInd edition, Wiley Eastern

Ltd., 1989.

4. Dhami, P.S. and Dhami, J.K. : Vertebrates, R. Chand & Co., New Delhi, 1998.

5. Bhamrah, H.S. and Juneka, K. : Cytogenetics & Evolution, Anmol Publication

Pvt.Ltd., 1993.

PAPER II : BIOCHEMISTRY AND PHYSIOLOGY-II (ZOO 402)

Max. Marks : 40
Theory Exam. : 36 marks
Internal Assessment : 4 marks
Time : 3 hours

Note : Nine questions are to be set. Question No.1 is compulsory consisting of short answer type
questions covering the whole syllabus. It will have 8 parts of 1 mark each. Two questions
are to be set from each Unit. One question is to be attempted from each Unit. In all, Five
questions are to be attempted including compulsory one. 50% of the questions are to be split
up into 2-4 sub-parts.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 243

UNIT-I

Lipid metabolism : B-oxidation of fatty acids, fate of glycerol and gluconeogenesis,

interaction of carbohydrates and lipids, lipogenesis in tissues, ketosis.

UNIT-II

Protein metabolism : Metabolism of amino acids (Oxidative deamination, transamination and

decarboxylation), hydrolysis of proteins and Ornithine cycle).

UNIT-III

Excretion : Structure and types of nephron, urine formation, osmoregulation and

counter current mechanism, composition of urine.

Muscles : Ultrastructure, chemical and physiological basis of skeletal muscle

contraction.

UNIT-IV

Neural Integration : Structure of neuron, resting membrane potential, origin and propagation
of impulse along the axon, synapse and myoneural junction.

Endocrine System : Structure, hormones and functions of thyroid, parathyroid, adrenal, pineal,
hypothalamus, pituitary, pancreas, gonads, thymus, hormones of
alimentary canal and kidney.

Suggested Readings

1. Taneja, S.K. : Biochemistry & Animal Physiology, Trueman

Book Co.,1997.

2. Guyton, A.S. : Text Book of Medical Physiology, 7th edition,

W.B. Saunders Company, 1994.

3. Robert, K., Murray, R.K., : Harper’s Biochemistry, 22nd edition,

Daryl, M., Granner, K., Prentice – Hall International, Inc.,1990
Victor, W. and Woodwell.

4. Nelson, D.L. and Cox, M.M. : Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry, 5th edition,
W.H., Freeman and Company, New York, 2008.
 244 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

PRACTICALS : Practical based on Theory Papers ZOO 401 & 402 (ZOO 252)

1. Classification up to orders habits, habitats, distinctive characters and economic importance(if any) of
the following animals :
Reptilia : Chelone(Turtle) and Testudo (Tortoise), Hemidactylus, Calotes, Draco,
Varanus, Phrynosoma, Chamaeleon, Typhlops, Python, Eryx, Ptyas,
Bungarus, Naja, Hydrus, Vipera,Crocodilus, Gavialis.
Aves : Casuarius, Ardea, Anas, Milvus, Pavo, Eudynamis, Tyto and Alcedo.
Mammalia : Ornithorhynchus, Echidna, Didelphis, Macropus,Loris, Macaca, Manis,
Hystrix, Funambulus,Panthera, Canis, Herpestes,Capra,Pteropus.
2. Demonstrate the dissection of following animals through video clipping, charts, models etc.
Chick : Digestive, arterial, venous and urinogenital systems.
White Rat : Digestive, arterial, venous and urinogenital systems.
3. Study of the skeleton of Varanus, Gallus and Rat/ Oryctolagus (Rabbit).
4. Study of the following prepared slides :
Histology of rat/rabbit (compound tissues)
5. Study of blood smear of a mammal.
6. Identification of food stuffs:starch, glucose, proteins and fats in solution.
7. Demonstration of osmosis and diffusion.
8. Analysis of urine for urea, chloride, glucose and uric acid.
9. An idea of location of endocrine glands in mammals through charts / models/ video clippings
10. Tracing of human evolution through models.

Field study : Visit to a fossil Park/Museum. Familarity with the local vertebrate fauna and report.

Guidelines for conduct of Practical Examination

Max. Marks : 20
Practical Exam. : 18 marks
Internal Assessment : 2 marks
Time : 3 hours

1. Draw a labeled sketch of --------system of given animal and explain it to the examiner. (2)

2. Identify the given bones A & B. Make labelled sketches of their respective ________views. (2)

3. Minor experiment of physiology related to blood /osmosis /diffusion. (1½)

4. Perform the given physiology experiment, write the procedure and show it to the examiner such as
identification of some food stuffs/presence of chloride or glucose in urine etc./Salivary
Amylase/Blood. (2)

5. Identify the slides D & E giving two reasons for each identification. (2)

6. Identify and classify the specimens F to I upto orders. Write a short note on habitat of F, special
feature of G, feeding habit of H and economic importance of specimen I. (4½)

7. Viva-voce. (2)

8. Note book and Project Report. (2)

***************
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 245

BIOCHEMISTRY
B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021
SEMESTER-III

INSTRUCTIONS FOR PAPER SETTER AND STUDENTS:

1. Total No. of questions will be nine. All questions carry equal marks.
2. Q. No. 1 will be compulsory. It will consist of short questions covering the entire syllabus.
3. Besides question Number 1, there will be 4 sections of 2 questions each.
4. All other questions may contain 2-3 parts.
5. Questions should be uniformly spread over the entire syllabus.
6. Students will be required to attempt 5 questions in all including Q. No. 1 and at least one question from
each of the 4 sections.

Paper A: Carbohydrate & Lipid metabolism Marks: 45+5

Objective: To learn about digestion and absorption of carbohydrates and lipids and major metabolic pathways
pertaining to them.
SECTION-I
(Lectures 8)
Metabolic pathways of carbohydrates, glycolysis and alcoholic fermentation, the pentose phosphate pathway,
metabolism of fructose, galactose, TCA cycle and pyruvate dehydrogenase complex.

SECTION-II
(Lectures 8)

Glucuronate and glyoxylate pathway, gluconeogenesis,cori cycle, glycogenolysis & glycogenesis,

biosynthesis of starch and ascorbic acid.

SECTION-III
(Lectures 7)

beta-Oxidation of fatty acids including odd chain fatty acids. Alpha and omega oxidation of fatty acids.
Formation and utilization of ketone bodies. Biosynthesis of saturated and unsaturated fatty acids.

SECTION-IV
(Lectures 7)

Biosynthesis and degradation of phospholipids and triglycerides.Cholesterol biosynthetic pathway.

Biosynthesis of cerebrosides; sulfatides and gangliosides. Biosynthesis of prostaglandins, thromboxanes,
leukotrienes, lipooxins and prostacyclins.

Books:

1. Biochemistry by LubertStryer, Ed.7th 2013, W.F. Freeman and Co., New York.
2. Lippincott’s Illustrated Reviews: Biochemistry by P.C.Champe, R.A. Harvey& D.R. Ferrier, Indian
Edition, 2005.
3. Harper’s Illustrated Biochemistry by R.K. Murray, P.A. Mayes, D.K. Grannerand V.W. Rodwell, 29th Ed.
2012, Prentice Hall International Ltd. (U.K.).
4. Voet D and Voet JG. Biochemistry 4th Edition, John Wiley and Sons Inc., 2011.
 246 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

Paper B: Protein & Nucleic acid metabolism Marks: 45+5

Objective: To learn major metabolic pathways pertaining to nitrogenous compounds proteins & nucleic acids.

SECTION-I
( Lectures 6)

Digestion & absorption of proteins, nitrogen balance, general reactions of amino acids: deamination,
transamination and decarboxylation. Urea cycle.

SECTION-II
( Lectures 8)

Catabolism of carbon skeletons of amino acids: glycine, alanine, serine and threonine, phenylalanine and
tyrosine, tryptophan, histidine, leucine, valine and isoleucine, cysteine and methionine, lysine, glutamic acid
and glutamine, aspartic acid and asparagine.

SECTION-III
( Lectures7)

Biosynthesis of nutritionally non-essential amino acids : glutamate and glutamine, aspartate and asparagine,
proline, alanine, cysteine & selenocysteine, tyrosine, serine, glycine. conversion of amino acids to specialized
products : polyamines, catecholamines, glutathione, creatinine, melanin, serotonin.

SECTION-IV
( Lectures 9)
Nucleic Acids

Degradation and biosynthesis of purines and pyrimidines nucleotides, salvage pathway, formation of
deoxyribonucleotides, biosynthesis and degradation of heme. Disorders of purine & pyrimidine metabolism,
anticancer drugs.

Books:
th
1. Biochemistry by LubertStryer, Ed.7 2013, W.F. Freeman and Co., New York.
2. Lippincott’s Illustrated Reviews: Biochemistry by P.C.Champe, R.A. Harvey & D.R. Ferrier, Indian
Edition, 2005.
3. Harper’s Illustrated Biochemistry by R.K. Murray, P.A. Mayes, D.K. Granner and V.W. Rodwell, 29th
Ed. 2012, Prentice Hall International Ltd. (U.K.).
4. Voet D and Voet JG. Biochemistry 4th Edition, John Wiley and Sons Inc., 2011.

PRACTICALS: Marks : 25
One Practical of three hours per week

1. Separation of serum and plasma.

2. Estimation of blood glucose by the methods of (i) Folin Wu (ii) Nelson Somogyi.

3. Separation and identification of amino acids by Paper chromatography

4. Seperation of lipids by Thin layer chromatography.

 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 247

5. Estimation of Ca2+ in serum.

6. Estimation of total cholesterol in serum.

7. Estimation of total lipids in serum by Vanillin method.

8. Estimation of pyruvic acid.

9. Estimation of creatinine

10.Colorimetric estimation of inorganic phosphate

------------------------
 248 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

BIOCHEMISTRY
B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-2021
SEMESTER-IV

INSTRUCTIONS FOR PAPER SETTER AND STUDENTS:

1. Total No. of questions will be nine. All questions carry equal marks.
2. Q. No. 1 will be compulsory. It will consist of short questions covering the entire syllabus.
3. Besides question Number 1, there will be 4 sections of 2 questions each.
4. All other questions may contain 2-3 parts.
5. Questions should be uniformly spread over the entire syllabus.
6. Students will be required to attempt 5 questions in all including Q. No. 1 and at least one question from
each of the 4 sections.
Paper A: Advanced Biochemical Techniques Marks: 45+5
Objective: To understand the principles and applications of cell biology techniques, spectroscopic,
radioisotopic & spectrometry techniques.

SECTION-I
(Lectures: 8)
General Laboratory Techniques:

Membrane/ultra filtration, dialysis, diffusion, surface tension, viscosity and their applications to biological
systems. Cell biology techniques: microbial, animal and plant cell/tissue culture, cell
disruption/homogenization/sonication, cell sorting, cell counting, cryopreservation.

SECTION-II
(Lectures: 6)
Fluorescence spectroscopy: principle, applications of fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS), different
fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH), fluorescence immunoassay.

SECTION-III
Radio isotopic techniques: (Lectures: 10)
Nature of isotopes and radioisotopes. Radioactive decay. Properties of radioactive emissions. Units of
radioactivity. Techniques used to measure radioactivity; GM counter and liquid scintillation counting and
gamma counter. Labelling of biochemical compounds and autoradiography. Use of radioactive tracers in the
study of enzyme reaction mechanisms and metabolic pathways. Radioimmuno assay. Biological hazards of
radiation and safety measures in handling radioisotopes.
SECTION-IV
(Lectures: 6)
Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) and Electron spin resonance (ESR) : theory, applications. atomic
spectrometry; mass spectrometry: matrix assisted desorption ionization (MALDI)
Books Suggested:
1. Biochemical Techniques – Theory and Practice by John. F. Robyt and Bernard J. White Cole
Publishing Co. (U.S.A.).
2. Physical Biochemistry: Application to Biochemistry and Molecular Biology by David Freifelder
W.H. Freeman and Company (U.S.A.).
3. A Biologist’s Guide to Principles and Techniques of Practical Biochemistry by K.H. Goulding and
Keith Wilson, Edward Arnold (U.K.), Ltd.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 249

Paper B: Membrane Biochemistry Marks: 50

Objective: to make students aware of structural and functional aspects of membranes. Highlighting the
significance of their compositional heterogeneity and to various cell functions.
SECTION-I
( Lectures 7)

Introduction: membrane structure and organization: physical and biological models of membranes structure.
Protein- lipid interactions in membranes, fluid mosaic model of membrane structure, its merits and demerits.
Constituents of biological membranes in prokaryotes and eukaryotes. Asymmetry of biomembranes. Structure
of RBC membrane.
SECTION –II
( Lectures 7)

Membrane dynamics: Physical properties of membrane lipids, membrane fluidity, Phase transitions,
cytological biochemical probes and methods to study membrane fluids. Membrane transport: Typical
properties of membrane transport, passive diffusion, facilitative diffusion, Carrier mediated active transport.
Role of Na, K- ATPase.Ca-ATPase & H+-ATPase. Ionophores and siderophores, structure and functions.
SECTION –III
( Lectures 8)

Membrane analysis: isolation and characterization of cell membrane, criteria of membrane purity.
Solubilization of membranes and their reconstitution. Labeling of membrane probes and determination of
transbilayer distribution of membrane components. Liposomes: unilamelar and multilamelar vesicles.
Methods of their preparation, characterization and their applications in targeting drugs and gene therapy.
SECTION –IV
( Lectures 8)

Biogenesis and turnover of membranes: Synthesis of membrane components and their trafficking, signal
hypothesis, coated vesicles. Regulation and coordination of membrane component synthesis. Membrane
disorders: erythrocyte deformities, transport disorders. Disorders of membrane lipids
Books Suggested
1. Jain, MK. Introduction to Biological membranes, John Wiley and sons New York, 1988
2. Vance, DE & Vance JE, Biochemistry of lipids and Biomembranes, Benzamin Cummings, 1985
3. Jones MN & Chapman D. Micelles monolayers and biomembranes, Wiley-Lis New York, 1995
4. Lodish H. Molecular Cell biology, WH Freeman and Company, 2013
5. Various review articles.
PRACTICALS: Marks : 25
One Practical of three hours per week
1. Electrophoresis of nucleic acids.
2. Gram staining of cells.
3. Cell fractionation and cell isolation estimation of marker enzyme
4. Paper chromatography of carbohydrates.
5. Cell counting/counting viability.
6. Demonstration of hypotonic ,hypertonic and osmotic media.
7. Preparation of starch from potato and its hydrolysis by salivary amylase.
8. Haemocytometer
*****************
 250 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

MICROBIOLOGY
B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (3rd and 4th Semester) EXAMINATION, 2020-2021

Note: 1. A student who has passed the + 2 examination under 10+2+3 system of education of a
recognized University/Board/Council or any other examination recognized by the Panjab
University as equivalent thereto shall be eligible to offer the subject of Microbiology at the
B.Sc. level, if he/she has passed the +2 examination with Physics, Chemistry, Mathematics,
Biology as his/her subjects.

2. Only such colleges which have all necessary infrastructure or equipment and staff shall
admit students to the subject of Microbiology. The infrastructure must be approved by the
University as per usual practice.

SEMESTER-III

Scheme of Examination Duration Marks

THEORY 6 hrs 75 (33+33+9*)

MIC 301: Introduction to Medical Microbiology-I 3 hrs. 37.5 (33+4.5*)

MIC 302 : Introductory Immunology – I 3 hrs. 37.5 (33+4.5*)

PRACTICAL

One Practical examination pertaining to the entire syllabus 3 hrs 25 (22+3*)

included in Theory Papers MIC 301 and MIC 302

Semester IV

THEORY 6 hrs 75 (33+33+9*)

MIC 401: Introduction to Medical Microbiology-II 3 hrs. 37.5 (33+4.5*)

MIC 402 : Introductory Immunology –II 3 hrs. 37.5 (33+4.5*)

PRACTICAL

One Practical examination pertaining to the entire syllabus 3 hrs 25 (22+3*)

included in Theory Papers MIC 401 and MIC 402

Note : * Denotes marks for the Internal Assessment.

 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 251

MICROBIOLOGY
SEMESTER-III

MIC 301 : INTRODUCTION TO MEDICAL MICROBIOLOGY-I

MAX. MARKS: 37.5 MARKS
THEORY: 33 MARKS
INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: 4.5 MARKS
TIME: 3 HRS.

Note: The question paper will consist of four sections (A-D). There will be nine questions
and five questions have to be attempted. Question 1 will span the complete syllabus and
will be compulsory. Rest eight questions will be from different sections of the syllabus.
There will be two questions from each of four sections and one is to be attempted. Each
question will be subdivided into 2-4 sub-parts.

Section A

Brief introduction to terminology of infectious diseases, Frequency of disease, Recognition

of infectious disease, Infectious disease cycle.

Section B

Nomenclature and classification of microbes of medical importance, criteria of classification

Section C

Microbial adherence, Active penetration into body, Passive penetration into body, Microbial
production of enzymes in the body

Section D

Development of chemotherapy, General characteristics of antimicrobial drugs, Determining

level of antimicrobial activity, Mechanism of action of antimicrobial drugs, Factors
influencing the effectiveness of antimicrobial drugs.

Recommended Books :

1. Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Bactriology. Vol-I (2001), The Archae and the Deeply
Branching Phototrophic Bacteria, David, R. Boone and Richard, W. Castenholz
(author) George Garrity (editor).

2. Prescott, L.M., Harley, J.P., Klein, D.A. (2002), Microbiology, Mc Graw Hill.

3. Tortora, G.J., Funke, B.R., Case C.L (2004), Microbiology, An Introduction, Pearson
Education.

4. Mims, C., Playfair J., Roitt I., Wakelin D., Williams R., (2000), Medical Microbiology ,
Mosby, London, St. Louis.
 252 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

MIC 302 : INTRODUCTORY IMMUNOLOGY-I

MAX. MARKS: 37.5 MARKS

THEORY: 33 MARKS
INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: 4.5 MARKS
TIME: 3 HRS.

Note: The question paper will consist of four sections (A-D). There will be nine questions
and five questions have to be attempted. Question 1 will span the complete syllabus and
will be compulsory. Rest eight questions will be from different sections of the syllabus.
There will be two questions from each of four sections and one is to be attempted. Each
question will be subdivided into 2-4 sub-parts.

Section A

Introduction and history of immunology, Non-specific defence; Physical barriers, Chemical

barriers, Cellular, Phagocytosis, Inflammatory barriers, Inflammation, Fever, Types of
Immunity, Active and Passive Immunity, Immunological memory

Section B

Humoral Immune Response, Antibodies/ Immunoglobulins, Structure, function and type of

antibodies

Section C

Cell Mediated Immune System (CMI), Mechanism of CMI, Types of effector T cells, Helper T
cells, Suppressor T cells, Cytotoxic T cells, Killer T cells, Interactions between T and B
lymphocytes

Section D

Antigen-antibody interactions,: Precipitation reaction, Immunodiffusion test, Counter

current Immuno electrophoresis, Complement fixation tests

Recommended Books :
1. T.J. Kindt, R.A.G.B.A. Osborne, J. Kuby (2006), Immunology, W.H. Freeman and
Company, USA.
2. N.Shetty (2005), Immunology, Introductory Text Book, New Age International (P.)
Limited, (Formerly Wiky Eastern Limited).
3. Paul, W.E (2008), Fundamental Immunology, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.
4. Roitt, I.M., Brostoff, J., Male D.K. (2001), Immunology, Illustrated Publishers,
Mosby.
5. Lydyard, P.M., Whelan, A., Fanger, M.W. (2003), Instant Notes in Immunology, Viva
Books Private Limited.
6. Kannan, I. (2007), Immunology, M.J.P. Publishers.
7. Hannigan, B.M. (2008), Immunology, Viva Books Private Limited.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 253

MICROBIOLOGY
PRACTICAL
B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION
Semester-III

MAX. MARKS: 25 MARKS

PRACTICAL: 22 MARKS
INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: 3 MARKS
TIME: 3 HRS.

1 Staining- Gram staining, Albert and ZNCF staining

2 Isolation and maintenance of pure cultures
3 Physiological characteristics of bacteria and its use for their identification
4 Assay of antimicrobials
5 Preparation of serum/plasma

----------------------
 254 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

MICROBIOLOGY
B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION
MIC 401 : INTRODUCTION TO MEDICAL MICROBIOLOGY-II

Semester IV

MAX. MARKS: 37.5 MARKS

THEORY: 33 MARKS
INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: 4.5 MARKS
TIME: 3 HRS.

Note: The question paper will consist of four sections (A-D). There will be nine questions
and five questions have to be attempted. Question 1 will span the complete syllabus and
will be compulsory. Rest eight questions will be from different sections of the syllabus.
There will be two questions from each of four sections and one is to be attempted. Each
question will be subdivided into 2-4 sub-parts.

Section A

Virulence and mode of transmission, Emerging and reemerging infectious diseases, Global
travel and health considerations, Nosocomial infections

Section B

Origin of normal flora, Germ free and gnotobiotic life, Distribution and occurrence of
Normal flora of skin, eye, respiratory tract, mouth, intestinal tract and genitourinary tract

Section C

Events in infection following penetration, Microbial virulence factors

Section D

Antibacterial drugs viz. sulphonamides, Quinolones, Penicillins, Cephalosporins,

Tetracyclines, Erythromycin, and Chloramphenicol, Drug resistance, Antifungal and
antiviral drugs

Recommended Books :
1. Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Bactriology. Vol-I (2001), The Archae and the Deeply
Branching Phototrophic Bacteria, David, R. Boone and Richard, W. Castenholz
(author) George Garrity (editor).

2. Prescott, L.M., Harley, J.P., Klein, D.A. (2002), Microbiology, Mc Graw Hill.

3. Tortora, G.J., Funke, B.R., Case C.L (2004), Microbiology, An Introduction, Pearson
Education.

4. Mims, C., Playfair J., Roitt I., Wakelin D., Williams R., (2000), Medical Microbiology ,
Mosby, London, St. Louis.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 255

MICROBIOLOGY
B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION
MIC 402 : INTRODUCTORY IMMUNOLOGY-II

Semester IV

MAX. MARKS: 37.5 MARKS

THEORY: 33 MARKS
INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: 4.5 MARKS
TIME: 3 HRS.
Note: The question paper will consist of four sections (A-D). There will be nine questions
and five questions have to be attempted. Question 1 will span the complete syllabus and
will be compulsory. Rest eight questions will be from different sections of the syllabus.
There will be two questions from each of four sections and one is to be attempted. Each
question will be subdivided into 2-4 sub-parts.

Section A

Primary and secondary lymphoid organs, Mucosa associated lymphoid tissues (MALT),
Cutaneous associated lymphoid tissues (CALT), Lymphocyte traffic, Cells of Immune
system, Antigens; Factors affecting Immunogenicity, Epitopes, Haptens

Section B

Antigenic combining regions of antibodies, Factors influencing antibody production, Genetic

model, Multigene organisation, Generation of antibody diversity

Section C

Cytokines, Lymphokines, Colony stimulating factors, Tumour necrosis factors, Interferons,

Accessory cells (Macrophages), the complement system, Classical and alternate pathway,
HLA, Monoclonal antibody technology and its applications

Section D

Antigen-antibody Interactions: Widal test, Wasserman’s test, Weil-Felix reaction, Western

blotting, Types of Vaccines

Recommended Books :
1. T.J. Kindt, R.A.G.B.A. Osborne, J. Kuby (2006), Immunology, W.H. Freeman and
Company, USA.
2. N.Shetty (2005), Immunology, Introductory Text Book, New Age International (P.)
Limited, (Formerly Wiky Eastern Limited).
3. Paul, W.E (2008), Fundamental Immunology, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.
4. Roitt, I.M., Brostoff, J., Male D.K. (2001), Immunology, Illustrated Publishers,
Mosby.
5. Lydyard, P.M., Whelan, A., Fanger, M.W. (2003), Instant Notes in Immunology, Viva
Books Private Limited.
6. Kannan, I. (2007), Immunology, M.J.P. Publishers.
7. Hannigan, B.M. (2008), Immunology, Viva Books Private Limited.
 256 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

MICROBIOLOGY
PRACTICAL
B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION
Semester - IV
MAX. MARKS: 25 MARKS
PRACTICAL: 22 MARKS
INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: 3 MARKS
TIME: 3 HRS.

1. Sterilization- Introduction to autoclave, hot air oven, filter sterilization

2. Demonstration of Immune organs in dissected animals

3. Demonstration of Immune cells in smears prepared from Immune organs

4. Complement fixation

5. Antigen-antibody interactions:

-Agglutination

-Precipitation

-Blood grouping

-Immunodiffusion

*********************
B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 257

ELECTRONICS

(KEPT IN ABEYANCE)

*****************
 258 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

AGRICULTURE
B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATIONS, 2020-2021
SEMESTER-III

Paper – III : Agricultural Diversification and Machinery

Max. Marks : 75 Marks
Theory : 70 Marks
Internal Assessment : 5 Marks
Time : 3 Hours

Period per week : 1. Theory – Six of 45 minutes duration each.

2. Practical – Two of three hours duration.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER SETTER AND THE STUDENTS :
1. The syllabus of this paper has been diveided into Four Units.
2. Question paper shall comprise of 9 questions in all.
3. Question 1 shall comprise of 10 short answer type questions covering the whole syllabus and will be
compulsory. Each question will carry 1 (one) mark.
4. Units I, II, III and IV shall have two questions each from respective units, out of which one question
from each unit is to be attempted. Each question will be of 15 (fifteen) marks.
5. Total five questions are to be attempted.

Unit-I
Agricultural aid on works :
Dairy
Poultry
Fishery
Mushroom Cultivation
Animal Husbandry
Bee Keeping
Unit-II

Maintenance of grassy lawns and flower beds.

Raising of winter and summer ornamental flowers (rose, gladioli, dahlias, dianthus, foliage plants).
Fundamentals of landscape of an educational institute, factory, panchayat lands and office buildings.

Unit-III

Introduction to medicinal, aromatic and spice plants.

Growing of non-conventional plants.
Basic idea of Gentically Modified crops.
Fundamentals of land measurements and land revenue.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 259

Unit-IV

Important parts of the tractor, combine, thresher and their maintenance.

Study of various agricultural tools and implements.

PRACTICAL
Max. Marks : 25 Marks
Practical : 20 Marks
Internal Assessment : 5 Marks
Time : 3 hours
Visit to Poultry Farms, Fish Ponds, Apiary, Dairy Farms
Raising various ornamental flowers of different seasons
Maintenance of grassy lawns
Study the parts of engines, tractor and combine

Books :

1. Agriculture Engineering Vol.I and Vol. II, A. M. Michae, T.P. Ojha, 2006, Jain Brothers, New Delhi.
2. Mushroom Growing, 1997, H. S. Garcha, P. A. U., Ludhiana.
3. Hand Book of Agriculture, 2008, ICAR, New Delhi.
4. Farm Machinery, An Approach, S.C. Jain and Grace Philips, 2006, Standard Publishers, Distributors, New
Delhi.

5. Fundamentals of Dairy Chemistry, Wong, Jenness, Keeney and Marth, 1998, CBS Publishers and
Distributors, New Delhi.
6. Milk and Milk Products, Clarence Henry Eckles, Willes Barnes Combs and Harold Macy, Delhi, 2006, Tata
McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi.
7. Introduction to Plant Biotechnology, H. S. Chawla, 2008, Oxford and IBH Publishing Company Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi 2.
8. Plant Biotechnology, B. D. Singh, 2009, Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana.
9. Aquarium and Fish Keeping, C. B. L. Srivastava, 2006, Kitab Mahal Allahabad.
10. Medicinal Plants of India, R. Zafar, 2006, CBS Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi.
11. Spices and Condiments, J. S. Pruthi, 2008, National Book Trust, New Delhi.

-----------------
 260 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

AGRICULTURE
B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATIONS, 2020-2021
SEMESTER-IV

Paper – IV : Cultivation Practices of Vegetables, Timber and basic statistical methods

Max. Marks : 75 Marks

Theory : 70 Marks
Internal Assessment : 5 Marks
Time : 3 Hours

Period per week : 1. Theory – Six of 45 minutes duration.

2. Practical – Two of three hours duration.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER SETTER AND THE STUDENTS :
1 The syllabus of this paper has been divided into four units.
2 Question paper shall comprise of 9 question in all.
3 Question 1 shall comprise of 10 short answer type questions covering the whole syllabus and will be
compulsory. Each question will carry 1 (one) mark.
4 Units I, II, III and IV shall have two questions each from respective Units, out of which one question
from each unit is to be attempted. Each question will be of 15 (fifteen) marks.
5 Total five questions are to be attempted.

Unit – I

Tillage, Fundamentals and Principles of Tillage, Zero Tillage, Tillage Implements.

Unit – II

Cultivation Practices of Potato, Tomato; Bhindi, Cabbage; Onion and Asparagus

Unit – III

What are Timbers and Lumbers ?

Raising of Dalbergia; Tectona; Poplar; and Eucalyptus

Unit- IV

Statistical Methods for Agricultural workers including Mean, Mode, Median, Chi-Square, Standard Deviation.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 261

PRACTICAL

Max. Marks : 25 Marks

Practical : 20 Marks
Internal Assessment : 5 Marks
Time : 3 hours

Visit to Agricultural Farms for Fundamental Aspects of Tillage

Raising Forest Nursery
Cultivation of Seasonal Vegetables
Numerical Problems of Statistics

Books :

1. Principles of Agronomy, T. Yellamanda Reddy and G. H. Sankara Reddy, 2008, Kalyani Publishers,
Ludhiana.

2. Statistical Methods for Agricultural Workers, V.G. Panse and P.V. Sukhatme, 1997, ICAR, New Delhi.

3. Modern Techniques for Raising Field Crops, Chidda Singh, Prem Singh and Rajbir Singh, 2009, Oxford and
IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.

4. Vegetable Crops of India, P.C. Das, 1998, Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana.

5. Potato Cultivation, 1998, Nandpuri and Kumar, P.A.U., Ludhiana.

*************
 262 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

HOME SCIENCE
B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2020-21
SEMESTER- III

Scheme of Examination
Theory Practical
Sr. Name of No. of Time Marks Int. No. of Time Marks Int. Total
No. Paper Papers in hrs. allotted Ass. Papers in Allotted Ass. Marks
hrs.
1. Clothing &
Textiles 1 3 45 05 1 3 45 05 100

Total : 100

Note : 1. Each Practical group will have 12-15 students.

SEMESTER-III

CLOTHING & TEXTILE (THEORY)

Max. Marks : 50
Theory : 45
Int. Ass. : 05
Hours : 6 Hours per week

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER SETTER :

The question paper will consist of five Sections: A, B, C, D and E. Sections A, B, C and D will have two
questions from the respective sections of the syllabus and will carry 9 marks each. Section E will consist of
objective type questions covering the entire syllabus uniformly and will carry 9 marks.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATES :

Candidates are required to attempt one question each from the Sections A, B, C & D of the question paper and
the entire section E.

Note: 1. Internal assessment should be based on: Assignment/test/Seminars & Attendance for Theory
& Practical.

2. Practical examination will be held before the final Theory Exams.

3. Practical group should have 12-15 students.

 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 263

SECTION-A

1. Equipment & supplies used for Clothing construction - their use & care
2. Sewing Machine :
(a) Parts of Sewing Machine and its accessories.
(b) Common defects in sewing machine & their remedies.
(c) Care of Sewing Machine.

SECTION-B

1. Recording of body measurements & care to be taken while taking body measurements.
2. Preparation of fabric for construction- shrinking and straightening.
3. Tools of Drafting, Steps involved in drafting from measurement to garment construction, points to be
kept in mind while making a draft.

4. Terms used in construction i.e. Seam Allowance, Ease, Selvedge, Dart, Grain line, Stay stitching.

SECTION-C

1. Classification of textile fibres

2. Manufacture and Properties of fibres:
Cotton, Silk, Wool, Nylon.

SECTION-D

1. Different types of yarns:

Simple, Novelty and Textured Yarns.
2. Fabric Construction –
(A) Weaving - Parts of a loom, Process of weaving & Types
a. Simple weaves – Plain, Rib, Basket
b. Twill weaves
c. Satin weave & Sateen weave
(B) Knitting, Felting and Bonding.
264 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

(SEMESTER-III)

CLOTHING & TEXTILE (PRACTICAL)

Maximum Marks : 50
Paper : 45
Internal Assessment: 05
Time : 6 Hours per week
1. Make samples of the following :
(a) Tacking, running stitch, hemming, Back Stitch, Fasteners using buttonhole stitch
(b) Seams—Flat seam, Counter hem, Mantua maker, French Seam & Run & Fell seam.
(c) Processes—Continuous wrap, two piece placket opening, pleats, gathers into a band, tucks.
(d) Joining- shaped facing on V neck line & piping on round neck.

2. Embroidery—any “10” fancy stitches.

3. Drafting of the following:

(a) Jangia
(b) Bloomer
(c) Child’s bodice block
(d) Sleeve- Plain sleeve, Puff sleeve
(e) Collars- Baby, Cape & Peter Pan

4. Construction of following :
(a) Jangia
(b) Bloomer
(c) Gathered frock with any sleeve and collar.

------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 265

HOME SCIENCE
B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION,2020-21
SEMESTER- IV

SEMESTER-IV

Scheme of Examination
Theory Practical
Sr. Name of No. of Time Marks Int. No. of Time Marks Int. Total
No. Paper Papers in hrs. allotted Ass. Papers in Allotted Ass. Marks
hrs.
Clothing &
1. Textile 1 3 45 05 1 3 45 05 100

Total : 100

Note : 1. Each Practical group will have 12-15 students.

SEMESTER-IV

CLOTHING & TEXTILE (THEORY)

Max. Marks : 50
Theory : 45
Int. Ass. : 05
Hours : 6 Hours per week

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER SETTER :

The question paper will consist of five Sections : A, B, C, D and E. Sections A, B, C and D will have two
questions from the respective sections of the syllabus and will carry 9 marks each. Section E will consist of 8
objective type questions covering the entire syllabus uniformly and will carry 9 marks.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATES :

Candidates are required to attempt one question each from the Sections A, B, C & D of the question paper and
the entire section E.

SECTION-A
1. Elements of art such as colour, form, texture, shape and line
2. Principles of design such as Harmony, Balance, Rhythm, Emphasis, Proportion in relation to clothing
266 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS

SECTION-B

1. Introduction to Fashion, Fad and Style.

2. Selection of suitable clothes for following age groups :
Infants, Toddlers, School going children, Adolescents, Adults, Elderly.
3. Care & Storage of garments of cotton, wool, silk.

SECTION-C
1. Bleaches- Oxidising, reducing bleaches & their suitability to different fabrics.
2. Finishing- types & importance. Different Finishes- Sizing, Desizing, Calendering, Sanforising,
Mercerization, Crease resistant, Water proof & Water repellent, Flame resistant & Flame proof.

SECTION-D
1. Application of colour on fabrics
(a) Dyeing-Simple dyeing of cotton
(b) Resist-Tie, Dye and Batik
2. Printing-Block printing, screen printing, roller printing
3. Methods of Laundry/Washing.

(SEMESTER-IV)

CLOTHING & TEXTILE (PRACTICAL)

Maximum Marks : 50
Paper : 45
Internal Assessment: 05
Time : 6 Hours per week

1. Laundry :
a) Testing of cotton, wool silk and nylon by burning test.
b) Stain Removal : Rust, Coffee, Tea, Paint, Nail Polish, Lipstick, Perfume, Blood, Boot Polish,
Ink (Ball Pen), Curry and Juice.

2. Laundry & finishing of following garments :

* Cotton : Salwar, Kameez.
* Synthetic : Gathered Frock/Pleated Skirt.
* Woollen : Cardigan/Pullovers.
* Spot cleaning of a Shawl.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR (SEMESTER SYSTEM ) 2020-21 SYLLABUS 267

3. Preparation of samples of Tie and Dye & Block Printing.

4. Drafting and construction of the following garments:
a. Petticoat
b. Lady’s kameez and salwar
5. Project on Care Labels of Garments or Market survey of Laundry Products.
Reference Books :

1. Singer Sewing Book, Mary Brocks Bichen, McGraw Hill Book Company, Inc., New York, Toronto,
London, 1953.
2. Basic Processes & Clothing Construction, Sherie Doongaji & Raushni Deshpande, Raaj Prakashan, New
Delhi (Fourth Revised edition).

3. Pattern Drafting Vol. III, Dress Making, Kamakura—Shobo Publishing Co. Ltd., Tokyo, Japan, 1972
(Fifth Edition).
4. A Manual of Children Clothing, Savitri Pandit, Orient Longmans Ltd., Bombay, 1967.

5. Practical Dress Design, Principles of Fitting and Pattern Making, Mabel D. Erwin, The Macmillan
Company, New York, Ninth Printing, 1966.

6. Indian Embroidery, Its Variegated Charms, Savitri Pandit, Faculty of Home Sciences, Baroda, 1976, First
Edition.
7. The Basic Book of Sewing, Eve Harlow Pub. Octopids Books Ltd., London.
8. Simple Dress Making 2, Maureen Guddsworthy Pub. Mills & Boon Ltd., London.
9. Encyclopaedia of Dress Making, Pub. Marshall Caven Dish Books Ltd., London.
10. Textile Fabrics and their Selection, Isable B. Wingate Prentice Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, N.J., 1970.
11. Fundamentals of Textiles and their Care, Susheela Dantyagi, Orient Longmans, Bombay, Calcutta,
Madras, New Delhi, Reprinted, 1968.

12. Household Textiles and Laundry Work, Durga Deulkar, Atma Ram & Sons, New Delhi, 1973.
13. Ideas for Fabric Printing and Dyeing Gooch, Peter H. Charles Cribner’s, New York, 1974.
14. Encyclopaedia of Textiles, Fabrics, Grayson Martin, John Wiley, New York,
1984.

15. Tie-Dyed Textiles of India—Veronica Murphy & Rosemary Crill, Pub. Mapiu Publishing Pvt. Ltd.,
Ahmedabad.

16. Fashion and Textile Design, Neelima.

17. Printing and Washing of Textile, Neelima
18. Handbook of Fashion and Textile Designing, R. K. Sahu.
19. Traditional Embroidery of India, Shailajan D. Naik.

-----------